Front Royal Facade Improvements: Phase 1
Front Royal, Virginia
Project #: 2018-0040 May 31, 2019
Project Manual
Prepared By: Frazier Associates 213 North Augusta Street Staunton, Virginia 24401 540.886.6230 Front Royal Facade Improvements TABLE OF CONTENTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
DIVISION 00 - PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS 000115 LIST OF DRAWING SHEETS 001116 INVITATION TO BID 004113 BID FORM REQUIRED SIGNATURE PAGES EXAMPLE THREE-PARTY CONTRACT 007000 GENERAL CONDITIONS
DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 010000 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 011000 SUMMARY 012200 UNIT PRICES 013591 HISTORIC TREATMENT PROCEDURES 014000 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
DIVISION 02 - EXISTING CONDITIONS 024119 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION
DIVISION 04 - MASONRY 040310 HISTORIC MASONRY CLEANING 040322 HISTORIC BRICK UNIT MASONRY REPAIR 040323 HISTORIC BRICK UNIT MASONRY REPOINTING
DIVISION 05 - METALS 050371 HISTORIC DECORATIVE METAL CLEANING 050372 HISTORIC DECORATIVE METAL REPAIR 050373 HISTORIC DECORATIVE METAL REFINISHING 050385 HISTORIC TREATMENT OF DECORATIVE FORMED METAL
DIVISION 06 - WOOD, PLASTICS, AND COMPOSITES 060312 HISTORIC WOOD REPAIR 061063 EXTERIOR ROUGH CARPENTRY 062013 EXTERIOR FINISH CARPENTRY
DIVISION 07 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 070150.19 PREPARATION FOR REROOFING 073113 ASPHALT SHINGLES 074113.16 STANDING-SEAM METAL ROOF PANELS 074646 FIBER-CEMENT SIDING 075600 FLUID APPLIED ROOFING 076200 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 079200 JOINT SEALANTS
Frazier Associates 1
Front Royal Facade Improvements TABLE OF CONTENTS
DIVISION 08 - OPENINGS 081433 STILE AND RAIL WOOD DOORS 084113 ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS 085200 WOOD WINDOWS
DIVISION 09 - FINISHES 090320 HISTORIC TREATMENT OF PLASTER 090391 HISTORIC TREATMENT OF PLAIN PAINTING 099653 ELASTOMERIC COATINGS
DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES 101423 PANEL SIGNAGE
END OF TABLE OF CONTENTS
Frazier Associates 2
Front Royal Façade Improvements 2018-0040 Front Royal, Virginia Frazier Associates
DIVISION 00 PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS
Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 000115 - LIST OF DRAWING SHEETS
DOCUMENT 000115 - LIST OF DRAWING SHEETS
1.1 LIST OF DRAWINGS
A. Drawings: Drawings consist of the Contract Drawings and other drawings listed on the Table of Contents page of the separately bound drawing set titled Front Royal Downtown Revitalization: Phase 1, dated May 31, 2019, as modified by subsequent Addenda and Contract modifications.
B. List of Drawings: Drawings consist of the following Contract Drawings and other drawings of type indicated:
1. Building 1: 9 South Royal Avenue: 1 Sheet 2. Building 2: 11 South Royal Avenue: 1 Sheet 3. Building 3: 109 East Main Street: 1 Sheet 4. Building 4: 117 East Main Street: 1 Sheet 5. Building 5: 118 East Main Street: 1 Sheet 6. Building 6: 206 East Main Street: 1 Sheet 7. Building 7: 210 East Main Street: 1 Sheet 8. Building 8: 213 East Main Street: 1 Sheet 9. Building 9: 218 East Main Street: 1 Sheet 10. Building 10: 220 East Main Street: 1 Sheet 11. Building 11: 221-223 East Main Street: 2 Sheets 12. Building 12: 403-405 East Main Street: 1 Sheet
END OF DOCUMENT 000115
Frazier Associates 000115 - 1 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 001116 – INVITATION TO BID
NOTICE OF INVITATION FOR BIDS (IFB)
Advertisement
The Town of Front Royal is accepting bids for Façade Improvement work at: • 9 South Royal Avenue • 11 South Royal Avenue • 109 East Main Street • 117 East Main Street • 118 East Main Street • 206 East Main Street • 210 East Main Street • 213 East Main Street • 218 East Main Street • 220 East Main Street • 221-223 East Main Street • 403-405 East Main Street Additional properties/project may be added to the above list up to the date of the Pre-Bid Conference and tour of the properties as established below.
Sealed bids must be received in the office of: Town of Front Royal 102 East Main Street P.O. Box 1560 Front Royal, Virginia 22630
Bids are due no later than 3:00 p.m. on June 28, 2019. Bids are due to be opened at 3:15 p.m. on June 28, 2019.
Any bids received after this time and date will not be accepted. Bids submitted electronically or by fax will not be accepted.
A description of the existing conditions and the work to be performed are attached to this Invitation to Bid.
The award of the contract will be to the most responsive and responsible bidder submitting the lowest bid.
The Town of Front Royal (referred to herein as the ‘The Town’) reserves the right to waive irregularities and to reject any and all bids. The Town also reserves the right to negotiate with the low bidder should the bid exceed the amount of funds available. The Town of Front Royal is an Equal Opportunity Employer (EOE).
A MANDATORY Pre-Bid Conference and a tour of all projects to be bid will be held on June 14, 2019, 11:00 a.m. at the Front Royal Town Hall, 102 East Main Street.
Frazier Associates 001116 - 1
Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 001116 – INVITATION TO BID
General Requirements to Bid
1. The General Contractor (referred to herein as ‘Contractor’) and his subcontractors shall be properly licensed and insured to perform work in Virginia and the Town of Front Royal. All Contractors submitting a bid shall have previously submitted a Contractor’s Qualification Statement and been approved by the Project Advisory Board for the Front Royal Downtown Revitalization Project as a Pre-Qualified Contractor.
2. Each bidder shall visit the site of the proposed work prior to the bid in order to be familiar with the general site conditions. The data and information shown in the ‘Architect Design’ (referred to herein as ‘Design’) is not meant to cover every existing condition that may be encountered. Additional items or conditions that must be addressed by the Contractor are the responsibility of the Contractor. Failure to visit the site shall not be reason for any change orders due to items not included in the bid.
3. Bidders shall thoroughly examine the Design(s) prior to bidding. If discrepancies are found in the Design(s), make Mr. Jeremy Camp, Planning Director for Front Royal, aware at least six (6) business days prior to the date for receipt of bids at 540-635-4236 or [email protected] so that any correction may be issued, if required, by email to all parties recorded by the Town as having received bid documents, three (3) business days prior to the date fixed for receipt of bids. Only interpretations by formal written addenda will be binding.
4. Requests for interpretations or for substitution of materials must be received at least six (6) business days prior to the date for receipt of bids by Mr. Camp, so that a response can be issued at least three (3) business days prior to the date fixed for receipt of bids. Interpretations or substitutions will be issued in the form of written addenda to the bid documents and emailed to all parties recorded by the Town as having received bid documents, prior to scheduled receipt of bids. Only interpretations by formal written addenda will be binding.
5. The bids shall be on the bid form provided. Both pages 1 and 2 shall be completely filled out and signed by the Contractor or appropriate personnel in the company. Bids shall be good for a minimum of 45 days.
6. The Contractor shall make every effort to complete the project in a timely manner. All work must be completed within forty-five (45) consecutive calendar days of the issuance of a Notice to Proceed barring any weather or other approved delays. Where a Contractor may be awarded work on multiple Façade Improvements, a schedule of start dates/Notice to Proceed dates will developed during the Pre-Construction Conferences.
7. The Contractor must be willing to conform to the applicable labor standards and other requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act and other acts, orders, and regulations for federally funded projects including: a. President’s Executive Order 11246 as amended by Executive Order 11375; b. Title IV of the civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended; c. Section 109 of The Housing and Community Development Act of 1968; d. The Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986;
Frazier Associates 001116 - 2
Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 001116 – INVITATION TO BID
e. The Davis-Bacon Act; f. The Copeland Anti-Kickback Act; g. The Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act.
8. The Town of Front Royal is prohibited from making an award to Contractors and their subcontractors in excess of $10,000 who are debarred by the U.S. Department of Labor, the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development, or by any agency of the Commonwealth of Virginia, or who are not in compliance with the Federal Equal Employment Opportunity requirements.
9. The Contractor must pay prevailing wages as established by the Department of Labor for various trades according to a “Wage Decision” that is published periodically and is provided with the bid documents.
10. Compliance to the wage requirements and other federal paperwork requirements as listed in Item #8 and Item #9 above are met by completing various forms at the beginning of the construction project and as construction progresses, as well as making employees available for on-site interviews during construction to confirm compliance with Davis-Bacon Act provisions.
11. Given the age of the buildings in Downtown Front Royal, it is presumed that Contractors will encounter lead-based paint and other lead-containing materials in performing the work described in each work write-up. Contractors are therefore required to meet all Virginia Department of Environmental Quality standards for the removal and disposal of lead-based paint and other lead-containing materials. Additionally, a number of the Façade Improvements are on buildings that contain apartments. For those buildings, the Contractor and any subcontractors, including electrical contractors, are required to be certified through the EPA Renovate, Repair and Painting (RRP) Program and have a certified renovator or a person trained by a certified renovator conduct rehabilitation/construction activities where lead-based paint or other lead-containing materials are being removed (e.g., scraping paint). Bidders should provide evidence of RRP certification with their bid(s).
12. Though less likely, a Contractor may encounter asbestos-containing construction materials on some of the buildings in Downtown Front Royal. If the Project Architect discovers the presence of asbestos materials during the design phase, their treatment, handling, and/or disposal will be indicated in the Key Notes included in the Design. In a case where the presence of asbestos was known at the time of bid submittal, the cost of asbestos removal should be included in the bid. If asbestos construction materials are encountered after the bidding process is completed and the work is awarded, the Contractor may request a change order to cover the cost of asbestos handling and disposal. Any Contractor or subcontractor handling or disposing of asbestos materials must have a Lead Abatement Contractor license issued by the Virginia Department of Professional and Occupational Regulation.
13. If the lowest bid submitted by the most responsive and responsible bidder exceeds the amount of funds available per the Front Royal Façade Improvement Program guidelines, the Town may open negotiations with the bidder to bring the bid within the amount of funds available by either an overall reduction of the bid amount or by the deduction of certain items of work.
Frazier Associates 001116 - 3
Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 001116 – INVITATION TO BID
14. A bidder shall give notice in writing of his claim of right to withdraw his bid due to error within two (2) business days after the conclusion of the bid opening and shall submit original work papers with such notice. Such error must be clerical as opposed to judgmental and actually due to an unintentional arithmetic error or an unintentional omission that can be clearly shown by objective evidence drawn from inspection of original work papers, documents, and materials used for the preparation of the bid.
15. Copies of the Contract Documents are available from the Town of Front Royal Planning Department, 540-635-4236 or [email protected]
Payment for The Project
1. Payments will be made to the Contractor by the Town and the Contractor will make payments to the subcontractors and material suppliers. The Contractor will submit a payment request at 50% and 100% completion of the contract with the final payment potentially subject to a 5% retainage depending on whether or not there are any unresolved issues related to the completion and quality of work performed. The contractor will provide the Town with a breakdown of the different phases or portions of work and their value so that the percentage of completed work may be verified. Requests for payment shall be submitted to the Town on a form supplied by the Contractor. The first payment shall not exceed 50% of the total project cost. The final payment request must be accompanied by completed federal Labor Compliance paperwork that remains outstanding. Once the Town has reviewed and approved the payment request and federal Labor Compliance paperwork, the Contractor will receive the final payment less any retainage held within approximately 10 days.
2. The Contractor shall obtain from each Subcontractor and material supplier a signed Release of Lien in order that the Town and property owner can verify that all subcontractors and material suppliers have been paid. Additionally, the Contractor shall provide a signed and notarized Affidavit stating that all suppliers and subcontractors have been paid.
3. Failure to provide or obtain Labor Compliance paperwork, Release of Lien, or the notarized Affidavit shall be interpreted as a breach of contract subject to all remedies available to the Town to satisfy the requirements of the contract.
Description of Existing Conditions & Work to Be Performed (see attached Architect’s Design)
Frazier Associates 001116 - 4
Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 04113 – BID FORM
SECTION 04113 - BID PROPOSAL FORM
PROJECT: Front Royal Downtown Revitalization Phase 1 THIS BID IS SUBMITTED TO: Town of Front Royal 102 East Main Street Front Royal, Virginia 22630
The undersigned declares that he has examined the Design and the job site and is fully informed with regards to all the conditions and requirements pertaining to the completion of this project. The Contractor proposes and agrees to provide all permits, labor, equipment, materials, etc. in accordance with the plans and applicable building codes required to complete the project.
Time of Completion The Contractor agrees that if awarded this contract that all work for this project shall be completed and accepted by the Owner within forty-five (45) consecutive calendar days of the Notice to Proceed.
Addendum Receipt
The undersigned acknowledges receipt of addendum(a) numbered: ______.
Signature
Signature: ______
Printed Name: ______
Title: ______
Company Name: ______
Company Address: ______
______
Company Email: ______
Date: ______
______Frazier Associates 04113 - 1
Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 04113 – BID FORM
Bldg 1 9 South Royal Avenue Base Bid A: All work except Item 5, brick repair: Lump Sum Price: ______Dollars ($______)
Base Bid B: Unit Price, Item 5, brick repair: Estimated quantity of one hundred (100) square feet at $______= $______
Total Base A+B: Lump Sum Price: ______Dollars ($______)
Bldg 2 11 South Royal Avenue Base Bid Lump Sum Price: ______Dollars ($______)
Bldg 3 109 East Main Street Base Bid A: All work except Item 1, brick repointing: Lump Sum Price: ______Dollars ($______)
Base Bid B: Unit Price, Item 1, brick repointing: Estimated quantity of one hundred fifty (150) square feet at $______= $______
Total Base A+B: Lump Sum Price: ______Dollars ($______)
Bldg 4 117 East Main Street Base Bid Lump Sum Price: ______Dollars ($______)
______Frazier Associates 04113 - 2
Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 04113 – BID FORM
Bldg 5 118 East Main Street Base Bid A: All work except Item 3, brick repair and repointing: Lump Sum Price: ______Dollars ($______)
Base Bid B: Unit Price, Item 3, brick repair and repointing: Estimated quantity of one hundred fifty (150) square feet at $______= $______
Total Base A+B: Lump Sum Price: ______Dollars ($______)
Bldg 6 206 East Main Street Base Bid Lump Sum Price: ______Dollars ($______)
Bldg 7 210 East Main Street Base Bid A: All work except Item 2, brick repair and repointing: Lump Sum Price: ______Dollars ($______)
Base Bid B: Unit Price, Item 3, brick repair and repointing: Estimated quantity of one hundred (100) square feet at $______= $______
Total Base A+B: Lump Sum Price: ______Dollars ($______)
Bldg 8 213 East Main Street Base Bid Lump Sum Price: ______Dollars ($______)
______Frazier Associates 04113 - 3
Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 04113 – BID FORM
Bldg 9 218 East Main Street Base Bid Lump Sum Price: ______Dollars ($______)
Additive Bid Item #1: ______Dollars ($______)
Additive Bid Item #2: ______Dollars ($______)
Bldg 10 220 East Main Street Base Bid Lump Sum Price: ______Dollars ($______) Additive Bid Item: ______Dollars ($______)
Bldg 11 221-223 East Main Street Base Bid Lump Sum Price: ______Dollars ($______)
Bldg 12 403-405 East Main Street Base Bid Lump Sum Price: ______Dollars ($______)
______Frazier Associates 04113 - 4
THIS PAGE MUST BE COMPLETED, SIGNED, AND RETURNED WITH QUOTATION
In compliance with this Invitation for Bid and to all the conditions imposed herein, the undersigned offers and agrees to furnish the services in accordance with the attached signed quotation.
LEGAL NAME & ADDRESS OF FIRM:
By: Company’s Legal Name Authorized Representative - Signature in Ink
Printed Name:
Title:
Date:
Phone:
Email:
Fax:
In compliance with this Invitation for Bid (IFB), and subject to all the conditions thereof, the signatory offers, if this bid is accepted within thirty (30) calendar days from the date of the opening, to furnish any or all of the items and/or services upon which prices are quoted, at the price set opposite each item, to be delivered at the time and place specified herein. The above signature certifies the bidder has read, understands, and agrees to all terms, conditions, and requirements of this bid, and is authorized to contract on behalf of firm named above. THIS PAGE MUST BE COMPLETED, SIGNED, AND RETURNED WITH QUOTATION
PLEASE NOTE: State Corporation Commission (SCC) registration requirements effective July 1, 2010 require that your proposal include the identification number issued by the State Corporation Commission as proof of registration or justification for non-registration, per the requirements in Sections 6.31 and 9.21. Please complete this Proof of Authority to Transact Business in Virginia form and submit it with your proposal. Failure to provide this information or providing inaccurate or purged information shall result in your proposal being rejected. State Corporation Commission Form Virginia State Corporation Co mmissio n (SCC) R egistration Information Pursuant to VPPA §2.2-4311.2, the bidder must include the following information: o is a corporation or other business entity with the following SCC identification number: -OR- o is not a corporation, limited liability company, limited partnership, registered limited liability partnership, or business trust -OR- o is an out-of-state business entity that does not regularly and continuously maintain as part of its ordinary and customary business any employees, agents, offices, facilities, or inventories in Virginia (not counting any employees or agents in Virginia who merely solicit orders that require acceptance outside Virginia before they become contracts, and not counting any incidental presence of the bidder in Virginia that is needed in order to assemble, maintain, and repair goods in accordance with the contracts by which such goods were sold and shipped into Virginia from bidder's out-of-state location) -OR- o is an out-of-state business entity that is including with this proposal an opinion of legal counsel which accurately and completely discloses the undersigned bidder's current contacts with Virginia and describes why those contacts do not constitute the transaction of business in Virginia within the meaning of § 13.1-757 or other similar provisions in Titles 13.1 or 50 of the Code of Virginia. Attach opinion of legal counsel to this form. o NOTE: Check this circle if you have not completed any of the foregoing options but currently have pending before the SCC and application for authority to transact business in the Commonwealth of Virginia and wish to be considered for a waiver to allow you to submit the SCC identification number after the due date for proposals. (The Town of Front Royal reserves the right to determine in its sole discretion whether to allow such waiver). I certify the accuracy of this information.
Signed: Title: Date: THIS PAGE MUST BE COMPLETED, SIGNED, AND RETURNED WITH QUOTATION.
NON-COLLUSION AFFIDAVIT
The undersigned bidder or agent, being duly sworn on oath, says that he/she has not, nor has any other member, representative, or agent of the firm, company, corporation or partnership represented by him, entered in to any combination, collusion or agreement with any person relative to the price to be bid by anyone at such letting nor to prevent any person from bidding nor to include anyone to refrain from bidding, and that this bid is made without reference to any other bid and without any agreement, understanding or combination with any other person in reference to such bidding. He/She further says that no person or persons, firms, or corporation has, have or will receive directly or indirectly, any rebate, fee gift, commission or thing of value on account of such sale.
OATH AND AFFIRMATION
I HEREBY AFFIRM UNDER THE PENALTIES FOR PERJURY THAT THE FACTS AND INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THE FOREGOING BID FOR FAÇADE IMPROVEMENTS: PHASE 1 ARE TRUE AND CORRECT.
Dated this day of , 2019
(Name of Organization)
(Title of Person Signing)
(Signature)
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
STATE OF
COUNTY OF
Before me, a Notary Public, personally appeared the above named and swore that the statements contained in the foregoing document are true and correct.
Subscribed and sworn to me this ______day of , 2019
Notary Public Signature
My Commission Expires: ______(SEAL)
15
TOWN OF FRONT ROYAL, VIRGINIA DEFERRED LOAN PROGRAM FOR FRONT ROYAL DOWNTOWN REVITALIZATION PROJECT FAÇADE IMPROVEMENT PROGRAM
CONTRACT
THIS CONTRACT made and entered into this the xxth day of Xxxx, 2019, by and between the TOWN OF FRONT ROYAL, VIRGINIA, hereinafter referred to as the "Town", and Xxxxx Xxxxxxx, hereinafter referred to as the "Owner" and Xxxxx Xxxxxxx (Class A Contractor, License # 9999999999), hereinafter referred to as the “Contractor.” This agreement is binding upon, and inures to the benefit of, the parties named above and their respective successors and assigns.
For and in consideration of mutual covenants expressed herein and other good and valuable consideration, the adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:
TOWN AGREES
1. To provide a matching deferred loan of $15,000.00 for a five-year term to the Owner of the business property at xxx Xxxx Xxxx Street within the Front Royal Downtown Revitalization Project Area for the work outlined in the attached Design/Scope of Work by Frazier Associates dated Xxxx xx, 2019. 2. To assist the Project Area Owner with architectural design assistance and review at no cost to the Owner and assistance with submitting an application.
3. To review the bids secured by the Town for the proposed work.
4. To issue a written “Notice to Proceed” to the Contractor within thirty (30) calendar days from the date of execution of this contract.
5. To review each change order which may become necessary during the commercial property exterior improvement work.
6. To approve and issue up to two payments to the Contractor upon the satisfactory completion and inspection of 50% of the work and upon completion and final inspection of 100% of the work and receipt of required Labor Standards and Equal Opportunity forms from the contractor, subject to a 5% retainage.
7. To release the property lien at the end of five (5) years following completion of the facade improvements: (a) if the Owner completed the improvements in accordance with program guidelines provided by the Town and has done so within six (6) months of receiving the deferred loan; (b) if the Owner of the building at the time of the loan approval retains ownership of the improved property during the five (5) year period; and (c) if the building to be improved has a current tenant operating a business or is occupied by a business within one (1) year after the improvements are completed.
1
OWNER AGREES
1. To submit an application to the Town identifying the building proposed for rehabilitation, the Owner(s), photographs, sketches, and other documentation as may be required for developing an improvement Design and Scope of Work.
2. To accept and utilize the preliminary architectural services as deemed appropriate and provided by the Town to the Owner for purposes of establishing a definitive, mutually agreeable Design/Scope of Work consistent with program objectives.
3. To provide evidence of property ownership and documentation of adequate all- hazard insurance coverage.
4. To use Owner’s capital to finance and undertake, at a minimum, an equal dollar value of improvements to the rehabilitated property equivalent to the approved deferred loan amount (100% match) or provide documentation and receipt of expenditures for eligible improvements made by the owner as matching rehabilitation work.
5. To be responsible for any amount related to this contract over and above the deferred loan amount of $15,000.00, an amount equal to $5,000.00. The Owner will need to provide this money to the Town to be deposited and held in a special account at the closing for the deferred loan. The total amount of this contract is $20,000 for work to be performed at xxx Xxxx Xxxx Street.
6. To provide the Contractor access to his/her property during the construction period from 8:00 A.M. to 5:00 P.M. weekdays. If the Project Manager deems the Owner or tenant is unreasonably restricting the Contractor’s access to the property, the Owner is subject to liability to the Town for the cost of all partially completed construction.
8. To bear full responsibility to the Contractor for total cost of the project and permit him to use, at no cost, available utilities necessary for the completion of his work.
9. To take reasonable precautions to protect his or her tenant’s personal property, such as furniture, during the course of work.
10. To allow representatives of the Town and the Virginia Department of Housing and Community Development the opportunity to inspect the property during reasonable hours for the purpose of determining whether or not the rehabilitation work is being accomplished as specified.
11. That, in the event a natural disaster or fire should damage or destroy the building situated on the property, the Town has the option to cancel this agreement.
12. That material and equipment removed or replaced under this contract becomes the property of the Contractor and will be removed from the site. This does not apply to furniture and personal property stored temporarily for the Owner or tenant, or to an attached list of items specified to remain the property of the Owner. 2
13. To present all required change orders related to the commercial exterior improvements to the Town for review and approval prior to Contractor authorization to proceed.
14. To complete the commercial exterior improvements in accordance with Town program guidelines within six (6) months following loan approval by the Town.
15. To execute, in conjunction with this Contract, a note secured by a deed of trust upon the property being rehabilitated, with repayment of the note subject to credits in the form of write-offs over a five-year term.
16. To retain ownership of the building during a five (5) year period; or if the Owner should sell the improved property within the five (5) year period, the balance on the note will become due and payable on a pro-rated basis (20% forgiven per year).
17. To retain a tenant operating a current business in the improved building; or if the application is approved for renovation of unoccupied structure, to secure a tenant within one (1) year after the improvements are made; otherwise 0 percent (0%) of the deferred loan will be forgiven for that year and any subsequent years of vacancy.
18. TO MAINTAIN, WITH NO CHANGES, THE IMPROVEMENTS FOR FIVE YEARS.
19. To hold harmless the Town of Front Royal and its individual employees and consultants in the event of property damage or physical injury as a result of work performed on the project.
CONTRACTOR AGREES
1. To perform the work outlined in the attached Design/Scope of Work and agreed upon by the Owner and the Town in this contract diligently and in a good workmanlike manner, using the materials specified or materials of equal quality and in compliance with local and state building codes. The work start date is scheduled for ______, 2019 with satisfactory work completion date on or before ______, 2019. A time extension of up to thirty (30) days may be granted by the Town for extraordinary conditions beyond the control of the Contractor.
2. To obtain a building permit from the County of Warren and any other permits or certificates that may be required in the completion of this work at his own expense, and the work being done or any part thereof shall not be deemed complete until same has been accepted by the Owner and the Town.
3. To request all inspections as required by state and local building codes from the Town’s building inspector.
3
4. To indemnify and hold harmless and defend the Owner, the Town of Front Royal, the Virginia Department of Housing and Community Development, their agents and employees from and against any and all claims for injuries or damages to persons or property of whatsoever kind of character asserted or arising out of this contract of the work to be performed hereunder. The Contractor assumes all liability and responsibility for injuries and claims for suits of damage occurring during the time the work is being performed and arising out of performance of same. The Contractor has provided proof of insurance in the amounts of $100,000 property damage and $300,000 personal liability coverage.
5. To submit to the Town a Monthly Register of Contractors, Subcontractors, and Suppliers reporting procurements over $1,000 in the month of the occurrence.
6. To submit to the Town a Register of Assigned Employees listing the workforce prior to start of construction and providing updates throughout the construction to show new hires and modifications.
7. To provide weekly payrolls, Employee Certifications, and Statement of Compliance which will be provided by the Town and will list all employees working on said project and submit the payrolls within seven (7) working days following the end of the previous pay period.
8. To comply with the Davis-Bacon Act by paying employees no less than prevailing wages per the federal wage decision that is applicable to this project and provided to the Contractor by the Town and make a request for additional classifications, as needed, to the Town for it to forward to the Department of Labor.
9. To, upon completion of the work and prior to the time of final payment, furnish a “Certification of Completion and Release of Liens” stating that all work is complete and all charges for material and any other expenses incurred by the Contractor pertaining to the execution of this contract have been paid or waived in full to the end that no liens of any kind of character (save and except those between the parties hereto) may be affixed against the above described property.
10. To guarantee the improvements, both materials and workmanship herein provided for one (1) year (save and except those materials which have a longer warranty which then takes precedence from the date of the “Final Inspection Report”) for all work required by this contract. Should any defects appear within the specified period, the same shall be corrected by the Contractor at his expense within one (1) month of notification. Further, the Contractor shall furnish the Town written notification of defect and remedial action taken.
FEDERAL REQUIREMENTS
1. All parties to this contract hereby agree to comply with the provisions of Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 (Public Law 88-352) which provides: that no person in the United States shall, on the grounds of race, color, or national origin, be excluded from participation in, be denied the benefits of, or be receiving 4
federal financial assistance.
2. When this contract exceeds $10,000.00 all parties hereby agree to comply with the provisions of Executive Order 11246 which provided: that contractors and sub-contractors take affirmative action to ensure fair treatment in employment, upgrading, demotion, layoff, or termination, rates of pay or other forms of compensation, and selection for training and apprenticeship.
3. All parties to this contract hereby agree to comply with the provisions of Section 3 of the Housing and Urban Development Act of 1968 which provides: that to the greatest extent feasible opportunities for training and employment be given to lower income residents of the project area and contracts for work in connection with the project be awarded to business concerns which are located in or owned in substantial part by persons residing in the project area.
4. All parties to this contract hereby agree to comply with the following concerning procurement: "Pursuant to the Provision of 24 CFR Part 85 and Section 3 of the Housing and Urban Development Act of 1968, in procuring supplies, equipment, construction and services, the CONTRACTOR and all SUB-CONTRACTORS will contact those appropriate project area minority-and female-owned firms provided by the PUBLIC BODY on its solicitation list and provide such firms reasonable opportunities to compete for procurement Contracts".
5. All parties to this contract hereby agree to comply with the following concerning the Lead-Based Paint Poisoning Prevention Act – Public Law 91-695,84 Stat.2068 as amended by Public Law 93-151 and Public Law 94-317 (42 U.S.C. 4801):
(i) “As pursuant to the Lead-Based Paint Poisoning Prevention Act, as amended, the CONTRACTOR and SUBCONTRACTORS shall not use lead-based paint in residential structures and shall eliminate any lead- based paint hazards in residential structures rehabilitated.”
(ii) The governing body shall be responsible for inspection certifications and preparing specifications to eliminate identified lead-based paint under CFR Section 35.24.
Attachments: Design / Work Write-Up Notice of Right to Cancel Truth-in-Lending Disclosure Statement Acknowledgement of Receipt of ECOA Notices & Disclosures Federal Contract Inserts
5
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have hereunto set their hands and seals, including the adopting of the type word and characters (SEAL) as their seal, the day and the year first above written.
Town of Front Royal by:
Town (Print)
x Signature (SEAL)
For the Contractor by:
Contractor (Print)
x Signature (SEAL)
COMMONWEALTH OF VIGINIA COUNTY OF WARREN, to-wit:
The foregoing instrument was executed in my presence by:
(Owner/Officer)
(Town)
(Contractor)
Subscribed and sworn to before me this ______day of ______, 2018.
Signature: Notary Public
My Commission Expires: ______My Registration Number Is: ______
6
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have hereunto set their hands and seals, including the adopting of the type word and characters (SEAL) as their seal, the day and the year first above written.
Owner (Print) ______Owner (Print)
By: By:
______Officer (Print) ______Officer (Print)
______Signature (SEAL) Signature (SEAL)
STATE OF TENNESSEE COUNTY OF ______, to-wit:
The foregoing instrument was executed in my presence by:
(Owner/Officer)
(Town)
(Contractor)
Subscribed and sworn to before me this ______day of ______, 2018.
Signature: Notary Public
My Commission Expires: ______My Registration Number Is: ______
7
Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 000700 – GENERAL CONDITIONS
SECTION 000700 - GENERAL CONDITIONS
The General Conditions of this contract are "General Conditions – Parts I, II and III", as formulated by the Virginia Department of Housing and Community Development and hereinafter referred to as the “General Conditions”, as modified. This document, with all modifications, is hereby specifically made a part of the Contract Documents.
Modifications and additions to General Conditions - Part I are as follows:
______Frazier Associates 000700 - 1
Complying with Federal Requirements
As a contractor on a project that utilizes Community Development Block Grant (CDBG) funding, you must comply with all applicable labor standards required of contractors on federally funded projects under the Davis-Bacon Act. These requirements are met by completing various forms listed below at the beginning of the construction project and as construction progresses, as well as making your employees available for on- site interviews to confirm compliance with all applicable Davis-Bacon Act provisions (many of the forms can be carried over to the next project if a contractor does more than one project under a given CDBG grant). Also, you must pay prevailing wages as established by the Department of Labor for various types of construction projects according to “Wage Decisions” that are published periodically and provided with Bid Documents.
Wage Decision. The hourly wage rates shown on the Wage Decision must be paid by the contractor to employees according to the job classifications shown. Persons can be paid in more than one classification if they do different kinds of work. The rate and fringe benefit figures per job classification have to be combined to provide the complete hourly rate that must be paid. The Wage Decision and the Labor Safety posters that are a part of this package must be clearly and regularly posted at the job site where employees can examine them.
Community Development Block Grant Disclosure Report. This form should be completed by all contractors and subcontractors on a construction project at the pre-construction conference or before beginning construction.
Labor Standards Checklist. This form has to be completed by all contractors and subcontractors on a construction project at the pre-construction conference or before beginning construction.
Bidder Compliance Statement -- Equal Employment Opportunity. This form has to be completed by all contractors and subcontractors on a construction project at the pre-construction conference or before beginning construction.
Equal Opportunity Checklist. This form has to be completed by all contractors and subcontractors on a construction project at the pre-construction conference or before beginning construction.
Register of Assigned Employees. This form has to be completed prior to beginning construction and must be updated each month that a construction project continues.
Authorization of Payroll Deductions. This form has to be completed by each employee working on a construction project.
Certified Payroll Record. Both pages of this form has to be completed weekly as long as construction continues, including weeks where no work is performed.
Certification of Subcontractors on Site. This form has to be completed weekly as long as construction continues.
Monthly Register of Contractors, Subcontractors and Suppliers. This form has to be completed by the Prime Contractor on a monthly basis if procuring supplies or contractor services in excess of $10,000. Record of Employee Interview. This form will be used by someone from the locality staff or the firm named below to do monthly interviews of contractor employees engaged in construction activities on the project.
General Conditions Part III. This information explains the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act and the Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986 that this project is subject to.
Labor Compliance Posters. These posters have to be posted on the job site (including the Spanish editions if some of the workers’ first language is Spanish).
Where to send completed forms: Community Planning Partners, Inc. is a Richmond based planning firm assisting with this project. All completed forms should be sent to the address below in a timely manner. Questions regarding federal requirements and labor standards and these forms can be directed to the Labor Compliance Officer - Joel Webne at 2201 W. Broad St., Suite 204, Richmond, VA 23220, 804-204-1022, [email protected]. General Decision Number: VA190168 04/05/2019 VA168
Superseded General Decision Number: VA20180179
State: Virginia
Construction Type: Building
County: Warren County in Virginia.
BUILDING CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS (does not include single family homes or apartments up to and including 4 stories).
Note: Under Executive Order (EO) 13658, an hourly minimum wage of $10.60 for calendar year 2019 applies to all contracts subject to the Davis-Bacon Act for which the contract is awarded (and any solicitation was issued) on or after January 1, 2015. If this contract is covered by the EO, the contractor must pay all workers in any classification listed on this wage determination at least $10.60 per hour (or the applicable wage rate listed on this wage determination, if it is higher) for all hours spent performing on the contract in calendar year 2019. If this contract is covered by the EO and a classification considered necessary for performance of work on the contract does not appear on this wage determination, the contractor must pay workers in that classification at least the wage rate determined through the conformance process set forth in 29 CFR 5.5(a)(1)(ii) (or the EO minimum wage rate,if it is higher than the conformed wage rate). The EO minimum wage rate will be adjusted annually. Please note that this EO applies to the above-mentioned types of contracts entered into by the federal government that are subject to the Davis-Bacon Act itself, but it does not apply to contracts subject only to the Davis-Bacon Related Acts, including those set forth at 29 CFR 5.1(a)(2)-(60). Additional information on contractor requirements and worker protections under the EO is available at www.dol.gov/whd/govcontracts.
Modification Number Publication Date 0 01/04/2019 1 04/05/2019
* ASBE0024-006 10/01/2017
Rates Fringes
ASBESTOS WORKER/HEAT & FROST INSULATOR - MECHANICAL (Duct, Pipe & Mechanical System Insulation)...... $ 35.13 16.22+a
a. PAID HOLIDAYS: New Year's Day, Martin Luther King Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Veterans' Day, Thanksgiving Day,the day after Thanksgiving and Christmas Day provided the employee works the regular work day before and after the paid holiday.
------* ASBE0024-009 10/01/2017
Rates Fringes
FIRESTOPPER...... $ 28.01 7.78+a
Includes the application of materials or devices within or around penetrations and openings in all rated wall or floor assemblies, in order to prevent the pasage of fire, smoke of other gases. The application includes all components involved in creating the rated barrier at perimeter slab edges and exterior cavities, the head of gypsum board or concrete walls, joints between rated wall or floor components, sealing of penetrating items and blank openings.
a. PAID HOLIDAYS: New Year's Day, Martin Luther King Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Veterans' Day, Thanksgiving Day,the day after Thanksgiving and Christmas Day provided the employee works the regular work day before and after the paid holiday.
------BOIL0045-003 01/01/2017
Rates Fringes
BOILERMAKER...... $ 32.72 25.26 ------BRVA0001-008 04/29/2018
Rates Fringes
BRICKLAYER...... $ 31.36 10.78 ------BRVA0001-009 04/29/2018
Rates Fringes
MASON - STONE...... $ 37.91 17.08 ------IRON0005-010 06/01/2017
Rates Fringes
IRONWORKER...... $ 31.15 20.63 ------PAIN0051-034 06/01/2018
Rates Fringes
GLAZIER...... $ 26.07 12.15 ------PAIN0051-035 06/01/2018
Rates Fringes
PAINTER Brush, Roller and Spray.....$ 25.06 9.76 ------PAIN0051-036 06/01/2018
Rates Fringes
DRYWALL FINISHER/TAPER...... $ 25.06 9.76 ------PLUM0602-016 08/01/2018
Rates Fringes
PIPEFITTER (Includes HVAC Pipe, Unit and Temperature Controls Installations)...... $ 41.64 21.57+a
a. PAID HOLIDAYS: New Year's Day, Martin Luther King's Birthday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Veterans' Day, Thanksgiving Day and the day after Thanksgiving and Christmas Day.
------SFVA0669-006 04/01/2018
Rates Fringes
SPRINKLER FITTER (Fire Sprinklers)...... $ 35.60 20.24 ------SUVA2013-053 01/11/2016
Rates Fringes
BRICK POINTER/CAULKER/CLEANER....$ 19.68 0.00
CARPENTER, Includes Acoustical Ceiling Installation, Drywall Hanging, and Form Work...... $ 15.69 0.00
CEMENT MASON/CONCRETE FINISHER...$ 21.94 3.36
ELECTRICIAN, Includes Low Voltage Wiring and Installation of Alarms and Sound and Communication Systems...... $ 19.87 4.41
FLOOR LAYER: SOFT FLOORS...... $ 18.75 0.00
IRONWORKER, REINFORCING...... $ 25.85 6.94
LABORER: Common or General, including brick mason tending and cement mason tending...... $ 10.99 0.00
LABORER: Pipelayer...... $ 16.86 4.34
OPERATOR: Backhoe/Excavator/Trackhoe...... $ 23.50 4.50
OPERATOR: Bobcat/Skid Steer/Skid Loader...... $ 18.95 4.03
OPERATOR: Bulldozer...... $ 21.99 4.98
OPERATOR: Crane...... $ 31.68 2.64
OPERATOR: Forklift...... $ 21.56 7.57
OPERATOR: Loader...... $ 22.26 3.57
OPERATOR: Roller...... $ 16.25 4.88
PLUMBER...... $ 20.34 4.59
ROOFER...... $ 15.00 2.74
SHEET METAL WORKER, Includes HVAC Duct Installation...... $ 15.83 2.57
TILE FINISHER...... $ 23.40 0.00
TILE SETTER...... $ 27.80 10.25
TRUCK DRIVER: Dump Truck...... $ 19.22 2.58
WATERPROOFER...... $ 21.75 1.57 ------
WELDERS - Receive rate prescribed for craft performing operation to which welding is incidental.
======
Note: Executive Order (EO) 13706, Establishing Paid Sick Leave for Federal Contractors applies to all contracts subject to the Davis-Bacon Act for which the contract is awarded (and any solicitation was issued) on or after January 1, 2017. If this contract is covered by the EO, the contractor must provide employees with 1 hour of paid sick leave for every 30 hours they work, up to 56 hours of paid sick leave each year. Employees must be permitted to use paid sick leave for their own illness, injury or other health-related needs, including preventive care; to assist a family member (or person who is like family to the employee) who is ill, injured, or has other health-related needs, including preventive care; or for reasons resulting from, or to assist a family member (or person who is like family to the employee) who is a victim of, domestic violence, sexual assault, or stalking. Additional information on contractor requirements and worker protections under the EO is available at www.dol.gov/whd/govcontracts.
Unlisted classifications needed for work not included within the scope of the classifications listed may be added after award only as provided in the labor standards contract clauses (29CFR 5.5 (a) (1) (ii)).
------
The body of each wage determination lists the classification and wage rates that have been found to be prevailing for the cited type(s) of construction in the area covered by the wage determination. The classifications are listed in alphabetical order of "identifiers" that indicate whether the particular rate is a union rate (current union negotiated rate for local), a survey rate (weighted average rate) or a union average rate (weighted union average rate).
Union Rate Identifiers
A four letter classification abbreviation identifier enclosed in dotted lines beginning with characters other than "SU" or "UAVG" denotes that the union classification and rate were prevailing for that classification in the survey. Example: PLUM0198-005 07/01/2014. PLUM is an abbreviation identifier of the union which prevailed in the survey for this classification, which in this example would be Plumbers. 0198 indicates the local union number or district council number where applicable, i.e., Plumbers Local 0198. The next number, 005 in the example, is an internal number used in processing the wage determination. 07/01/2014 is the effective date of the most current negotiated rate, which in this example is July 1, 2014.
Union prevailing wage rates are updated to reflect all rate changes in the collective bargaining agreement (CBA) governing this classification and rate.
Survey Rate Identifiers
Classifications listed under the "SU" identifier indicate that no one rate prevailed for this classification in the survey and the published rate is derived by computing a weighted average rate based on all the rates reported in the survey for that classification. As this weighted average rate includes all rates reported in the survey, it may include both union and non-union rates. Example: SULA2012-007 5/13/2014. SU indicates the rates are survey rates based on a weighted average calculation of rates and are not majority rates. LA indicates the State of Louisiana. 2012 is the year of survey on which these classifications and rates are based. The next number, 007 in the example, is an internal number used in producing the wage determination. 5/13/2014 indicates the survey completion date for the classifications and rates under that identifier.
Survey wage rates are not updated and remain in effect until a new survey is conducted.
Union Average Rate Identifiers
Classification(s) listed under the UAVG identifier indicate that no single majority rate prevailed for those classifications; however, 100% of the data reported for the classifications was union data. EXAMPLE: UAVG-OH-0010 08/29/2014. UAVG indicates that the rate is a weighted union average rate. OH indicates the state. The next number, 0010 in the example, is an internal number used in producing the wage determination. 08/29/2014 indicates the survey completion date for the classifications and rates under that identifier.
A UAVG rate will be updated once a year, usually in January of each year, to reflect a weighted average of the current negotiated/CBA rate of the union locals from which the rate is based.
------
WAGE DETERMINATION APPEALS PROCESS
1.) Has there been an initial decision in the matter? This can be:
* an existing published wage determination * a survey underlying a wage determination * a Wage and Hour Division letter setting forth a position on a wage determination matter * a conformance (additional classification and rate) ruling
On survey related matters, initial contact, including requests for summaries of surveys, should be with the Wage and Hour Regional Office for the area in which the survey was conducted because those Regional Offices have responsibility for the Davis-Bacon survey program. If the response from this initial contact is not satisfactory, then the process described in 2.) and 3.) should be followed.
With regard to any other matter not yet ripe for the formal process described here, initial contact should be with the Branch of Construction Wage Determinations. Write to:
Branch of Construction Wage Determinations Wage and Hour Division U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210
2.) If the answer to the question in 1.) is yes, then an interested party (those affected by the action) can request review and reconsideration from the Wage and Hour Administrator (See 29 CFR Part 1.8 and 29 CFR Part 7). Write to:
Wage and Hour Administrator U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210
The request should be accompanied by a full statement of the interested party's position and by any information (wage payment data, project description, area practice material, etc.) that the requestor considers relevant to the issue.
3.) If the decision of the Administrator is not favorable, an interested party may appeal directly to the Administrative Review Board (formerly the Wage Appeals Board). Write to:
Administrative Review Board U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210
4.) All decisions by the Administrative Review Board are final.
======
END OF GENERAL DECISION
VIRGINIA COMMUNITY IMPROVEMENT GRANT CONTRACTOR’S DISCLOSURE REPORT
All Requested Information must be provided
(Completed by all Developers, Contractors, Subcontractors or Consultants)
1. Local Government Name
2. CDBG Contract Number CDBG #______
3. Project Name
3. Name of Firm
President
Address
Telephone
DUNS#
Type of Contract (check applicable description)
Construction Prime *Construction Sub
Design Other Specify
Description of work or service provided:
5. Date this Report and # of pages.
6. Revision to Report Date and # pages.
*Note: Housing Rehabilitation subcontractors are not required to be listed or to complete this Report.
Rev. 03/03/2017 Appendix 70: Contractor’s Disclosure Report 59
Interested Parties If Firm is an entity, identify each officer, director, principal stockholder and other persons who will have a $50,000 or 10% interest, whichever is lower. Name (Last, First, Initial). Last 4 # of SS Type Participation $ and %
If there are no persons with a reportable financial interest, you must also certify that this is true.
I hereby certify this information is true.
(Signature) ______Date ______
Title ______
Certification Warning: If you knowingly make a false statement on this form you may be subject to civil or criminal penalties under Section 1001 of Title 18 of the United States Code. In addition, any person who knowingly and materially violates any required disclosure of information including intentional non-disclosure is subject to a civil money penalty not to exceed $10,000 for each violation. Note: Please copy this page and attach additional pages as needed. Please indicate # of pages and date on cover.
Rev. 03/03/2017 Appendix 70: Contractor’s Disclosure Report 60
EXPLANATION OF LABOR STANDARDS CHECKLIST
What it is Used For: This is required to assure that all required Labor Standards requirements are explained and all appropriate forms are conveyed to the Contractor and subcontractors.
When it is Used: During the Pre-construction Conference.
Where it Goes: To Grantee's Labor Standards project file.
Instructions: Part of the 'wage decision packet' sent by DHCD with the Wage Decision applicable to the activity(s) being contracted. Use the checklist to check off labor standards items as they are addressed at the Pre-construction Conference. Have the Contractor and any known subcontractors sign this checklist after completing review of items. Any subcontractors hired subsequent of the Pre- construction Conference must also sign the checklist.
See also “Labor Standards Checklist,” as found in Chapter 8: Federal Labor Standards and Equal Opportunity Requirements.
Federal Contract Inserts 95 Rev. 12/3/2012
LABOR STANDARDS CHECKLIST
(to be completed initially at pre-construction conference)
Contractors have reviewed and understand all Labor Standards contract provisions.
Contractors have reviewed and understand wage decision and job classifications.
Contractors have been informed that all workers:
a) must be paid at least the appropriate minimum wage for the job classification;
b) must be paid time-and-a-half for all work beyond 40 hours per week;
c) must be paid at least weekly;
d) must perform only the work which is covered by the job classification they are listed and paid in. If a worker performs in more than one job classification, he must be paid either the wage of the highest paid job he works or time cards signed by the worker must document the amount of time worked in each job during the week.
Contractors will inform all workers:
a) of their job classifications and duties;
b) of their wage rates and fringe benefits;
c) that they may be interviewed on the jobsite and are required to cooperate;
d) of deductions from pay.
Contractors will obtain each worker's name, permanent address, and social security number prior to assigning them to a jobsite.
* Contractors will obtain certification of any apprentices and trainees, including registration number and year of program, and will submit the same to the Public Body.
Contractors are aware that they are responsible for the compliance of their subcontractors with Labor Standards provisions.
Contractors must verify that the subcontractors(s) is/are not debarred from Federal or State contracts.
Federal Contract Inserts 96 Rev. 12/3/2012
Contractors will construct and erect a project identification sign at the construction site identifying DHCD as a funding source per specifications as stated in contract documents.
Prime contractor has received and will post in a prominent place on the site:
a) Wage Decision;
b) Labor Standards poster: "Notice to All Enployees... " (Davis-Bacon Act) WH- 1321
c) "Safety and Health Protection on the Job" poster (VA DOL).
* Contractors have received Payroll report form (WH-347) and understand:
a) how it is to be filled out;
b) that it must be filled out completely;
c) that it must include every worker assigned to the project (excluding non-working, supervisory, or clerical personnel);
d) that Payroll reports must be submitted for every week or part of a week during the course of the contract, and must be submitted by all subcontractors. Payroll reports will be submitted to the Grantee within seven (7) days of the end of the work week.
Contractors will maintain employment and payroll records which will be accessible to the Public Body, DHCD, and appropriate federal agencies for 3 years.
*Denotes those items which must be submitted by the Contractor.
Federal Contract Inserts 97 Rev. 12/3/2012
(Public Body): (Prime Contractor):
______Signature Signature
______Title Title
______Company
(Subcontractor): (Subcontractor):
______Signature Signature
______Title Title
______Company Company
(Subcontractor): (Subcontractor):
______Signature Signature
______Title Title
______Company Company
(Subcontractor): (Subcontractor):
______Signature Signature
______Title Title
______Company Company
Federal Contract Inserts 98 Rev. 12/3/2012
EXPLANATION OF APPLICABILITY OF EQUAL OPPORTUNITY CLAUSE
1. What contracts or subcontracts are subject to the Equal Opportunity Clause?
-- "Federal government contracts or subcontracts" exceeding $10,000 or contracts or subcontracts with the Federal government which, in any 12 month period, total or can reasonably be expected to have an aggregate total value exceeding $10,000.
-- "Federal assisted construction contracts/subcontracts and non-construction contracts/subcontracts" exceeding $10,000.
2. When is a bidder required to have on file at each establishment, affirmative action programs?
-- For NON-CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTS (service and supply), DOL regulations (41 CFR 60-2) call for a Written Affirmative Action Plan from each prime contractor or subcontractor with 50 or more employees and (1) a contract of $50,000 or more; or (2) Government bills of lading which, in any 12 month period, total or can be reasonably be expected to total $50,000 or more.
-- For CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTS, DOL Regulations do not require a Written Affirmative Action Plan. However, Contractors must take specified Affirmative Action Steps and to demonstrate with evidence that the Specifications (41 CFR 60-4. 3) in the Equal Opportunity Clause have been implemented.
3. What reports are due under the applicable filing requirements?
-- Standard Form 100 (EEO-1)
Each person (contractor and subcontractor) shall file annually with the Joint Reporting Committee, on or before March 31, reports on Standard Form 100 (EEO-1), if such person (1) is not exempt as provided for by 41 CFR 60-1.5, (2) has 50 or more employees, and (a) a contract of $50,000 or more; or (b) government bills of lading which, in any 12 month period, total or can reasonably be expected to total $50,000 or more.
Each person required to submit reports shall file such report with the PUBLIC BODY within 30 days after the award to him of a contract or subcontract, UNLESS such person has submitted such a report within 12 months preceding the date of the award. Subsequent reports shall be submitted annually, on or before March 31, to the Joint Reporting Committee, P. 0. Box 779, Norfolk, Virginia 23501. Forms can be requested in writing or by calling 804/461-1213.
Federal Contract Inserts 111 Rev. 12/3/2012
BIDDER COMPLIANCE STATEMENT CERTIFICATION REGARDING EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY
Applicability: Bid exceeding ten thousand dollars ($10,000) for contract/subcontract of unlimited amount and non-construction contract/subcontract for less than one million dollars ($1,000,000).
This statement relates to a proposed contract between (pick one): Contractor and Public Body OR Contractor and Subcontractor to be funded under a federally assisted project. Pursuant to Executive Order 11246 and its implementing regulations at 41 CFR 60-1.7(b) (1), as the undersigned bidder, I certify that:
1) Bidder has participated in a previous contract or subcontract subject to the Equal Opportunity Clause. YES NO
2) Bidder has developed and has on file at each establishment, affirmative action programs pursuant to 41 CFR 60-2 (applies only to non-construction contractors). YES NO (contract less than $50,000 AND fewer than 50 employees)
3) Bidder has filed with the Joint Reporting Committee; the Director of the Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs, U.S. Department of Labor; and agency; and/or the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission; all reports due under the applicable filing requirements. YES NO None Required
I understand that if I have failed to file any compliance reports which have been required of me, or have failed to develop and have on file at each establishment affirmative action programs pursuant to 41 CFR 60-2, when required, I am not eligible to have my bid or proposal considered, or to enter into the proposed contract.
I further understand that if awarded the proposed contract, and the contract for the FIRST time brings me under the filing requirements or the written affirmative action programs that I wilI, as applicable: (a) within 30 days file with the Public Body, Standard Form 100 (EEO- 1); and (b) within 120 days from the commencement of the contract, develop and submit to the Director of the Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs, U.S. Department of Labor, for approval a Written Affirmative Action Plan.
Signature: ______Type Name: ______Title: ______Address, including zip code: ______IRS # (or owner’s social security #): ______
Attachment: Any other reports that have been required pursuant to Executive Order 11246 by a contracting agency, the Equal Opportunity Commission, or the Director of the Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs, U. S. DOL.
Federal Contract Inserts 112 Rev. 12/3/2012
EXPLANATION OF EQUAL OPPORTUNITY CHECKLIST
What it is Used For: This is required to assure that all required Equal Opportunity requirements are explained and all appropriate forms are conveyed to the Contractor and subcontractors.
When it is Used: During the Pre-construction Conference.
Where it Goes: To Grantee's Equal Opportunity project file.
Instructions: Part of the 'wage decision packet' sent by DHCD with the Wage Decision applicable to the activity(s) being contracted. Use the checklist to check off equal opportunity items as they are addressed at the Pre-construction Conference. Have the Contractor and any known subcontractors sign this checklist after completing review of items. Any subcontractors hired subsequent of the Pre-construction Conference must also sign the checklist.
See also “Equal Opportunity Requirements,” as found in Chapter 8: Federal Labor Standards and Equal Opportunity Requirements.
Federal Contract Inserts 92 Rev. 12/3/2012
EQUAL OPPORTUNITY CHECKLIST
(to be completed initially at pre-construction conference)
Contractors have reviewed and understand Equal Opportunity/Section 3 contract provisions.
Contractors must inform unions or other source of workers of Equal Opportunity requirements such as:
a) taking applications at jobsite; and
b) advertising in local or appropriate media.
* Contractors have received DHCD forms "Register of Assigned Employees" and "Register of Contractors, Subcontractors and Suppliers"; and have been instructed to submit initial forms at Start of Construction and every month or part of month during the course of the contract.
Contractors are aware of goals for utilization of minority and female workers.
Contractors are aware that they are obligated to the greatest extent feasible to hire lower income project area residents as workers and trainees and to utilize project are businesses and businesses owned by project area residents.
Prime contractor has been given Equal Opportunity poster and will display it in prominent place at jobsite(s).
* If contractors employ more than 50 persons and contract is over $50,000 they have submitted form EEO-l to the Joint Reporting Committee, P. 0. Box 779, Norfolk, Virginia 23501; 804/461-1213.
* Denotes those items which must be submitted by the Contractor.
Federal Contract Inserts 93 Rev. 12/3/2012
(Public Body): (Prime Contractor):
______Signature Signature
______Title Title
______Company
(Subcontractor): (Subcontractor):
______Signature Signature
______Title Title
______Company Company
(Subcontractor): (Subcontractor):
______Signature Signature
______Title Title
______Company Company
(Subcontractor): (Subcontractor):
______Signature Signature
______Title Title
______Company Company
Federal Contract Inserts 94 Rev. 12/3/2012
EXPLANATION OF REGISTER OF ASSIGNED EMPLOYEES
What it is used for: To document all procurements of more than $10,000 (or more than $1,000 if a housing rehabilitation project) made in a CDBG project. To track progress toward hiring goals. To assist in assuring compliance with Section 3 and Davis-Bacon and Related Acts.
When it is used: To document the initial workforce and new hires, rehires and any changes in job classifications, rate of pay and authorized deductions throughout the construction process. It is updated on an ongoing basis.
Where it goes: The Grantee files all reviewed and accepted Registers in their labor standards and equal opportunity project files.
Instructions:* • COMPLETE THE “Month Covered” AND “Date Completed” IN THE TOP RIGHT CORNER.
• The Local LMI (Section 3) Hiring Goal is always 30%. Insert the Minority and Female goals as found in the Transmittal of Wage Decision letter sent to the Chief Executive Official by the PMO Program Manager.
• ROUND CONTRACT AMOUNTS TO THE NEAREST DOLLAR.
• NEW HIRES are registered as such one time and only on the original submittal or for the month in which it occurred; DO NOT DUPLICATE ‘NEW HIRES’ ON SUBSEQUENT SUBMITTALS.
• RECALLED means a person who was off of the Company’s payroll and is now back on the payroll. The person is treated as NEW HIRES except that the date recalled is entered in e (2). Subsequent recalls of any employees, whether originally listed as a ‘new hire’ or a ‘recall’ are treated as ‘modifications,’ see below.
• MODIFICATIONS affect ONLY the following items: (ONLY ITEM ‘a’ AND ITEM(S) BEING MODIFIED ARE COMPLETED FOR MODIFICATIONS.) o changes to employee’s name, e.g. due to marriage (item a) (if change is to name, show both old and new name) o changes in trade and job classification (item c) o changes in rate of pay and benefits (item d) o changes in authorized payroll deductions (item f) o a recall of an employee previously registered (item e (2).
GRANTEE’S RESPONSIBILITIES: For every procurement with a prime contractor, the Grantee must complete item (1) of SECTION I and supply the prime contractor with enough copies for the duration of the contract. After submission of the Register by its Prime, the Grantee must review the Register for completeness, accuracy and consistency with the Monthly CDBG Register of Contractors, Subcontractors, and Suppliers and the Payroll Report.
PRIME CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITIES: The Prime Contractor must submit this prior to start of construction and update it as necessary throughout the construction process. The Prime Contractor must use the forms supplied by the Grantee in which item (1) of Section I is already completed; item (2) remains blank. In SECTION II, the Prime Contractor completes items ‘a’ thru ‘h’ on ‘new hires’ and first time ‘recalls’, and only item ‘a’ and the item(s) being modified for modifications.
For every procurement with a subcontractor, the Prime Contractor should complete item (2) of SECTION I (item (1) is already completed on the form) and supply the subcontractor with enough copies for the duration of the
Federal Contract Inserts 83 Rev. 4/24/2017 subcontract. The Prime Contractor must obtain this form from all of its subcontractors for submission to the Grantee.
SUBCONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITIES: The Subcontractor must submit this prior to start of construction, update it as necessary throughout the construction process and submit it to the Prime Contractor.
The Subcontractor must use the forms supplied by the Prime Contractor in which Section I is already completed. In SECTION II, the Subcontractor completes items ‘a’ thru ‘h’ on ‘new hires’ and first time ‘recalls’; and only item ‘a’ and the item(s) being modified for modifications.
Federal Contract Inserts 84 Rev. 4/24/2017
Register of Assigned Employees Month Covered: , 20__ Date Completed: ______Submit initial list of workforce prior to start of construction; update monthly throughout construction to show changes.
SECTION I: Identification of Level of Submittal, see instructions on back of form
(1) Grantee: Grant #: Project Name: ______
HIRING GOALS: 30% (Section 3 % MINORITY 6.9 % FEMALE
Prime Contractor Contracted Amount $ ______
(2) Subcontractor Contracted Amount $ ______SECTION II: List all workers paid by this contract. For NEW HIRES: complete items ‘a’ thru ‘h.’ For MODIFICATIONS: complete only item ‘a’ and item(s) being modified. Update the Register to add new hires, rehires and changes to job classifications, rate of pay or authorized payroll deductions.
a. NAME OF EMPLOYEE c. TRADE & JOB CLASSIFICATION e. (1). DATE HIRED or e (2). DATE RECALLED g. MINORITY h. GENDER b. COUNTY OF RESIDENCE d. RATE OF PAY & BENEFITS f. AUTHORIZED PAYROLL DEDUCTIONS
a. c. e (1) or e(2) ____yes ____female
b. d. f. ____no ____male
a. c. e (1) or e(2) ____yes ____female
b. d. f. ____no ____male
a. c. e (1) or e(2) ____yes ____female
b. d. f. ____no ____male
a. c. e (1) or e(2) ____yes ____female
b. d. f. ____no ____male
*SECTION 3 RESIDENT – A resident of the area in which Section 3 covered assistance is expended, and who qualifies as a low- or very low-income person. SECTION 3 BUSINESS: - A business of the area in which 51% or more is owned by Section 3 Residents or 30% of employed staff are Section 3 Residents; or 25% of contracts committed to Section 3 Businesses
Federal Contract Inserts 81 Rev. 12/3/2012
Explanation of Payroll Record (Form WH-347)
What It Is Used For: The contractor and subcontractors submit their weekly Payroll Report to the Grantee each week or part of a week in which there are employees assigned to the project. All workers assigned that week MUST be included.
When It Is Used: During the construction phase of the project.
Where It Goes: In the Grantee's Labor Standards project file.
General Instructions: The Grantee must review each Payroll Report to assure that the Contractor and all subcontractors are complying with Davis-Bacon Act, Contract Work Hours and Standards Act, and Copeland “Anti-Kickback” Act requirements. Payroll records must be verified by field inspections (See Appendix 51 for Record of Employee Interview form) and checked against the Register of Assigned Employees (See Appendix 54 for form).
Form Instructions:
PAYROLL REPORT
Contractor or Subcontractor: Fill in your firm's name and check appropriate box.
Address: Fill in your firm's address.
Payroll No.: Beginning with the number "1", list the payroll number for the submission.
For Week Ending: List the workweek ending date.
Project and Location: List the project’s name as found on the CDBG Agreement.
Project or Contract No.: List the project’s CIG number.
Column 1 - Name and Individual Identifying Number of Worker: Enter each worker's full name and an individual identifying number on each weekly payroll submitted e. g.; the last four digits of the employee’s Social Security number (SSN). Full SNN shall ot be included on the payroll. Employers must maintain the current address and full SSN for each employee and must provide this information upon request to the Grantee and DHCD.
Rev. 03/03/2017 Appendix 70: Contractor’s Disclosure Report 67
Column 2 - No. of Withholding Exemptions: This column is merely inserted for the employer's convenience and is not a requirement of Regulations, Part 3 and 5.
Column 3 - Work Classifications: List the classification as shown on the wage decision issued for this project. Consult classification and minimum wage schedule set forth in contract specifications. If additional classifications are deemed necessary, consult with your Grantee’s Contract Compliance Officer. An individual may be shown as having worked in more than one classification provided an accurate breakdown or hours worked in each classification is maintained and shown on the submitted payroll by use of separate entries. When listing a sole proprietor/subcontractor on a payroll, a prime contractor should record the sole proprietor/subcontractor’s information in the same manner as an employee.
Column 4 - Hours worked: List the day and date and straight time and overtime hours worked in the applicable boxes. On all contracts subject to the Contract Work Hours Standard Act, enter hours worked in excess of 40 hours a week as "overtime".
Column 5 - Total: Self-explanatory
Column 6 - Rate of Pay (Including Fringe Benefits): In the "straight time" box for each worker, list the actual hourly rate paid for straight time worked, plus cash paid in lieu of fringe benefits paid. When recording the straight time hourly rate, any cash paid in lieu of fringe benefits may be shown separately from the basic rate. For example, "$12.25/.40" would reflect a $12.25 base hourly rate plus $0.40 for fringe benefits. This is of assistance in correctly computing overtime. See "Fringe Benefits" below. When overtime is worked, show the overtime hourly rate paid plus any cash in lieu of fringe benefits paid in the "overtime" box for each worker; otherwise, you may skip this box. See "Fringe Benefits" below. Payment of not less than time and one-half the basic or regular rate paid is required for overtime under the Contract Work Hours Standard Act of 1962 if the prime contract exceeds $100,000. In addition to paying no less than the predetermined rate for the classification which an individual works, the contractor must pay amounts predetermined as fringe benefits in the wage decision made part of the contract to approved fringe benefit plans, funds or programs or shall pay as cash in lieu of fringe benefits. See "FRINGE BENEFITS" below.
Column 7 - Gross Amount Earned: Enter gross amount earned on this project. If part of a worker's weekly wage was earned on projects other than the project described on this payroll, enter in column 7 first the amount earned on the Federal or Federally assisted project and then the gross amount earned during the week on all projects, thus "$163.00/$420.00" would reflect the earnings of a worker who earned $163.00 on a Federally assisted construction project during a week in which $420.00 was earned on all work.
Column 8 - Deductions: Five columns are provided for showing deductions made. An Employee Payroll Deduction Authorization must be provided for any deduction listed in the “Other” column. All deductions must be in accordance with the provisions of the Copeland Act Regulations, 29 C.F.R., Part 3. If an individual worked on other jobs in addition to this project, show actual deductions from his/her weekly gross wage, and indicate that deductions are based on his gross wages.
Rev. 03/03/2017 Appendix 70: Contractor’s Disclosure Report 68
Column 9 - Net Wages Paid for Week: Self-explanatory.
Totals - Space has been left at the bottom of the columns so that totals may be shown if the contractor so desires.
Submission of Payrolls – Certified payroll reports may be submitted electronically, i.e., via the internet. However, the electronic signature/submission does not mean pdf files of signed payrolls attached to an email, or faxed copies of signed payrolls. These methods are comparable to photocopies and are not acceptable submissions.
STATEMENT OF COMPLAINCE
Statement Required by Regulations, Parts 3 and 5: While the "statement of compliance" need not be notarized, the statement (on page 2 of the payroll form) is subject to the penalties provided by 18 U.S.C. § 1001, namely, a fine, possible imprisonment of not more than 5 years, or both. Accordingly, the party signing this statement should have knowledge of the facts represented as true.
Items 1and 2: Space has been provided between items (1) and (2) of the statement for describing any deductions made. If all deductions made are adequately described in the "Deductions" column above, state "See Deductions column in this payroll." See "FRINGE BENEFITS" below for instructions concerning filling out paragraph 4 of the statement.
Item 4 FRINGE BENEFITS - Contractors who pay all required fringe benefits: If paying all fringe benefits to approved plans, funds, or programs in amounts not less than were determined in the applicable wage decision of the Secretary of Labor, show the basic cash hourly rate and overtime rate paid to each worker on the face of the payroll and check paragraph 4(a) of the statement on page 2 of the WH-347 payroll form to indicate the payment. Note any exceptions in section 4(c).
Contractors who pay no fringe benefits: If not paying all fringe benefits to approved plans, funds, or programs in amounts of at least those that were determined in the applicable wage decision of the Secretary of Labor, pay any fringe benefit amount to each laborer and mechanic and insert in the "straight time" of the "Rate of Pay" column of the payroll an amount not less than the predetermined rate for each classification plus the amount of fringe benefits determined for each classification in the application wage decision. Inasmuch as it is not necessary to pay time and a half on cash paid in lieu of fringe benefits, the overtime rate shall be not less than the sum of the basic predetermined rate, plus the half time premium on basic or regular rate, plus the required cash in lieu of fringe benefits at the straight time rate. In addition, check paragraph 4(b) of the statement to indicate the payment of fringe benefits in cash directly to the workers. Note any exceptions in section 4(c). Use of Section 4(c), Exceptions
Rev. 03/03/2017 Appendix 70: Contractor’s Disclosure Report 69
Any contractor who is making payment to approved plans, funds, or programs in amounts less than the wage determination requires is obliged to pay the deficiency directly to the covered worker as cash in lieu of fringe benefits. Enter any exceptions to section 4(a) or 4(b) in section 4(c). Enter in the Exception column the craft, and enter in the Explanation column the hourly amount paid each worker as cash in lieu of fringe benefits and the hourly amount paid to plans, funds, or programs as fringe benefits. The contractor must pay an amount not less than the predetermined rate plus cash in lieu of fringe benefits as shown in section 4(c) to each such individual for all hours worked (unless otherwise provided by applicable wage determination) on the Federal or Federally assisted project. Enter the rate paid and amount of cash paid in lieu of fringe benefits per hour in column 6 on the payroll. See paragraph on "Contractors who pay no fringe benefits" for computation of overtime rate.
If the wage decision(s) issued required no fringes to be paid, do not check off any of the boxes in Section 4. Make a note in the “Remarks” box that no fringes are required to be paid by the wage decision(s) issued.
Rev. 03/03/2017 Appendix 70: Contractor’s Disclosure Report 70 Rev. Dec. 2008
U.S. Department of Labor PAYROLL Wage and Hour Division (For Contractor's Optional Use; See Instructions at www.dol.gov/whd/forms/wh347instr.htm) Persons are not required to respond to the collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number. Rev. Dec. 2008 NAME OF CONTRACTOR OR SUBCONTRACTOR ADDRESS OMB No.:1235-0008 Expires: 04/30/2021
PAYROLL NO. FOR WEEK ENDING PROJECT AND LOCATION PROJECT OR CONTRACT NO.
(1) (2) (3) (4) DAY AND DATE (5) (6) (7) (9) (8) S T.
NG DEDUCTIONS N S LDi IO NET NAME AND INDIVIDUAL IDENTIFYING NUMBER O GROSS WITH- WAGES HH OT. OR EMPT (e.g., LAST FOUR DIGITS OF SOCIAL SECURITY T WORK TOTAL RATE AMOUNT HOLDING TOTAL PAID I O. OF
NUMBER) OF WORKER N W EX CLASSIFICATION HOURS WORKED EACH DAY HOURS OF PAY EARNED FICA TAX OTHER DEDUCTIONS FOR WEEK
O
S
O
S
O
S
O
S
O
S
O
S
O
S
O
S
While completion of Form WH-347 is optional, it is mandatory for covered contractors and subcontractors performing work on Federally financed or assisted construction contracts to respond to the information collection contained in 29 C.F.R. §§ 3.3, 5.5(a). The Copeland Act (40 U.S.C. § 3145) contractors and subcontractors performing work on Federally financed or assisted construction contracts to "furnish weekly a statement with respect to the wages paid each employee during the preceding week." U.S. Department of Labor (DOL) regulations at 29 C.F.R. § 5.5(a)(3)(ii) require contractors to submit weekly a copy of all payrolls to the Federal agency contracting for or financing the construction project, accompanied by a signed "Statement of Compliance" indicating that the payrolls are correct and complete and that each laborer or mechanic has been paid not less than the proper Davis-Bacon prevailing wage rate for the work performed. DOL and federal contracting agencies receiving this information review the information to determine that employees have received legally required wages and fringe benefits.
Public Burden Statement We estimate that is will take an average of 55 minutes to complete this collection, including time for reviewing instructions, searching existing data sources, gathering and maintaining the data needed, and completing and reviewing the collection of information. If you have any comments regarding these estimates or any other aspect of this collection, including suggestions for reducing this burden, send them to the Administrator, Wage and Hour Division, U.S. Department of Labor, Room S3502, 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, D.C. 20210
(over) Date (b) WHERE FRINGE BENEFITS ARE PAID IN CASH
I, − Each laborer or mechanic listed in the above referenced payroll has been paid, (Name of Signatory Party) (Title) as indicated on the payroll, an amount not less than the sum of the applicable do hereby state: basic hourly wage rate plus the amount of the required fringe benefits as listed in the contract, except as noted in section 4(c) below. (1) That I pay or supervise the payment of the persons employed by (c) EXCEPTIONS on the (Contractor or Subcontractor) EXCEPTION (CRAFT) EXPLANATION
; that during the payroll period commencing on the (Building or Work) day of , , and ending the day of , , all persons employed on said project have been paid the full weekly wages earned, that no rebates have been or will be made either directly or indirectly to or on behalf of said
from the full (Contractor or Subcontractor) weekly wages earned by any person and that no deductions have been made either directly or indirectly from the full wages earned by any person, other than permissible deductions as defined in Regulations, Part 3 (29 C.F.R. Subtitle A), issued by the Secretary of Labor under the Copeland Act, as amended (48 Stat. 948, 63 Stat. 108, 72 Stat. 967; 76 Stat. 357; 40 U.S.C. § 3145), and described below:
REMARKS:
(2) That any payrolls otherwise under this contract required to be submitted for the above period are correct and complete; that the wage rates for laborers or mechanics contained therein are not less than the applicable wage rates contained in any wage determination incorporated into the contract; that the classifications set forth therein for each laborer or mechanic conform with the work he performed.
(3) That any apprentices employed in the above period are duly registered in a bona fide apprenticeship program registered with a State apprenticeship agency recognized by the Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training, United States Department of Labor, or if no such recognized agency exists in a State, are registered with the Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training, United States Department of Labor.
(4) That: (a) WHERE FRINGE BENEFITS ARE PAID TO APPROVED PLANS, FUNDS, OR PROGRAMS NAME AND TITLE SIGNATURE
− in addition to the basic hourly wage rates paid to each laborer or mechanic listed in the above referenced payroll, payments of fringe benefits as listed in the contract THE WILLFUL FALSIFICATION OF ANY OF THE ABOVE STATEMENTS MAY SUBJECT THE CONTRACTOR OR have been or will be made to appropriate programs for the benefit of such employees, SUBCONTRACTOR TO CIVIL OR CRIMINAL PROSECUTION. SEE SECTION 1001 OF TITLE 18 AND SECTION 231 OF TITLE except as noted in section 4(c) below. 31 OF THE UNITED STATES CODE.
CERTIFICATION OF SUBCONTRACTORS ON SITE
(To Be Submitted As Part of Weekly Payroll Report)
I, ______, the general contractor, hereby certify that the employees denoted on attached payroll reports for the week ending / / represent all employees that worked on CIG# - project for ______(insert Grantee’s Name), including employees of all subcontractors.
______/ / Name and Title Date
Names of Subcontractors That Worked On Project for This Pay Period.
1. ______2. ______3. ______4 ______5. ______
Rev. 03/03/2017 Appendix 70: Contractor’s Disclosure Report 73
EXPLANATION OF MONTHLY REGISTER OF CONTRACTORS, SUBCONTRACTORS AND SUPPLIERS
What it is used for: To document all procurements of more than $10,000 made in a CDBG project. To assist in assuring compliance with Section 3 and Davis-Bacon and the Related Acts.
When it is used: Procurements are registered as they occur or on a monthly basis prior to submittal. This form is compiled by the Grantee, the General Contractor, and each subcontractor per the instructions below for each month and part of month during the course of a contract.
Where it goes: The Grantee files all reviewed and accepted submittals in their procurement and equal opportunity project files.
Instructions: • Complete the “Month Covered” and “Date Completed” in the top right corner.
• ROUND CONTRACT AMOUNTS TO THE NEAREST DOLLAR.
• RECORD THE PHYSICAL ADDRESS OF BUSINESS ONLY. P. O. Boxes and other mailing addresses are not acceptable.
• A procurement is registered one time and only for the month in which it occurred; DO NOT DUPLICATE PROCUREMENTS ON SUBSEQUENT SUBMITTALS.
GRANTEE’S RESPONSIBILITIES: The Grantee should complete this form each month to register all applicable procurements with General Contractors, subcontractors and suppliers. For submittal to itself the Grantee completes line (1) of SECTION I; line (2) and (3) will be left blank. For every procurement with a General Contractor, the Grantee should complete lines (1) and (2) of SECTION I and supply the General Contractor with enough copies for the duration of the contract. After submission of the Register by its Prime, the Grantee must review the Register for completeness, accuracy and consistency with the Register of Assigned Employees and the Payroll Report. The Grantee should not pay the prime its final invoice until it has received all of the required Registers and has determined their accuracy.
GENERAL CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITIES: The General Contractor must prepare and submit this form every month and part of month to the Grantee along with any submittals received from subcontractors. The General Contractor must use the forms supplied by the Grantee in which lines (1) and (2) of SECTION I are already completed and line (3) remains blank.
In SECTION II, the Prime will identify each procurement as either ‘subcontractor’ or ‘supplier’ and will give complete information in the remaining columns. For every procurement with a subcontractor, the General Contractor should complete item (3) of SECTION I (lines (1) and (2) being already completed by the Grantee) and supply the subcontractor with enough copies for the duration of the subcontract. The General Contractor must obtain this form monthly from all of its subcontractors for submission to the Grantee.
SUBCONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITIES: The Subcontractor must complete this form every month and part of month during the course of the contract for submittal to the General Contractor. The Subcontractor should use the forms supplied by the General Contractor in which SECTION I is already completed. In SECTION II, the Subcontractor will identity each procurement as either ‘subcontractor’ or supplier’ and will give complete information in the remaining columns. The subcontractor must submit its final Register to the General Contractor with its final invoice. The General Contractor must review its subcontractor’s final register and verify that it is complete and accurate before payment of the final invoice to the subcontractor.
Federal Contract Inserts 87 Rev. 12/3/2012
Monthly CDBG Register of Contractors, Subcontractors and Suppliers Month Covered: , 20 ______Register all procurements of more than $10,000 one time only, in month of occurrence SECTION I: Identification of Level of Submittal, see instructions on back of form
(1) Grantee: Grant #: - Project Name: ______Section 3 County*: ______(2) General Contractor IRS# (or owner’s SSN) ______(3) Subcontractor IRS# (or owner’s SSN) ______
SECTION II: Details of Procurements
Choose one: Name and Physical Address of Business, and Contract Description or Amount of Contract or Ownership of Business (check All that apply) IRS# (or owners’ SSN) Items Supplied Purchase
____ General Contractor ____Minority-Owned Business ____ White American ____ African American $ ____ Section 3 Business ____ Native** American ____ Subcontractor ____ Hispanic American ____ Female-Owned Business ____ Asian American ____ Supplier IRS# (or SSN): ____ Not American Owned
____ General Contractor ____Minority-Owned Business ____ White American ____ African American $ ____ Section 3 Business ____ Native** American ____ Subcontractor ____ Hispanic American ____ Female-Owned Business ____ Asian American ____ Supplier IRS# (or SSN): ____ Not American Owned
____ General Contractor ____Minority-Owned Business ____ White American ____ African American $ ____ Section 3 Business ____ Native** American ____ Subcontractor ____ Hispanic American ____ Female-Owned Business ____ Asian American ____ Supplier IRS# (or SSN): ____ Not American Owned
____ General Contractor ____Minority-Owned Business ____ White American ____ African American $ ____ Section 3 Business ____ Native** American ____ Subcontractor ____ Hispanic American ____ Female-Owned Business ____ Asian American ____ Supplier IRS# (or SSN): ____ Not American Owned
*SECTION 3 RESIDENT: – A resident of the area in which Section 3 covered assistance is expended, and who qualifies as a low- or very low-income person. SECTION 3 BUSINESS: – A business of the area in which 51% or more is owned by Section 3 residents or 30% of employed staff are Section 3 residents or 25% of subcontracts are committed to Section 3 businesses. **NATIVE AMERICAN: - American Indian/Alaskan Natives
Federal Contract Inserts 85 Rev. 4/24/2017
EXPLANATION OF EMPLOYEE INTERVIEW FORM
What it is used for: To be used to interview project workers in order to determine that the Contractor and all subcontractors are complying with Davis-Bacon Act, Contract Work Hours and Standards Act, and Copeland “Anti-Kickback” Act requirements. It is used as a test against payroll information. It is also used to verify compliance with Section 3 requirements.
When It Is Used: During the construction phase of the project.
Where It Goes: Grantee's Labor Standards project file.
General Instructions: Employees should be selected for interviews either at random or on the basis of suspected irregularities as determined through the site visit or Payroll Reports. The number of interviews necessary is determined by the size of the Project. A minimum of at least one worker per trade and 25% of the total number of workers must be interviewed. Interviews must be conducted during construction a minimum of once a month to determine the Contractor’s compliance with the aforementioned federal requirements. Interviews must take place during the times in which each subcontract is being performed to assure that all trades are covered. This may mean that interviews will have to be conducted during evening or weekend hours.
Form Instructions: Items 1a - 1c: Self-explanatory
Items 2a – 2d: Enter the employee’s full name, a telephone number where the employee can be reached, and the employee’s home address. Many construction workers use a temporary address in the locality of the project and have a more permanent address elsewhere from which mail may be forwarded to them. Obtain a more permanent address, if available.
Items 3a – 4c: Enter the employee’s responses. Ask the employee whether they have a pay stub with them; if so, determine whether the pay stub is consistent with the information provided by the employee.
Items 5 – 7: Try to get specific responses from the employee so it is easier to verify that the work observed is consistent with the job classification listed on the payroll report. For example, the job
Rev. 03/03/2017 Appendix 70: Contractor’s Disclosure Report 75
classification (#5) must identify the trade involved e.g.; Carpenter, Electrician, Plumber, etc.
Items 8 – 12b: Self-explanatory. If the employee will not sign the form, just note it in the appropriate box
Items 13 – 15c: These items represent some of the most important information that can be gathered while conducting on-site interviews. Please be specific about the duties you observed the employee performing. It may be easiest to make these observations before initiating the interview. Please record any comments or remarks that may be helpful. For example, if the employee interviewed was working with a crew, how many workers were in the crew? What activities was the employee doing e.g.; dumping gravel, laying down pipe, connecting pipe in a ditch, etc. What tools and pieces of equipment was the employee using e.g.; shovel, level, pipe, pry bar, etc.
The level of specificity that is warranted is directly related to the extent to which interview(s) or other observations indicate that there may be violations present. If interviews indicate that there may be underpayments involving a particular trade(s), the interviewer is encouraged to interview as many workers in that trade(s) that are available.
Items 16 – 17b: The information on the form may be reviewed for general compliance, initially. For example, are the job classification and wage rate stated by the employee compatible with the classifications and wage rates on the applicable wage decision? Are the duties observed by the interviewer consistent with the job classification?
After completion of the interview the Contract Compliance Officer must note on the form whether the employee’s statements were consistent and whether they verified what was observed.
The Contract Compliance Officer must cross reference the information on the Record of Employee Interview form with information from the Contractor’s weekly Payroll Report, the Register of Assigned Employees, and the Wage Decision, indicating so by filling out the bottom part of the form. Appropriate action must be initiated to clear any discrepancies and questionable items.
Call your Community Representative for a copy of the Record of Employee Interview instructions in Spanish.
Rev. 03/03/2017 Appendix 70: Contractor’s Disclosure Report 76
Record of U.S. Department of Housing OMB Approval No. 2501-0009 and Urban Development (exp. 10/31/2010) Employee Interview Office of Labor Relations The information is collected to ensure compliance with the Federal labor standards by recording interviews with construction workers. The information collected will assist HUD in the conduct of compliance monitoring; the information will be used to test the veracity of certified payroll reports submitted by the employer. The information collected on this form is considered sensitive and is protected by the Privacy Act. The Privacy Act requires that these records be maintained with appropriate administrative, technical, and physical safeguards to ensure their security and confidentiality. In addition, these records should be protected against any anticipated threats or hazards to their security or integrity that could result in substantial harm, embarrassment, inconvenience, or unfairness to any individual on whom the information is maintained.
1a. Project Name 2a. Employee Name
1b. Project Number 2b. Employee Phone Number (including area code)
1c. Contractor or Subcontractor (Employer) 2c. Employee Home Address & Zip Code
2d. Verification of identification? Yes No 3a. How long on this 3b. Last date on this 3c. No. of hours last 4a. Hourly rate of pay? 4b. Fringe Benefits? 4c. Pay stub? job? job before today? day on this job? Vacation Yes No Yes No Medical Yes No Pension Yes No 5. Your job classification(s) (list all) --- continue on a separate sheet if necessary
6. Your duties
7. Tools or equipment used
Y N Y N 8. Are you an apprentice or trainee? 10. Are you paid at least time and ½ for all hours worked in excess of 40 in a week? 9. Are you paid for all hours worked? 11. Have you ever been threatened or coerced into giving up any part of your pay? 12a. Employee Signature 12b. Date
13. Duties observed by the Interviewer (Please be specific.)
14. Remarks
15a. Interviewer name (please print) 15b. Signature of Interviewer 15c. Date of interview
Payroll Examination 16. Remarks
17a. Signature of Payroll Examiner 17b. Date
Previous editions are obsolete Form HUD-11 (08/2004)
Federal Contract Inserts 77 Rev. 02-25-13
Historial de Entrevista del Departamento de Vivienda y Aprobación de OMB No. 2501-0009 Desarrollo Urbano de EE.UU. (exp. 10/31/2010) Empleado Oficina de Relaciones Laborales La información que se recopila tiene la finalidad de garantizar la conformidad a las normas laborales Federales mediante entrevistas con obreros de construcción. La información recopilada asistirá a HUD a conducir el monitoreo de conformidad; la información se usará para examinar la veracidad de los informes de nómina certificados presentados por el patrón. La Ley de Privacidad requiere que estos archivos se mantengan con salvaguardas administrativos, técnicos, y físicos apropiados para garantizar su seguridad y confidencialidad. Además, estos archivos deberán ser protegidos contra cualquier amenaza anticipada o riesgos a su seguridad o integridad, que podría causar daño sustancial, vergüenza, inconveniencias, o injusticias a cualquier individuo de quien se mantiene la información. La información recopilada aquí es voluntaria y cualquier información proporcionada será mantenida como confidencial.
1a. Nombre del proyecto 2a. Nombre del empleado
1b. Número del proyecto 2b. Número de teléfono del empleado (incluso prefijo local)
1c. Contratista o subcontratista (Patrón) 2c. Dirección residencial del empleado y código postal
2d. ¿Verificación de identificación? Sí No 3a. ¿Cuánto tiempo 3b. ¿Último día en 3c. ¿No. de horas en 4a. ¿Salario por hora? 4b. ¿Beneficios complementarios? 4c. ¿Talonario de en este trabajo? este trabajo antes de su ultimo día en este paga? hoy? trabajo? Vacaciones Sí No Sí No
Médicos Sí No Pensión Sí No 5. Clasificación(es) de su trabajo(s) (enumere todas) --- continúe en una página separada si es necesario
6. Sus deberes
7. Herramientas o equipo usado
S N S N 8. ¿Es aprendiz? 10. ¿Le pagan al menos tiempo y medio por todas las horas trabajadas superior a 40 horas semanales? 9. ¿Le pagan todas las horas 11. ¿Alguna vez ha sido amenazado o coercionado a entregar parte de su paga? trabajadas? 12a. Firma del empleado 12b. Fecha
13. Deberes observados por el entrevistador (Por favor sea específico.)
14. Comentarios
15a. Nombre del entrevistador (use letra de imprenta) 15b. Firma del entrevistador 15c. Fecha de la entrevista
Examinación de Nómina 16. Comentarios
17a. Firma del examinador de nómina 17b. Fecha
Federal Contract Inserts 78 Rev. 02-25-13
LEAD BASED PAINT RELATED TRAINING AND CERTIFICATIONS EMPLOYEE RECORD
Contractor’s Name: ______Date: ______
Employee’s Name Training Type and Level Certified Renovator
Note: All contractors, subcontractors and workers must have, at a minimum, the Lead Safe Work Practices training to work on DHCD housing rehabilitation projects consisting of interim controls. Each contractor must also have EPA Certification in “Renovation, Repair and Painting” as a firm and at least one individual Certified Renovator assigned to the project.
Federal Contract Inserts 91 Rev. 12/3/2012
General Conditions - Part III CD-8.3
Attachment to Certain Construction Contracts
Applicable to contracts/subcontracts in excess of $2,000 that are funded under legislation subject to Reorganization Plan Number 14 of 1950 (64 Stat. 1267), and which is for construction, alteration, and/or repair, including painting and decoration. Some of the legislation most likely to provide funding (that is, combined with CDBG funds) is: Appalachian Regional Development Act of 1965, Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as amended by the Water Quality Act of 1965, Public Works and Economic Development Act of 1965, Federal-Aid Highway acts, Vocational Education Act of 1963 and Vocational Education Amendments of 1968.
Subpart A: Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act- Safety and Health
1. The contractor shall not require any laborer or mechanic employed in the performance of the contract to work in surroundings or under working conditions which are unsanitary, hazardous, or dangerous to his health or safety, as determined under construction safety and health standards promulgated by regulations of the Secretary of Labor.
2. The contractor shall comply with the Department of Labor Safety and Health Regulations for Construction promulgated under section 107 of the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act (40 U.S.C. 327 et seq.).
3. The contractor shall include or cause to be included in each nonexempt subcontract the clauses in (1) and (2) above.
A person who undertakes to perform a portion of a contract involving the furnishing of supplies of materials will be considered a "subcontractor" under section 107 if the work in question involves the performance of construction work and is to be performed: (a) Directly on or near the construction site, or (b) by the employer for the specific project on a customized basis. Thus, a supplier of materials which will become an integral part of the construction is a "subcontractor" if the supplier fabricates or assembles the goods or materials in question specifically for the construction project.
Subpart B: Immigration Reform and Control Act Of 1986
The Contractor agrees by signing this contract that he/she does not and will not during the performance of this contract violate the provisions of the Federal Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986, which prohibits employment of illegal aliens.
Federal Contract Inserts 113 Rev. 12/3/2012
EMPLOYEE RIGHTS UNDER THE DAVIS-BACON ACT FOR LABORERS AND MECHANICS EMPLOYED ON FEDERAL OR FEDERALLY ASSISTED CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS THE UNITED STATES DEPARTMENT OF LABOR WAGE AND HOUR DfVISION
PREVAILING You must be paid not less than the wage rate listed in the Davis-Bacon WAGES Wage Decision posted with this Notice for the work you perform.
OVERTIME You must be paid not less than one and one-half times your basic rate of pay for all hours worked over 40 in a work week. There are few exceptions.
ENFORCEMENT Contract payments can be withheld to ensure workers receive wages and overtime pay due, and liquidated damages may apply if overtime pay requirements are not met. Davis-Bacon contract clauses allow contract termination and debarment of contractors from future federal contracts for up to three years. A contractor who falsifies certified payroll records or induces wage kickbacks may be subject to civil or criminal prosecution, fines and/or imprisonment.
APPRENTICES Apprentice rates apply only to apprentices properly registered under approved Federal or State apprenticeship programs.
PROPER PAY If you do not receive proper pay, or require further information on the applicable wages, contact the Contracting Officer listed below:
Joel Webne, Labor Compliance Officer Summit Design and Engineering Services 2201 W. Broad St., Suite 204 Richmond, VA 23220 804-204-1022 [email protected]
or contact the U.S. Department of Labor's Wage and Hour Division.
For additional information: 1-866-4-USWAGE 511110 (1-866-487 -9243) TTY: 1-877-889-5627 U.S. W.,. and HourDivlllon WWW.WAGEHOUR.DOL.GOV
U.S. Department of Labor I Employment Standards Administration I Wage and Hour Division WH 1321 (Revised Apnl 2009)
Front Royal Façade Improvements 2018-0040 Front Royal, Virginia Frazier Associates
DIVISION 01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 011000 - SUMMARY
SECTION 011000 - SUMMARY
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Project information. 2. Work covered by Contract Documents. 3. Contractor's use of site and premises. 4. Coordination with occupants. 5. Work restrictions. 6. Specification and Drawing conventions. 7. Miscellaneous provisions.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
1.4 PROJECT INFORMATION
A. Project Identification: Front Royal Facade Improvements.
1. Project Location: Multiple buildings in downtown Front Royal, Virginia.
B. Owner: Multiple Building Owners; Town of Front Royal.
1. Owner's Representative: Town of Front Royal: Jeremy Camp, [email protected], 540-635-4236.
C. Architect: Frazier Associates.
1. Architect's Representative: Annie Mathot, [email protected], 540-886- 6230.
D. Grant Administrator: Summit Design and Engineering Services: Craig Wilson, [email protected], 804-204-1022.
Frazier Associates 011000 - 1 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 011000 - SUMMARY
1.5 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
A. The Work of Project is defined by the Contract Documents and includes, but is not limited to, the following:
1. Exterior facade improvements on multiple buildings in downtown Front Royal, Virginia and other Work indicated in the Contract Documents.
B. Type of Contract:
1. Project will be constructed under a single prime contract for each building.
1.6 CONTRACTOR'S USE OF SITE AND PREMISES
A. Restricted Use of Site: Contractor shall have limited use of Project site for construction operations as indicated on Drawings by the Contract limits and as indicated by requirements of this Section.
B. Limits on Use of Site: Limit use of Project site to Work in areas indicated. Do not disturb portions of Project site beyond areas in which the Work is indicated.
1. Limits on Use of Site: Confine construction operations to exterior of buildings indicated on drawings. 2. Driveways, Walkways and Entrances: Keep driveways loading areas, and entrances serving premises clear and available to Owner, Owner's employees, and emergency vehicles at all times. Do not use these areas for parking or for storage of materials.
a. Schedule deliveries to minimize use of driveways and entrances by construction operations. b. Schedule deliveries to minimize space and time requirements for storage of materials and equipment on-site.
C. Condition of Existing Building: Maintain portions of existing building affected by construction operations in a weathertight condition throughout construction period. Repair damage caused by construction operations.
D. Condition of Existing Grounds: Maintain portions of existing grounds, landscaping, and hardscaping affected by construction operations throughout construction period. Repair damage caused by construction operations.
1.7 COORDINATION WITH OCCUPANTS
A. Full Owner Occupancy: Owner will occupy Project site and existing building(s) during entire construction period. Cooperate with Owner during construction operations to minimize conflicts and facilitate Owner usage. Perform the Work so as not to interfere with Owner's day-to-day operations. Maintain existing exits unless otherwise indicated.
1. Maintain access to existing walkways, corridors, and other adjacent occupied or used facilities. Do not close or obstruct walkways, corridors, or other occupied or used
Frazier Associates 011000 - 2 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 011000 - SUMMARY
facilities without written permission from Owner and approval of authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Notify Owner not less than 72 hours in advance of activities that will affect Owner's operations.
1.8 WORK RESTRICTIONS
A. Comply with restrictions on construction operations.
1. Comply with limitations on use of public streets, work on public streets, rights of way, and other requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.
B. On-Site Work Hours: Limit work to between 7:00 a.m. to 7:00 p.m., Monday through Friday, unless otherwise indicated. Work hours may be modified to meet Project requirements if approved by Owner and authorities having jurisdiction.
1. Hours for Utility Shutdowns: coordinate with Building Owner. 2. Hours for noisy activity: coordinate with Building Owner.
C. Existing Utility Interruptions: Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging for temporary utility services according to requirements indicated:
1. Notify Owner not less than two days in advance of proposed utility interruptions.
D. Noise, Vibration, Dust, and Odors: Coordinate operations that may result in high levels of noise and vibration, dust, odors, or other disruption to Owner occupancy with Owner.
1. Notify Owner not less than two days in advance of proposed disruptive operations.
1.9 SPECIFICATION AND DRAWING CONVENTIONS
A. Specification Content: The Specifications use certain conventions for the style of language and the intended meaning of certain terms, words, and phrases when used in particular situations. These conventions are as follows:
1. Imperative mood and streamlined language are generally used in the Specifications. The words "shall," "shall be," or "shall comply with," depending on the context, are implied where a colon (:) is used within a sentence or phrase. 2. Text Color: Text used in the Specifications, including units of measure, manufacturer and product names, and other text may appear in multiple colors or underlined as part of a hyperlink; no emphasis is implied by text with these characteristics. 3. Hypertext: Text used in the Specifications may contain hyperlinks. Hyperlinks may allow for access to linked information that is not residing in the Specifications. Unless otherwise indicated, linked information is not part of the Contract Documents. 4. Specification requirements are to be performed by Contractor unless specifically stated otherwise.
Frazier Associates 011000 - 3 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 011000 - SUMMARY
B. Division 00 Contracting Requirements: General provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions, apply to all Sections of the Specifications.
C. Division 01 General Requirements: Requirements of Sections in Division 01 apply to the Work of all Sections in the Specifications.
D. Drawing Coordination: Requirements for materials and products identified on Drawings are described in detail in the Specifications. One or more of the following are used on Drawings to identify materials and products:
1. Terminology: Materials and products are identified by the typical generic terms used in the individual Specifications Sections. 2. Abbreviations: Materials and products are identified by abbreviations published as part of the U.S. National CAD Standard.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 011000
Frazier Associates 011000 - 4 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 012200 - UNIT PRICES
SECTION 012200 - UNIT PRICES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for unit prices.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Unit price is a price per unit of measurement for materials, equipment, or services, or a portion of the Work, added to or deducted from the Contract Sum by appropriate modification, if the scope of Work or estimated quantities of Work required by the Contract Documents are increased or decreased.
1.4 PROCEDURES
A. Unit prices include all necessary material, plus cost for delivery, installation, insurance, applicable taxes, overhead, and profit.
B. Measurement and Payment: See individual Specification Sections for work that requires establishment of unit prices. Methods of measurement and payment for unit prices are specified in those Sections.
C. Owner reserves the right to reject Contractor's measurement of work-in-place that involves use of established unit prices and to have this work measured, at Owner's expense, by an independent surveyor acceptable to Contractor.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
END OF SECTION 012200
Frazier Associates 012200 - 1 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 013591 - HISTORIC TREATMENT PROCEDURES
SECTION 013591 - HISTORIC TREATMENT PROCEDURES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes general protection and treatment procedures for designated historic spaces, areas, rooms, and surfaces in Project.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Consolidate: To strengthen loose or deteriorated materials in place.
B. Design Reference Sample: A sample that represents Architect's prebid selection of work to be matched; it may be existing work or work specially produced for Project.
C. Dismantle: To disassemble or detach a historic item from a surface, or a nonhistoric item from a historic surface, using gentle methods and equipment to prevent damage to historic items and surfaces; disposing of items unless indicated to be salvaged or reinstalled.
D. Historic: Spaces, areas, rooms, surfaces, materials, finishes, and overall appearance that are important to the successful preservation rehabilitation restoration as determined by Architect. Designated historic surfaces are indicated on Drawings.
E. Match: To blend with adjacent construction and manifest no apparent difference in material type, species, cut, form, detail, color, grain, texture, or finish; as approved by Architect.
F. Refinish: To remove existing finishes to base material and apply new finish to match original, or as otherwise indicated.
G. Reinstall: To protect removed or dismantled item, repair and clean it as indicated for reuse, and reinstall it in original position, or where indicated.
H. Remove: To take down or detach a nonhistoric item located within a historic space, area, or room, using methods and equipment to prevent damage to historic items and surfaces; disposing of items unless indicated to be salvaged or reinstalled.
I. Repair: To correct damage and defects, retaining existing materials, features, and finishes while employing as little new material as possible. This includes patching, piecing-in, splicing, consolidating, or otherwise reinforcing or upgrading materials.
Frazier Associates 013591 - 1 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 013591 - HISTORIC TREATMENT PROCEDURES
J. Replace: To remove, duplicate, and reinstall entire item with new material. The original item is the pattern for creating duplicates unless otherwise indicated.
K. Replicate: To reproduce in exact detail, materials, and finish unless otherwise indicated.
L. Reproduce: To fabricate a new item, accurate in detail to the original, and from either the same or a similar material as the original, unless otherwise indicated.
M. Restore: To consolidate, replicate, reproduce, repair, and refinish as required to achieve the indicated results.
N. Retain: To keep existing items that are not to be removed or dismantled.
O. Reversible: New construction work, treatments, or processes that can be removed or undone in the future without damaging historic materials unless otherwise indicated.
P. Salvage: To protect removed or dismantled items and deliver them to Owner ready for reuse.
Q. Stabilize: To provide structural reinforcement of unsafe or deteriorated items while maintaining the essential form as it exists at present; also, to reestablish a weather-resistant enclosure.
R. Strip: To remove existing finish down to base material unless otherwise indicated.
1.4 COORDINATION
A. Historic Treatment Subschedule: A construction schedule coordinating the sequencing and scheduling of historic treatment work for entire Project, including each activity to be performed on historic surfaces; and based on Contractor's Construction Schedule. Secure time commitments for performing critical construction activities from separate entities responsible for historic treatment work.
1. Schedule construction operations in sequence required to obtain best historic treatment results. 2. Coordinate sequence of historic treatment work activities to accommodate the following:
a. Owner's continuing occupancy of portions of existing building. b. Owner's partial occupancy of completed Work. c. Other known work in progress. d. Tests and inspections.
3. Detail sequence of historic treatment work, with start and end dates. 4. Utility Services: Indicate how long utility services will be interrupted. Coordinate shutoff, capping, and continuation of utility services.
B. Pedestrian and Vehicular Circulation: Coordinate historic treatment work with circulation patterns within Project building(s) and site. Some work is near circulation patterns . Circulation patterns cannot be closed off entirely, and in places can be only temporarily redirected around small areas of work. Plan and execute the Work accordingly.
Frazier Associates 013591 - 2 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 013591 - HISTORIC TREATMENT PROCEDURES
1.5 MATERIALS OWNERSHIP
A. Historic items, relics, and similar objects including, but not limited to, cornerstones and their contents, commemorative plaques and tablets, antiques, and other items of interest or value to Owner that may be encountered or uncovered during the Work, regardless of whether they were previously documented, remain Owner's property.
1. Notify Architect if historic materials are uncovered during demolition. Dismantle and salvage each item or object and protect it from damage, then promptly deliver it to Owner where directed at Project site . 2. Coordinate with Owner's representative (Building Owner) who will establish special procedures for dismantling and salvaging.
1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Preconstruction Documentation: Show preexisting conditions of adjoining construction and site improvements, including finish surfaces, that might be misconstrued as damage caused by Contractor's historic treatment operations.
1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Safety and Health Standard: ANSI/ASSE A10.6.
1.8 STORAGE AND HANDLING OF HISTORIC MATERIALS
A. Salvaged Historic Materials:
1. Clean loose dirt and debris from salvaged historic items unless more extensive cleaning is indicated. 2. Pack or crate items after cleaning; cushion against damage during handling. Label contents of containers. 3. Store items in a secure area designated by Owner.
B. Existing Historic Materials to Remain: Protect construction indicated to remain against damage and soiling from construction work. Where permitted by Architect, items may be dismantled and taken to a suitable, protected storage location during construction work and reinstalled in their original locations after historic treatment and construction work in the vicinity is complete.
C. Storage: notify Building Owner who will coordinate storage.
1.9 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Size Limitations in Historic Spaces: Materials, products, and equipment used for performing the Work and for transporting debris, materials, and products shall be of sizes that clear surfaces within historic spaces, areas, rooms, and openings, including temporary protection, by 12 inches or more.
Frazier Associates 013591 - 3 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 013591 - HISTORIC TREATMENT PROCEDURES
PART 2 - PRODUCTS - (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PROTECTION
A. Protect persons, motor vehicles, surrounding surfaces of building, building site, plants, and surrounding buildings from harm resulting from historic treatment procedures.
1. Use only proven protection methods, appropriate to each area and surface being protected. 2. Provide temporary barricades, barriers, and directional signage to exclude the public from areas where historic treatment work is being performed. 3. Erect temporary barriers to form and maintain fire-egress routes. 4. Erect temporary protective covers over walkways and at points of pedestrian and vehicular entrance and exit that must remain in service during historic treatment work. 5. Contain dust and debris generated by historic treatment work, and prevent it from reaching the public or adjacent surfaces. 6. Provide shoring, bracing, and supports as necessary. Do not overload structural elements. 7. Protect floors and other surfaces along hauling routes from damage, wear, and staining.
B. Temporary Protection of Historic Materials:
1. Protect existing historic materials with temporary protections and construction. Do not remove existing materials unless otherwise indicated. 2. Do not attach temporary protection to historic surfaces except as indicated as part of the historic treatment program and approved by Architect.
C. Comply with each product manufacturer's written instructions for protections and precautions. Protect against adverse effects of products and procedures on people and adjacent materials, components, and vegetation.
D. Utility and Communications Services:
1. Notify Owner, Architect, authorities having jurisdiction, and entities owning or controlling wires, conduits, pipes, and other services affected by historic treatment work before commencing operations. 2. Maintain existing services unless otherwise indicated; keep in service, and protect against damage during operations. Provide temporary services during interruptions to existing utilities.
E. Existing Drains: Prior to the start of work in an area, test drainage system to ensure that it is functioning properly. Notify Architect immediately of inadequate drainage or blockage. Do not begin work in an area until the drainage system is functioning properly.
1. Prevent solids such as stone or mortar residue or other debris from entering the drainage system. Clean out drains and drain lines that become sluggish or blocked by sand or other materials resulting from historic treatment work.
Frazier Associates 013591 - 4 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 013591 - HISTORIC TREATMENT PROCEDURES
2. Protect drains from pollutants. Block drains or filter out sediments, allowing only clean water to pass.
F. Existing Roofing: Prior to the start of work in an area, install roofing protection.
3.2 PROTECTION FROM FIRE
A. Follow fire-prevention plan and the following:
1. Comply with NFPA 241 requirements unless otherwise indicated. 2. Remove and keep area free of combustibles, including rubbish, paper, waste, and chemicals, unless necessary for the immediate work.
a. If combustible material cannot be removed, provide fire blankets to cover such materials.
3. Prohibit smoking by all persons within Project work and staging areas except where specifically designated for smoking.
3.3 PROTECTION DURING APPLICATION OF CHEMICALS
A. Protect motor vehicles, surrounding surfaces of building being restored, building site, plants, and surrounding buildings from harm or spillage resulting from applications of chemicals and adhesives.
B. Cover adjacent surfaces with protective materials that are proven to resist chemicals selected for Project unless chemicals being used will not damage adjacent surfaces as indicated in historic treatment program. Use covering materials and masking agents that are waterproof and UV resistant and that will not stain or leave residue on surfaces to which they are applied. Apply protective materials according to manufacturer's written instructions. Do not apply liquid masking agents or adhesives to painted or porous surfaces. When no longer needed, promptly remove protective materials.
C. Do not apply chemicals during winds of sufficient force to spread them to unprotected surfaces.
D. Neutralize alkaline and acid wastes and legally dispose of off Owner's property.
E. Collect and dispose of runoff from chemical operations by legal means and in a manner that prevents soil contamination, soil erosion, undermining of paving and foundations, damage to landscaping, or water penetration into building interior.
3.4 GENERAL HISTORIC TREATMENT
A. Have historic treatment work performed only by qualified historic treatment specialists.
B. Ensure that supervisory personnel are present when historic treatment work begins and during its progress.
Frazier Associates 013591 - 5 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 013591 - HISTORIC TREATMENT PROCEDURES
C. Perform regular inspections of Project site as the Work progresses to detect hazards resulting from historic treatment procedures.
D. Follow the procedures in subparagraphs below and procedures approved in historic treatment program unless otherwise indicated:
1. Retain as much existing material as possible; repair and consolidate rather than replace. 2. Use additional material or structure to reinforce, strengthen, prop, tie, and support existing material or structure. 3. Use reversible processes wherever possible. 4. Use historically accurate repair and replacement materials and techniques unless otherwise indicated. 5. Record existing work before each procedure (preconstruction) and progress during the work with digital preconstruction documentation photographs
E. Notify Architect after demolition of nonhistoric elements to determine if historic elements have been uncovered and if additional services will be required. Also notify Architect of visible changes in the integrity of material or components whether from environmental causes including biological attack, UV degradation, freezing, or thawing or from structural defects including cracks, movement, or distortion.
1. Do not proceed with the work in question until directed by Architect.
F. Where missing features are indicated to be repaired or replaced, provide work with appearance based on accurate duplications rather than on conjecture, subject to approval of Architect.
G. Where work requires existing features to be removed or dismantled and reinstalled, perform these operations without damage to the material itself, to adjacent materials, or to the substrate.
H. Identify new and replacement materials and features with permanent marks hidden in the completed Work to distinguish them from original materials. Record a legend of identification marks and the locations of the items on record Drawings.
END OF SECTION 013591
Frazier Associates 013591 - 6 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 014000 - QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
SECTION 014000 - QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for quality assurance and quality control.
B. Testing and inspection services are required to verify compliance with requirements specified or indicated. These services do not relieve Contractor of responsibility for compliance with the Contract Document requirements.
1. Specific quality-assurance and quality-control requirements for individual work results are specified in their respective Specification Sections. Requirements in individual Sections may also cover production of standard products. 2. Specified tests, inspections, and related actions do not limit Contractor's other quality- assurance and quality-control procedures that facilitate compliance with the Contract Document requirements. 3. Requirements for Contractor to provide quality-assurance and quality-control services required by Architect, Owner, or authorities having jurisdiction are not limited by provisions of this Section.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Experienced: When used with an entity or individual, "experienced," unless otherwise further described, means having successfully completed a minimum of five previous projects similar in nature, size, and extent to this Project; being familiar with special requirements indicated; and having complied with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.
B. Field Quality-Control Tests and Inspections: Tests and inspections that are performed on-site for installation of the Work and for completed Work.
C. Installer/Applicator/Erector: Contractor or another entity engaged by Contractor as an employee, subcontractor, or sub-subcontractor, to perform a particular construction operation, including installation, erection, application, assembly, and similar operations.
1. Use of trade-specific terminology in referring to a Work result does not require that certain construction activities specified apply exclusively to specific trade(s).
D. Preconstruction Testing: Tests and inspections performed specifically for Project before products and materials are incorporated into the Work, to verify performance or compliance
Frazier Associates 014000 - 1 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 014000 - QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
with specified criteria. Unless otherwise indicated, copies of reports of tests or inspections performed for other than the Project do not meet this definition.
E. Product Tests: Tests and inspections that are performed by a nationally recognized testing laboratory (NRTL) according to 29 CFR 1910.7, by a testing agency accredited according to NIST's National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program (NVLAP), or by a testing agency qualified to conduct product testing and acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, to establish product performance and compliance with specified requirements.
F. Source Quality-Control Tests and Inspections: Tests and inspections that are performed at the source (e.g., plant, mill, factory, or shop).
G. Testing Agency: An entity engaged to perform specific tests, inspections, or both. The term "testing laboratory" shall have the same meaning as the term "testing agency."
H. Quality-Assurance Services: Activities, actions, and procedures performed before and during execution of the Work, to guard against defects and deficiencies and substantiate that proposed construction will comply with requirements.
I. Quality-Control Services: Tests, inspections, procedures, and related actions during and after execution of the Work, to evaluate that actual products incorporated into the Work and completed construction comply with requirements. Contractor's quality-control services do not include contract administration activities performed by Architect.
1.4 CONFLICTING REQUIREMENTS
A. Conflicting Standards and Other Requirements: If compliance with two or more standards or requirements is specified and the standards or requirements establish different or conflicting requirements for minimum quantities or quality levels, inform the Architect regarding the conflict and obtain clarification prior to proceeding with the Work. Refer conflicting requirements that are different, but apparently equal, to Architect for clarification before proceeding.
B. Minimum Quantity or Quality Levels: The quantity or quality level shown or specified shall be the minimum provided or performed. The actual installation may comply exactly with the minimum quantity or quality specified, or it may exceed the minimum within reasonable limits. To comply with these requirements, indicated numeric values are minimum or maximum, as appropriate, for the context of requirements. Refer uncertainties to Architect for a decision before proceeding.
1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Permits, Licenses, and Certificates: For Owner's record, submit copies of permits, licenses, certifications, inspection reports, releases, jurisdictional settlements, notices, receipts for fee payments, judgments, correspondence, records, and similar documents established for compliance with standards and regulations bearing on performance of the Work.
Frazier Associates 014000 - 2 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 014000 - QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Qualifications paragraphs in this article establish the minimum qualification levels required; individual Specification Sections specify additional requirements.
B. Installer Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in installing, erecting, applying, or assembling work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project, whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance.
1.7 QUALITY CONTROL
A. Contractor Responsibilities: Tests and inspections not explicitly assigned to Owner are Contractor's responsibility. Perform additional quality-control activities, whether specified or not, to verify and document that the Work complies with requirements.
1. Unless otherwise indicated, provide quality-control services specified and those required by authorities having jurisdiction. Perform quality-control services required of Contractor by authorities having jurisdiction, whether specified or not. 2. Engage a qualified testing agency to perform quality-control services.
3. Notify testing agencies at least 24 hours in advance of time when Work that requires testing or inspection will be performed. 4. Where quality-control services are indicated as Contractor's responsibility, submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each quality-control service. 5. Testing and inspection requested by Contractor and not required by the Contract Documents are Contractor's responsibility. 6. Submit additional copies of each written report directly to authorities having jurisdiction, when they so direct.
B. Coordination: Coordinate sequence of activities to accommodate required quality-assurance and quality-control services with a minimum of delay and to avoid necessity of removing and replacing construction to accommodate testing and inspection.
1. Schedule times for tests, inspections, obtaining samples, and similar activities.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 TEST AND INSPECTION LOG
A. Test and Inspection Log: Prepare a record of tests and inspections. Include the following:
1. Date test or inspection was conducted. 2. Description of the Work tested or inspected. 3. Date test or inspection results were transmitted to Architect. 4. Identification of testing agency or special inspector conducting test or inspection.
Frazier Associates 014000 - 3 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 014000 - QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
B. Maintain log at Project site. Post changes and revisions as they occur. Provide access to test and inspection log for Architect's and authorities' having jurisdiction reference during normal working hours.
1. Submit log at Project closeout as part of Project Record Documents.
3.2 REPAIR AND PROTECTION
A. General: On completion of testing, inspection, sample-taking, and similar services, repair damaged construction and restore substrates and finishes.
1. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Specification Sections or matching existing substrates and finishes. Restore patched areas and extend restoration into adjoining areas with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. Comply with the Contract Document requirements for cutting and patching in Section 017300 "Execution."
B. Protect construction exposed by or for quality-control service activities.
C. Repair and protection are Contractor's responsibility, regardless of the assignment of responsibility for quality-control services.
END OF SECTION 014000
Frazier Associates 014000 - 4 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Façade Improvements 2018-0040 Front Royal, Virginia Frazier Associates
DIVISION 02 EXISTING CONDITIONS
Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 024119 - SELECTIVE DEMOLITION
SECTION 024119 - SELECTIVE DEMOLITION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Demolition and removal of selected portions of building or structure. 2. Demolition and removal of selected site elements.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 011000 "Summary" for restrictions on use of the premises, Owner-occupancy requirements, and phasing requirements.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Remove: Detach items from existing construction and dispose of them off-site unless indicated to be salvaged or reinstalled.
B. Remove and Salvage: Detach items from existing construction, in a manner to prevent damage, and deliver to Owner ready for reuse.
C. Remove and Reinstall: Detach items from existing construction, in a manner to prevent damage, prepare for reuse, and reinstall where indicated.
D. Existing to Remain: Leave existing items that are not to be removed and that are not otherwise indicated to be salvaged or reinstalled.
E. Dismantle: To remove by disassembling or detaching an item from a surface, using gentle methods and equipment to prevent damage to the item and surfaces; disposing of items unless indicated to be salvaged or reinstalled.
1.4 MATERIALS OWNERSHIP
A. Unless otherwise indicated, demolition waste becomes property of Contractor.
B. Historic items, relics, antiques, and similar objects including, but not limited to, cornerstones and their contents, commemorative plaques and tablets, and other items of interest or value to Owner that may be uncovered during demolition remain the property of Owner.
Frazier Associates 024119 - 1 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 024119 - SELECTIVE DEMOLITION
1. Carefully salvage in a manner to prevent damage and promptly return to Owner.
1.5 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS
1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
1.8 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Owner will occupy portions of building immediately adjacent to selective demolition area. Conduct selective demolition so Owner's operations will not be disrupted.
B. Conditions existing at time of inspection for bidding purpose will be maintained by Owner as far as practical.
C. Notify Architect of discrepancies between existing conditions and Drawings before proceeding with selective demolition.
D. Historic Areas: Demolition and hauling equipment and other materials shall be of sizes that clear surfaces within historic spaces, areas, rooms, and openings, including temporary protection, by 12 inches or more.
E. Storage or sale of removed items or materials on-site is not permitted.
F. Utility Service: Maintain existing utilities indicated to remain in service and protect them against damage during selective demolition operations.
1. Maintain fire-protection facilities in service during selective demolition operations.
1.9 COORDINATION
A. Arrange selective demolition schedule so as not to interfere with Owner's operations.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with governing EPA notification regulations before beginning selective demolition. Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of authorities having jurisdiction.
B. Standards: Comply with ASSE A10.6 and NFPA 241.
Frazier Associates 024119 - 2 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 024119 - SELECTIVE DEMOLITION
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that utilities have been disconnected and capped before starting selective demolition operations.
B. Verify that hazardous materials have been remediated before proceeding with building demolition operations.
3.2 PREPARATION
3.3 UTILITY SERVICES AND MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
A. Existing Services/Systems to Remain: Maintain services/systems indicated to remain and protect them against damage.
3.4 PROTECTION
A. Temporary Protection: Provide temporary barricades and other protection required to prevent injury to people and damage to adjacent buildings and facilities to remain.
1. Provide protection to ensure safe passage of people around selective demolition area and to and from occupied portions of building. 2. Provide temporary weather protection, during interval between selective demolition of existing construction on exterior surfaces and new construction, to prevent water leakage and damage to structure and interior areas. 3. Protect walls, ceilings, floors, and other existing finish work that are to remain or that are exposed during selective demolition operations. 4. Cover and protect furniture, furnishings, and equipment that have not been removed. 5. Comply with requirements for temporary enclosures, dust control, heating, and cooling specified in Section 015000 "Temporary Facilities and Controls."
B. Remove temporary barricades and protections where hazards no longer exist.
3.5 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION, GENERAL
A. General: Demolish and remove existing construction only to the extent required by new construction and as indicated. Use methods required to complete the Work within limitations of governing regulations and as follows:
1. Proceed with selective demolition systematically, from higher to lower level. Complete selective demolition operations above each floor or tier before disturbing supporting members on the next lower level. 2. Neatly cut openings and holes plumb, square, and true to dimensions required. Use cutting methods least likely to damage construction to remain or adjoining construction.
Frazier Associates 024119 - 3 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 024119 - SELECTIVE DEMOLITION
Use hand tools or small power tools designed for sawing or grinding, not hammering and chopping. Temporarily cover openings to remain. 3. Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces to avoid marring existing finished surfaces. 4. Do not use cutting torches until work area is cleared of flammable materials. At concealed spaces, such as duct and pipe interiors, verify condition and contents of hidden space before starting flame-cutting operations. Maintain portable fire-suppression devices during flame-cutting operations. 5. Maintain adequate ventilation when using cutting torches. 6. Remove decayed, vermin-infested, or otherwise dangerous or unsuitable materials and promptly dispose of off-site. 7. Remove structural framing members and lower to ground by method suitable to avoid free fall and to prevent ground impact or dust generation. 8. Locate selective demolition equipment and remove debris and materials so as not to impose excessive loads on supporting walls, floors, or framing. 9. Dispose of demolished items and materials promptly.
B. Site Access and Temporary Controls: Conduct selective demolition and debris-removal operations to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, walkways, and other adjacent occupied and used facilities.
C. Work in Historic Areas: Selective demolition may be performed only in areas of Project that are not designated as historic. In historic spaces, areas, and rooms, or on historic surfaces, the terms "demolish" or "remove" shall mean historic "removal" or "dismantling" as specified in Section 013591 "Historic Treatment Procedures."
D. Removed and Salvaged Items:
1. Clean salvaged items. 2. Pack or crate items after cleaning. Identify contents of containers. 3. Store items in a secure area until delivery to Owner.
3.6 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION PROCEDURES FOR SPECIFIC MATERIALS
A. Masonry: Demolish in small sections. Cut masonry at junctures with construction to remain, using power-driven saw, and then remove masonry between saw cuts.
B. Roofing: Remove no more existing roofing than what can be covered in one day by new roofing and so that building interior remains watertight and weathertight. See Section 074113.16 Standing Seam Metal Roofing for new roofing requirements.
1. Remove existing roof membrane, flashings, copings, and roof accessories. 2. Remove existing roofing system down to substrate.
3.7 DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS
A. Remove demolition waste materials from Project site and dispose of them in an EPA-approved construction and demolition waste landfill acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
Frazier Associates 024119 - 4 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 024119 - SELECTIVE DEMOLITION
1. Do not allow demolished materials to accumulate on-site. 2. Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent surfaces and areas. 3. Remove debris from elevated portions of building by chute, hoist, or other device that will convey debris to grade level in a controlled descent. 4. Comply with requirements specified in Section 017419 "Construction Waste Management and Disposal."
B. Burning: Do not burn demolished materials.
3.8 CLEANING
A. Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by selective demolition operations. Return adjacent areas to condition existing before selective demolition operations began.
END OF SECTION 024119
Frazier Associates 024119 - 5 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Façade Improvements 2018-0040 Front Royal, Virginia Frazier Associates
DIVISION 04 MASONRY
Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 040310 - HISTORIC MASONRY CLEANING
SECTION 040310 - HISTORIC MASONRY CLEANING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes historic treatment work consisting of cleaning historic clay brick masonry surfaces.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 013591 "Historic Treatment Procedures" for general historic treatment requirements.
1.3 UNIT PRICES
A. Work of this Section is affected by unit prices specified in Section 012200 "Unit Prices."
1. Unit prices apply to authorized work covered by estimated quantities. 2. Unit prices apply to additions to and deletions from Work as authorized by Change Orders.
1.4 DEFINITIONS
A. Very Low-Pressure Spray: Less than 100 psi.
B. Low-Pressure Spray:
1. Pressure: 100 to 400 psi. 2. Flow Rate: 4 to 6 gpm.
C. Medium-Pressure Spray:
1. Pressure: 400 to 800 psi. 2. Flow Rate: 4 to 6 gpm.
D. High-Pressure Spray:
1. Pressure: 800 to 1200 psi. 2. Flow Rate: 4 to 6 gpm.
Frazier Associates 040310 - 1 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 040310 - HISTORIC MASONRY CLEANING
1.5 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING
A. Work Sequence: Perform historic masonry cleaning work in the following sequence:
1. Remove plant growth. 2. Inspect masonry for open mortar joints. Where repairs are required, delay further cleaning work until after repairs are completed, cured, and dried to prevent intrusion of water and other cleaning materials into the wall. 3. Remove paint. 4. Clean masonry.
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product.
1. Include material descriptions and application instructions. 2. Include test data substantiating that products comply with requirements.
1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Chemical-Cleaner Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm regularly engaged in producing masonry cleaners that have been used for similar applications with successful results, and with factory- authorized service representatives who are available for consultation and Project-site inspection and on-site assistance.
1.8 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Weather Limitations: Proceed with installation only when existing and forecasted weather conditions permit masonry cleaning work to be performed according to product manufacturers' written instructions and specified requirements.
B. Clean masonry surfaces only when air temperature is 40 deg F and above and is predicted to remain so for at least seven days after completion of cleaning.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 CLEANING MATERIALS
A. Water: Potable.
B. Hot Water: Water heated to a temperature of 140 to 160 deg F.
C. Detergent Solution, Job Mixed: Solution prepared by mixing 2 cups of tetrasodium pyrophosphate (TSPP), 1/2 cup of laundry detergent, and 20 quarts of hot water for every 5 gal. of solution required.
Frazier Associates 040310 - 2 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 040310 - HISTORIC MASONRY CLEANING
D. Mold, Mildew, and Algae Remover, Job Mixed: Solution prepared by mixing 2 cups of tetrasodium pyrophosphate (TSPP), 5 quarts of 5 percent sodium hypochlorite (bleach), and 15 quarts of hot water for every 5 gal. of solution required.
E. Nonacidic Gel Cleaner: Manufacturer's standard gel formulation, with pH between 6 and 9, that contains detergents with chelating agents and is specifically formulated for cleaning masonry surfaces.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. PROSOCO, Inc.
F. Nonacidic Liquid Cleaner: Manufacturer's standard mildly alkaline liquid cleaner formulated for removing mold, mildew, and other organic soiling from ordinary building materials, including polished stone, brick, aluminum, plastics, and wood.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. American Building Restoration Products, Inc. b. PROSOCO, Inc.
G. Mild-Acid Cleaner: Manufacturer's standard mild-acid cleaner based on phosphoric, oxalic, or citric acid; but not containing muriatic (hydrochloric), hydrofluoric, or sulfuric acid; or ammonium bifluoride or chlorine bleaches.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. American Building Restoration Products, Inc.
H. Acidic Cleaner: Manufacturer's standard acidic masonry cleaner composed of hydrofluoric acid or ammonium bifluoride blended with other acids, detergents, wetting agents, and inhibitors.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. PROSOCO, Inc.
2.2 ACCESSORY MATERIALS
A. Liquid Strippable Masking Agent: Manufacturer's standard liquid, film-forming, strippable masking material for protecting glass, metal, glazed masonry, and polished stone surfaces from damaging effects of acidic and alkaline masonry cleaners.
Frazier Associates 040310 - 3 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 040310 - HISTORIC MASONRY CLEANING
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. American Building Restoration Products, Inc. b. PROSOCO, Inc.
B. Other Products: Select materials and methods of use based on the following, subject to approval of a mockup:
1. Previous effectiveness in performing the work involved. 2. Minimal possibility of damaging exposed surfaces. 3. Consistency of each application. 4. Uniformity of the resulting overall appearance. 5. Do not use products or tools that could do the following:
a. Remove, alter, or harm the present condition or future preservation of existing surfaces, including surrounding surfaces not in contract. b. Leave residue on surfaces.
2.3 CHEMICAL-CLEANING SOLUTIONS
A. Dilute chemical cleaners with water to produce solutions not exceeding concentration recommended in writing by chemical-cleaner manufacturer.
B. Acidic Cleaner Solution for Brick: Dilute acidic cleaner with water to produce hydrofluoric acid content of 3 percent or less, but not greater than that recommended in writing by chemical- cleaner manufacturer.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PROTECTION
A. Remove downspouts and associated hardware adjacent to immediate work area and store during masonry cleaning. Reinstall when masonry cleaning is complete.
1. Provide temporary rain drainage during work to direct water away from building.
3.2 CLEANING MASONRY, GENERAL
A. Have cleaning work performed only by qualified historic treatment specialist.
B. Cleaning Appearance Standard: Cleaned surfaces are to have a uniform appearance as viewed from 20 feet away by Architect.
C. Proceed with cleaning in an orderly manner; work from top to bottom of each scaffold width and from one end of each elevation to the other. Ensure that dirty residues and rinse water do not wash over dry, cleaned surfaces.
Frazier Associates 040310 - 4 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 040310 - HISTORIC MASONRY CLEANING
D. Use only those cleaning methods indicated for each masonry material and location.
1. Brushes: Do not use wire brushes or brushes that are not resistant to chemical cleaner being used. 2. Spray Equipment: Use spray equipment that provides controlled application at volume and pressure indicated, measured at nozzle. Adjust pressure and volume to ensure that cleaning methods do not damage masonry.
a. Equip units with pressure gauges. b. For chemical-cleaner spray application, use low-pressure tank or chemical pump suitable for chemical cleaner indicated, equipped with nozzle having a cone- shaped spray. c. For water-spray application, use fan-shaped spray that disperses water at an angle of 25 to 50 degrees. d. For heated water-spray application, use equipment capable of maintaining temperature between 140 and 160 deg F at flow rates indicated.
E. Perform each cleaning method in a manner that results in uniform coverage of all surfaces, including corners, moldings, and interstices, and that produces an even effect without streaking or damaging masonry surfaces.
1. Keep wall wet below area being cleaned to prevent streaking from runoff.
F. Perform additional general cleaning, paint and stain removal, and spot cleaning of small areas that are noticeably different when viewed according to "Cleaning Appearance Standard" Paragraph, so that cleaned surfaces blend smoothly into surrounding areas.
G. Water-Spray Application Methods:
1. Water-Soak Application: Soak masonry surfaces by applying water continuously and uniformly to limited area for time indicated. Apply water at low pressures and low volumes in multiple fine sprays using perforated hoses or multiple spray nozzles. Erect a protective enclosure constructed of polyethylene sheeting to cover area being sprayed. 2. Water-Spray Applications: Unless otherwise indicated, hold spray nozzle at least 6 inches from masonry surface, and apply water in horizontal back-and-forth sweeping motion, overlapping previous strokes to produce uniform coverage.
H. Chemical-Cleaner Application Methods: Apply chemical cleaners to masonry surfaces according to chemical-cleaner manufacturer's written instructions; use brush application. Do not allow chemicals to remain on surface for periods longer than those indicated or recommended in writing by manufacturer.
I. Rinse off chemical residue and soil by working upward from bottom to top of each treated area at each stage or scaffold setting. Periodically during each rinse, test pH of rinse water running off of cleaned area to determine that chemical cleaner is completely removed.
1. Apply neutralizing agent and repeat rinse if necessary to produce tested pH of between 6.7 and 7.5.
J. After cleaning is complete, remove protection no longer required. Remove tape and adhesive marks.
Frazier Associates 040310 - 5 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 040310 - HISTORIC MASONRY CLEANING
3.3 PRELIMINARY CLEANING
A. Removing Plant Growth: Completely remove visible plant, moss, and shrub growth from masonry surfaces. Carefully remove plants, creepers, and vegetation by cutting at roots and allowing remaining growth to dry as long as possible before removal. Remove loose soil and plant debris from open masonry joints to whatever depth they occur.
B. Preliminary Cleaning: Before beginning general cleaning, remove extraneous substances that are resistant to planned cleaning methods. Extraneous substances include paint, caulking, asphalt, and tar.
1. Carefully remove heavy accumulations of rigid materials from masonry surface with sharp chisel. Do not scratch or chip masonry surface.
3.4 CLEANING BRICKWORK
A. Cold-Water Wash: Use cold water applied by low -pressure spray.
B. Hot-Water Wash: Use hot water applied by low -pressure spray.
C. Detergent Cleaning:
1. Wet surface with cold water applied by low-pressure spray. 2. Scrub surface with detergent solution using medium-soft brushes until soil is thoroughly dislodged and can be removed by rinsing. Use small brushes to remove soil from mortar joints and crevices. Dip brush in solution often to ensure that adequate fresh detergent is used and that surface remains wet. 3. Rinse with cold water applied by low -pressure spray to remove detergent solution and soil.
D. Mold, Mildew, and Algae Removal:
1. Wet surface with cold water applied by low-pressure spray. 2. Apply mold, mildew, and algae remover by brush. 3. Scrub surface with medium-soft brushes until mold, mildew, and algae are thoroughly dislodged and can be removed by rinsing. Use small brushes for mortar joints and crevices. Dip brush in mold, mildew, and algae remover often to ensure that adequate fresh cleaner is used and that surface remains wet. 4. Rinse with cold water applied by low -pressure spray to remove mold, mildew, and algae remover and soil.
E. Nonacidic Gel Chemical Cleaning:
1. Wet surface with cold water applied by low-pressure spray. 2. Apply gel cleaner in 1/8-inch thickness by brush, working into joints and crevices. Apply quickly and do not brush out excessively, so area is uniformly covered with fresh cleaner and dwell time is uniform throughout area being cleaned. 3. Let cleaner remain on surface for period recommended in writing by chemical-cleaner manufacturer . 4. Remove bulk of gel cleaner.
Frazier Associates 040310 - 6 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 040310 - HISTORIC MASONRY CLEANING
5. Rinse with cold water applied by low -pressure spray to remove chemicals and soil.
F. Nonacidic Liquid Chemical Cleaning:
1. Wet surface with hot water applied by low-pressure spray. 2. Apply cleaner to surface by brush. 3. Let cleaner remain on surface for period recommended in writing by chemical-cleaner manufacturer . 4. Rinse with cold water applied by low -pressure spray to remove chemicals and soil.
G. Mild-Acid Chemical Cleaning:
1. Wet surface with cold water applied by low-pressure spray. 2. Apply cleaner to surface by brush. 3. Let cleaner remain on surface for period recommended in writing by chemical-cleaner manufacturer . 4. Rinse with cold water applied by low -pressure spray to remove chemicals and soil.
H. Acidic Chemical Cleaning:
1. Wet surface with cold water applied by low-pressure spray. 2. Apply cleaner to surface by brush. 3. Let cleaner remain on surface for period recommended in writing by chemical-cleaner manufacturer . 4. Rinse with cold water applied by low -pressure spray to remove chemicals and soil. Rinse until all foaming, if any, stops and suds disappear.
3.5 FINAL CLEANING
A. Clean adjacent nonmasonry surfaces of spillage and debris. Use detergent and soft brushes or cloths.
B. Remove debris from gutters and downspouts. Rinse off roof and flush gutters and downspouts.
C. Remove masking materials, leaving no residues that could trap dirt.
END OF SECTION 040310
Frazier Associates 040310 - 7 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 040322 - HISTORIC BRICK UNIT MASONRY REPAIR
SECTION 040322 - HISTORIC BRICK UNIT MASONRY REPAIR
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes historic treatment work consisting of repairing historic clay brick masonry as follows:
1. Repairing unit masonry.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 013591 "Historic Treatment Procedures" for general historic treatment requirements. 2. Section 076200 "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim" for metal flashing installed in or on repaired masonry.
1.3 ALLOWANCES
A. Allowances for historic masonry repair are specified in Section 012100 "Allowances."
1. Perform historic masonry repair work under quantity allowances and only as authorized. Authorized work includes work required by Drawings and the Specifications and work as directed in writing by Architect. 2. Perform work that exceeds quantity allowances only as authorized by Change Orders.
B. Preconstruction testing is part of testing and inspecting allowance.
C. Brick removal and replacement is part of brick removal and replacement allowance.
D. Patching brick masonry is part of masonry patching allowance.
1.4 UNIT PRICES
A. Work of this Section is affected by unit prices specified in Section 012200 "Unit Prices."
1. Unit prices apply to authorized work covered by estimated quantities. 2. Unit prices apply to additions to and deletions from Work as authorized by Change Orders.
Frazier Associates 040322 - 1 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 040322 - HISTORIC BRICK UNIT MASONRY REPAIR
1.5 DEFINITIONS
A. Low-Pressure Spray:
1. Pressure: 100 to 400 psi. 2. Flow Rate: 4 to 6 gpm.
B. Rebuilding (Setting) Mortar: Mortar used to set and anchor masonry in a structure, distinct from pointing mortar installed after masonry is set in place.
C. Saturation Coefficient: Ratio of the weight of water absorbed during immersion in cold water to weight absorbed during immersion in boiling water; used as an indication of resistance of bricks to freezing and thawing.
1.6 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS
1.7 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING
A. Order sand and gray portland cement for colored mortar immediately after approval of Samples . Take delivery of and store at Project site a sufficient quantity to complete Project.
B. Work Sequence: Perform masonry historic treatment work in the following sequence, which includes work specified in this and other Sections:
1. Remove plant growth. 2. Inspect masonry for open mortar joints and permanently or temporarily point them before cleaning to prevent intrusion of water and other cleaning materials into the wall. 3. Remove paint. 4. Clean masonry. 5. Rake out mortar from joints surrounding masonry to be replaced and from joints adjacent to masonry repairs along joints. 6. Repair masonry, including replacing existing masonry with new masonry materials. 7. Rake out mortar from joints to be repointed. 8. Point mortar and sealant joints. 9. After repairs and repointing have been completed and cured, perform a final cleaning to remove residues from this work.
C. As scaffolding is removed, patch anchor holes used to attach scaffolding. Patch holes in bricks according to "Brick Masonry Patching" Article. Patch holes in mortar joints according to Section 040323 "Historic Brick Unit Masonry Repointing."
1.8 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product.
1. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes. 2. Include recommendations for product application and use.
Frazier Associates 040322 - 2 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 040322 - HISTORIC BRICK UNIT MASONRY REPAIR
3. Include test data substantiating that products comply with requirements.
1.9 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
1.10 QUALITY ASSURANCE
1.11 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver bricks to Project site strapped together in suitable packs or pallets or in heavy-duty cartons and protected against impact and chipping.
B. Deliver packaged materials to Project site in manufacturer's original and unopened containers, labeled with manufacturer's name and type of products.
C. Store cementitious materials on elevated platforms, under cover, and in a dry location. Do not use cementitious materials that have become damp.
D. Store hydrated lime in manufacturer's original and unopened containers. Discard lime if containers have been damaged or have been opened for more than two days.
E. Store sand where grading and other required characteristics can be maintained and contamination avoided.
F. Handle bricks to prevent overstressing, chipping, defacement, and other damage.
1.12 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Weather Limitations: Proceed with installation only when existing and forecasted weather conditions permit repair work to be performed according to product manufacturers' written instructions and specified requirements.
B. Temperature Limits: Repair brick masonry only when air temperature is between 40 and 90 deg F and is predicted to remain so for at least seven days after completion of the Work unless otherwise indicated.
C. Hot-Weather Requirements: Protect masonry repairs when temperature and humidity conditions produce excessive evaporation of water from mortar and repair materials. Provide artificial shade and wind breaks, and use cooled materials as required to minimize evaporation. Do not apply mortar to substrates with temperatures of 90 deg F and above unless otherwise indicated.
D. For manufactured repair materials, perform work within the environmental limits set by each manufacturer.
Frazier Associates 040322 - 3 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 040322 - HISTORIC BRICK UNIT MASONRY REPAIR
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of material for repairing historic masonry (face brick, cement, sand, etc.) from single source with resources to provide materials of consistent quality in appearance and physical properties.
2.2 MASONRY MATERIALS
A. Face Brick: Units, including molded, ground, cut, or sawed shapes as required to complete masonry repair work.
1. Brick Matching Existing: Units with colors, color variation within units, surface texture, size, and shape that match existing brickwork and with physical properties of the existing.
a. For existing brickwork that exhibits a range of colors or color variation within units, provide brick that proportionally matches that range and variation rather than brick that matches an individual color within that range.
2. Special Shapes:
a. Provide molded, 100 percent solid shapes for applications where core holes or "frogs" could be exposed to view or weather when in final position, and where shapes produced by sawing would result in sawed surfaces being exposed to view. b. Mechanically chopping or breaking brick, or bonding pieces of brick together by adhesive, are unacceptable procedures for fabricating special shapes.
3. Tolerances as Fabricated: According to tolerance requirements in ASTM C 216, Type FBX .
B. Building Brick: ASTM C 62, of same vertical dimension as face brick, for masonry work concealed from view.
1. Grade SW where in contact with earth. 2. Grade SW or Grade MW for concealed backup.
2.3 MORTAR MATERIALS
A. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150/C 150M, Type I or Type II; white or gray or both where required for color matching of mortar.
1. Provide cement containing not more than 0.60 percent total alkali when tested according to ASTM C 114.
B. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C 207, Type S.
C. Mortar Sand: ASTM C 144 unless otherwise indicated.
Frazier Associates 040322 - 4 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 040322 - HISTORIC BRICK UNIT MASONRY REPAIR
1. Match size, texture, and gradation of existing mortar sand as closely as possible. Blend several sands if necessary to achieve suitable match. 2. Colored Mortar: Natural sand or ground marble, granite, or other sound stone of color necessary to produce required mortar color. 3. For exposed mortar, provide sand with rounded edges.
D. Water: ASTM C 270, potable.
2.4 MANUFACTURED REPAIR MATERIALS
A. Brick Patching Compound: Factory-mixed cementitious product that is custom manufactured for patching brick masonry.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. Cathedral Stone Products, Inc. b. Conproco Corporation. c. Edison Coatings, Inc.
2. Use formulation that is vapor and water permeable (equal to or more than the brick), exhibits low shrinkage, has lower modulus of elasticity than the bricks being repaired, and develops high bond strength to all types of masonry. 3. Use formulation having working qualities and retardation control to permit forming and sculpturing where necessary. 4. Formulate patching compound used for patching brick in colors and textures to match each unit being patched. Provide sufficient number of not less than three colors to enable matching the color, texture, and variation of each unit.
2.5 ACCESSORY MATERIALS
A. Other Products: Select materials and methods of use based on the following:
1. Previous effectiveness in performing the work involved. 2. Minimal possibility of damaging exposed surfaces. 3. Consistency of each application. 4. Uniformity of the resulting overall appearance. 5. Do not use products or tools that could do the following:
a. Remove, alter, or harm the present condition or future preservation of existing surfaces, including surrounding surfaces not in Contract. b. Leave residue on surfaces.
Frazier Associates 040322 - 5 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 040322 - HISTORIC BRICK UNIT MASONRY REPAIR
2.6 MORTAR MIXES
A. Measurement and Mixing: Measure cementitious materials and sand in a dry condition by volume or equivalent weight. Do not measure by shovel; use known measure. Mix materials in a clean, mechanical batch mixer.
B. Colored Mortar: Produce mortar of color required by using specified ingredients. Do not alter specified proportions without Architect's approval.
1. Mortar Pigments: Where mortar pigments are indicated, do not add pigment exceeding 10 percent by weight of the cementitious or binder materials, except for carbon black which is limited to 2 percent, unless otherwise demonstrated by a satisfactory history of performance.
C. Do not use admixtures in mortar unless otherwise indicated.
D. Mixes: Mix mortar materials in the following proportions:
1. Rebuilding (Setting) Mortar by Type: ASTM C 270, Proportion Specification, Type O unless otherwise indicated; with cementitious material limited to portland cement and lime. 2. Rebuilding (Setting) by ASTM C 1713 Composition: ASTM C 1713, with binder material limited to portland cement and lime, and with a volume ratio of 1 part portlans cement, 3 parts lime, and 11 parts sand.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PROTECTION
A. Prevent mortar from staining face of surrounding masonry and other surfaces.
1. Cover sills, ledges, and other projecting items to protect them from mortar droppings. 2. Keep wall area wet below rebuilding and repair work to discourage mortar from adhering. 3. Immediately remove mortar splatters in contact with exposed masonry and other surfaces.
B. Remove downspouts and associated hardware adjacent to immediate work area, and store during masonry repair work. Reinstall when repairs are complete.
1. Provide temporary rain drainage during work to direct water away from building.
3.2 MASONRY REPAIR, GENERAL
A. Have repair work performed only by qualified historic treatment specialist.
B. Repair Appearance Standard: Repaired surfaces are to have a uniform appearance as viewed from 20 feet away by Architect.
Frazier Associates 040322 - 6 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 040322 - HISTORIC BRICK UNIT MASONRY REPAIR
3.3 BRICK REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT
A. At locations indicated, remove bricks that are damaged, spalled, or deteriorated. Carefully remove entire units from joint to joint, without damaging surrounding masonry, in a manner that permits replacement with full-size units.
1. When removing single bricks, remove material from center of brick and work toward outside edges.
B. Support and protect remaining masonry that surrounds removal area.
C. Maintain flashing, reinforcement, lintels, and adjoining construction in an undamaged condition.
D. Notify Architect of unforeseen detrimental conditions, including voids, cracks, bulges, loose masonry units in existing backup, rotted wood, rusted metal, and other deteriorated items.
E. Remove in an undamaged condition as many whole bricks as possible.
1. Remove mortar, loose particles, and soil from brick by cleaning with hand chisels, brushes, and water. 2. Remove sealants by cutting close to brick with utility knife and cleaning with solvents. 3. Store brick for reuse. Store off ground, on skids, and protected from weather. 4. Deliver cleaned brick not required for reuse to Owner unless otherwise indicated.
F. Clean masonry surrounding removal areas by removing mortar, dust, and loose particles in preparation for brick replacement.
G. Replace removed damaged brick with other removed brick and salvaged brick in good condition, where possible, or with new brick matching existing brick. Do not use broken units unless they can be cut to usable size.
H. Install replacement brick into bonding and coursing pattern of existing brick. If cutting is required, use a motor-driven saw designed to cut masonry with clean, sharp, unchipped edges.
1. Maintain joint width for replacement units to match existing joints. 2. Use setting buttons or shims to set units accurately spaced with uniform joints.
I. Lay replacement brick with rebuilding (setting) mortar and with completely filled bed, head, and collar joints. Butter ends with sufficient mortar to fill head joints and shove into place. Wet both replacement and surrounding bricks that have ASTM C 67 initial rates of absorption (suction) of more than 30 g/30 sq. in. per min.. Use wetting methods that ensure that units are nearly saturated but surface is dry when laid.
1. Tool exposed mortar joints in repaired areas to match joints of surrounding existing brickwork. 2. Rake out mortar used for laying brick before mortar sets according to Section 040323 "Historic Brick Unit Masonry Repointing." Point at same time as repointing of surrounding area. 3. When mortar is hard enough to support units, remove shims and other devices interfering with pointing of joints.
Frazier Associates 040322 - 7 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 040322 - HISTORIC BRICK UNIT MASONRY REPAIR
J. Curing: Cure mortar by maintaining in thoroughly damp condition for at least 72 consecutive hours, including weekends and holidays.
1. Hairline cracking within the mortar or mortar separation at edge of a joint is unacceptable. Completely remove such mortar and repoint.
3.4 BRICK MASONRY PATCHING
A. Patch the following bricks unless another type of repair or replacement is indicated:
1. Units indicated to be patched. 2. Units with holes. 3. Units with chipped edges or corners. Patch chipped edges or corners measuring more than 3/4 inch in least dimension.
3.5 FINAL CLEANING
A. After mortar has fully hardened, thoroughly clean exposed masonry surfaces of excess mortar and foreign matter; use wood scrapers, stiff-nylon or -fiber brushes, and clean water, applied by low-pressure spray.
1. Do not use metal scrapers or brushes. 2. Do not use acidic or alkaline cleaners.
B. Clean adjacent nonmasonry surfaces. Use detergent and soft brushes or cloths.
C. Clean mortar and debris from roof; remove debris from gutters and downspouts. Rinse off roof and flush gutters and downspouts.
D. Remove masking materials, leaving no residues that could trap dirt.
3.6 MASONRY-WASTE DISPOSAL
A. Salvageable Materials: Unless otherwise indicated, excess masonry materials are Contractor's property.
B. Masonry Waste: Remove masonry waste and legally dispose of off Owner's property.
END OF SECTION 040322
Frazier Associates 040322 - 8 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 040323 - HISTORIC BRICK UNIT MASONRY REPOINTING
SECTION 040323 - HISTORIC BRICK UNIT MASONRY REPOINTING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes historic treatment work consisting of repointing brick masonry as follows:
1. Repointing joints with mortar and.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 013591 "Historic Treatment Procedures" for general historic treatment requirements.
1.3 UNIT PRICES
A. Work of this Section is affected by unit prices specified in Section 012200 "Unit Prices."
1. Unit prices apply to authorized work covered by estimated quantities. 2. Unit prices apply to additions to and deletions from Work as authorized by Change Orders.
1.4 DEFINITIONS
A. Low-Pressure Spray:
1. Pressure: 100 to 400 psi. 2. Flow Rate: 4 to 6 gpm.
1.5 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS
1.6 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING
A. Order sand and gray portland cement for pointing mortar immediately after approval of Samples. Take delivery of and store at Project site a sufficient quantity to complete Project.
Frazier Associates 040323 - 1 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 040323 - HISTORIC BRICK UNIT MASONRY REPOINTING
1.7 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product.
1. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes. 2. Include recommendations for product application and use. 3. Include test data substantiating that products comply with requirements.
B. Samples for Initial Selection: For the following:
1. Pointing Mortar: Submit sets of mortar for pointing in the form of sample mortar strips, 6 inches long by 1/4 inch wide, set in aluminum or plastic channels.
a. Have each set contain a close color range of at least three Samples of different mixes of colored sands and cements that produce a mortar matching existing, cleaned mortar when cured and dry. b. Submit with precise measurements on ingredients, proportions, gradations, and sources of colored sands from which each Sample was made.
2. Sand Type Used for Pointing Mortar: Minimum 8 oz. of each in plastic screw-top jars.
a. For blended sands, provide Samples of each component and blend. Identify blend ratio. b. Identify sources, both supplier and quarry, of each type of sand. 3. Include similar Samples of accessories involving color selection.
1.8 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Historic Treatment Specialist Qualifications: A qualified historic masonry repointing specialist. Experience in pointing or repointing only new or nonhistoric masonry is insufficient experience for masonry historic treatment work.
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver packaged materials to Project site in manufacturer's original and unopened containers, labeled with manufacturer's name and type of products.
B. Store cementitious materials on elevated platforms, under cover, and in a dry location. Do not use cementitious materials that have become damp.
C. Store hydrated lime in manufacturer's original and unopened containers. Discard lime if containers have been damaged or have been opened for more than two days.
D. Store lime putty covered with water in sealed containers.
Frazier Associates 040323 - 2 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 040323 - HISTORIC BRICK UNIT MASONRY REPOINTING
E. Store sand where grading and other required characteristics can be maintained and contamination avoided.
1.11 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Weather Limitations: Proceed with installation only when existing and forecasted weather conditions permit repointing work to be performed according to product manufacturers' written instructions and specified requirements.
B. Temperature Limits: Repoint mortar joints only when air temperature is between 40 and 90 deg F and is predicted to remain so for at least seven days after completion of the Work unless otherwise indicated.
C. Hot-Weather Requirements: Protect mortar-joint pointing when temperature and humidity conditions produce excessive evaporation of water from mortar materials. Provide artificial shade and wind breaks, and use cooled materials as required to minimize evaporation. Do not apply mortar to substrates with temperatures of 90 deg F and above unless otherwise indicated.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of material for repointing historic masonry (cement, sand, etc.) from single source with resources to provide materials of consistent quality in appearance and physical properties.
2.2 MORTAR MATERIALS
A. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150/C 150M, Type I or Type II; white or gray or both where required for color matching of mortar.
1. Provide cement containing not more than 0.60 percent total alkali when tested according to ASTM C 114.
B. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C 207, Type S.
C. Mortar Sand: ASTM C 144 unless otherwise indicated.
1. Match size, texture, and gradation of existing mortar sand as closely as possible. Blend several sands if necessary to achieve suitable match. 2. Color: Natural sand or ground marble, granite, or other sound stone of color necessary to produce required mortar color. 3. Provide sand with rounded edges.
D. Mortar Pigments: ASTM C 979/C 979M, compounded for use in mortar mixes, and having a record of satisfactory performance in masonry mortars.
E. Water: ASTM C 270, potable.
Frazier Associates 040323 - 3 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 040323 - HISTORIC BRICK UNIT MASONRY REPOINTING
2.3 ACCESSORY MATERIALS
A. Masking Tape: Nonstaining, nonabsorbent material; compatible with mortar, joint primers, sealants, and surfaces adjacent to joints; and that easily comes off entirely, including adhesive.
B. Other Products: Select materials and methods of use based on the following, subject to approval of a mockup:
1. Previous effectiveness in performing the work involved. 2. Minimal possibility of damaging exposed surfaces. 3. Consistency of each application. 4. Uniformity of the resulting overall appearance. 5. Do not use products or tools that could do the following:
a. Remove, alter, or harm the present condition or future preservation of existing surfaces, including surrounding surfaces not in Contract. b. Leave residue on surfaces.
2.4 MORTAR MIXES
A. Measurement and Mixing: Measure cementitious materials and sand in a dry condition by volume or equivalent weight. Do not measure by shovel; use known measure. Mix materials in a clean, mechanical batch mixer.
1. Mixing Pointing Mortar: Thoroughly mix cementitious materials and sand together before adding any water. Then mix again adding only enough water to produce a damp, unworkable mix that will retain its form when pressed into a ball. Maintain mortar in this dampened condition for 15 to 30 minutes. Add remaining water in small portions until mortar reaches desired consistency. Use mortar within one hour of final mixing; do not retemper or use partially hardened material.
B. Colored Mortar: Produce mortar of color required by using specified ingredients. Do not alter specified proportions without Architect's approval.
1. Mortar Pigments: Where mortar pigments are indicated, do not add pigment exceeding 10 percent by weight of the cementitious or binder materials, except for carbon black, which is limited to 2 percent, unless otherwise demonstrated by a satisfactory history of performance.
C. Do not use admixtures in mortar unless otherwise indicated.
D. Mixes: Mix mortar materials in the following proportions:
1. Pointing Mortar by ASTM C 1713 Composition: ASTM C 1713, with binder material limited to portland cement and lime , and with a volume ratio of 1 part portland cement, 3 parts lime, and 11 parts sand. Add mortar pigments to produce mortar colors required.
Frazier Associates 040323 - 4 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 040323 - HISTORIC BRICK UNIT MASONRY REPOINTING
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PROTECTION
A. Prevent mortar from staining face of surrounding masonry and other surfaces.
1. Cover sills, ledges, and other projecting items to protect them from mortar droppings. 2. Keep wall area wet below rebuilding and pointing work to discourage mortar from adhering. 3. Immediately remove mortar splatters in contact with exposed masonry and other surfaces.
B. Remove downspouts and associated hardware adjacent to immediate work area and store during masonry repointing work. Reinstall when repointing is complete.
1. Provide temporary rain drainage during work to direct water away from building.
3.2 MASONRY REPOINTING, GENERAL
A. Have repointing work performed only by qualified historic treatment specialist.
B. Appearance Standard: Repointed surfaces are to have a uniform appearance as viewed from 20 feet away by Architect.
3.3 REPOINTING
A. Rake out and repoint joints to the following extent:
1. All joints in areas indicated. 2. Joints at locations of the following defects:
a. Holes and missing mortar. b. Cracks that can be penetrated 1/4 inch or more by a knife blade 0.027 inch thick. c. Cracks [1/8] inch(es) or more in width and of any depth. d. Hollow-sounding joints when tapped by metal object. e. Eroded surfaces 1/4 inch or more deep. f. Deterioration to point that mortar can be easily removed by hand, without tools. g. Joints filled with substances other than mortar.
B. Do not rake out and repoint joints where not required.
C. Rake out joints as follows, according to procedures demonstrated in approved mockup:
1. Remove mortar from joints to depth of 2 times joint width not less than 3/4 inch and not less than that required to expose sound, unweathered mortar . Do not remove unsound mortar more than 2 inches deep; consult Architect for direction. 2. Remove mortar from masonry surfaces within raked-out joints to provide reveals with square backs and to expose masonry for contact with pointing mortar. Brush, vacuum, or flush joints to remove dirt and loose debris.
Frazier Associates 040323 - 5 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 040323 - HISTORIC BRICK UNIT MASONRY REPOINTING
3. Do not spall edges of bricks or widen joints. Replace or patch damaged bricks as directed by Architect.
a. Cut out mortar by hand with chisel and resilient mallet. Do not use power-operated grinders without Architect's written approval based on approved quality-control program. b. Cut out center of mortar bed joints using angle grinders with diamond-impregnated metal blades. Remove remaining mortar in bed joints and mortar in head joints by hand with chisel and resilient mallet. Strictly adhere to approved quality-control program.
D. Notify Architect of unforeseen detrimental conditions, including voids in mortar joints, cracks, loose masonry units, rotted wood, rusted metal, and other deteriorated items.
E. Pointing with Mortar:
1. Rinse joint surfaces with water to remove dust and mortar particles. Time rinsing application so, at time of pointing, joint surfaces are damp but free of standing water. If rinse water dries, dampen joint surfaces before pointing. 2. Apply pointing mortar first to areas where existing mortar was removed to depths greater than surrounding areas. Apply in layers not greater than 3/8 inch(es) until a uniform depth is formed. Fully compact each layer thoroughly and allow it to become thumbprint hard before applying next layer. 3. After deep areas have been filled to same depth as remaining joints, point joints by placing mortar in layers not greater than 3/8 inch(es). Fully compact each layer and allow it to become thumbprint hard before applying next layer. Where existing brick have worn or rounded edges, slightly recess finished mortar surface below face of masonry to avoid widened joint faces. Take care not to spread mortar beyond joint edges onto exposed masonry surfaces or to featheredge the mortar. 4. When mortar is thumbprint hard, tool joints to match original appearance of joints as demonstrated in approved mockup. Remove excess mortar from edge of joint by brushing. 5. Cure mortar by maintaining in thoroughly damp condition for at least 72 consecutive hours, including weekends and holidays.
a. Acceptable curing methods include covering with wet burlap and plastic sheeting, periodic hand misting, and periodic mist spraying using system of pipes, mist heads, and timers. b. Adjust curing methods to ensure that pointing mortar is damp throughout its depth without eroding surface mortar.
6. Hairline cracking within the mortar or mortar separation at edge of a joint is unacceptable. Remove mortar and repoint.
F. Where repointing work precedes cleaning of existing masonry, allow mortar to harden at least 30 days before beginning cleaning work.
Frazier Associates 040323 - 6 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 040323 - HISTORIC BRICK UNIT MASONRY REPOINTING
3.4 FINAL CLEANING
A. After mortar has fully hardened, thoroughly clean exposed masonry surfaces of excess mortar and foreign matter; use wood scrapers, stiff-nylon or -fiber brushes, and clean water, applied by low-pressure spray.
1. Do not use metal scrapers or brushes. 2. Do not use acidic or alkaline cleaners.
B. Clean adjacent nonmasonry surfaces. Use detergent and soft brushes or cloths.
C. Clean mortar and debris from roof; remove debris from gutters and downspouts. Rinse off roof and flush gutters and downspouts.
D. Remove masking materials, leaving no residues that could trap dirt.
END OF SECTION 040323
Frazier Associates 040323 - 7 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Façade Improvements 2018-0040 Front Royal, Virginia Frazier Associates
DIVISION 05 METALS Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 050371 - HISTORIC DECORATIVE METAL CLEANING
SECTION 050371 - HISTORIC DECORATIVE METAL CLEANING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes historic treatment of decorative metal in the form of cleaning as follows:
1. Cleaning metal. 2. Priming for repainting.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 013591 "Historic Treatment Procedures" for general historic treatment requirements.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Low-Pressure Spray:
1. Pressure: 100 to 400 psi. 2. Flow Rate: 4 to 6 gpm.
B. Medium-Pressure Spray:
1. Pressure: 400 to 800 psi. 2. Flow Rate: 4 to 6 gpm.
C. High-Pressure Spray:
1. Pressure: 800 to 1200 psi. 2. Flow Rate: 4 to 6 gpm.
Frazier Associates 050371 - 1 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 050371 - HISTORIC DECORATIVE METAL CLEANING
1.4 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS
1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Historic Treatment Specialist Qualifications: A qualified historic decorative metal cleaning specialist. Cleaning specialist shall be experienced in using mechanical and chemical methods on the types of metal surfaces indicated.
1.7 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Weather Limitations: Proceed with historic treatment of decorative metal only when existing and forecasted weather conditions are within the environmental limits set by each manufacturer's written instructions and specified requirements.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 CLEANING MATERIALS
A. Water: Potable.
B. Hot Water: Water heated to a temperature of 140 to 160 deg F.
C. Detergent Solution, Job Mixed: Solution prepared by mixing 2 cups of tetrasodium pyrophosphate (TSPP), 1/2 cup of laundry detergent, and 20 quarts of hot water for every 5 gal. of solution required.
D. Abrasive Materials:
1. Abrasives for Ferrous Metal Cleaning: Aluminum oxide paper, emery paper, fine steel wool, steel scrapers, and steel-wire brushes of various sizes.
E. Rust Remover: Manufacturer's standard phosphoric acid-based gel formulation, also called "naval jelly," for removing corrosion from iron and steel.
2.2 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. Other Products: Select materials and methods of use based on the following, subject to approval of a mockup:
1. Previous effectiveness in performing the work involved. 2. Little possibility of damaging exposed surfaces. 3. Consistency of each application. 4. Uniformity of the resulting overall appearance. 5. Do not use products or tools that could do the following:
Frazier Associates 050371 - 2 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 050371 - HISTORIC DECORATIVE METAL CLEANING
a. Remove, alter, or in any way harm the present condition or future preservation of existing surfaces, including surrounding surfaces not in the Contract. b. Leave an unintended residue on surfaces.
2.3 FERROUS METAL PRIMERS
A. Repair Primer: Manufacturer's standard, rust-inhibiting, fast-curing, lead- and chromate-free, universal primer, compatible with firmly adhered existing paint and applied finish. Comply with coating manufacturer's written instructions for cleaning, pretreatment, application, and minimum dry-film thickness.
B. Finish Primer: Primer complying with applicable requirements in Section 090391 "Historic Treatment of Plain Painting" for finish painting of primed historic metal.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PROTECTION
A. Comply with each manufacturer's written instructions for protecting building and other surfaces against damage from exposure to its products. Prevent chemical solutions from coming into contact with people, motor vehicles, landscaping, buildings, and other surfaces that could be harmed by such contact.
1. Cover adjacent surfaces with materials that are proven to resist chemical solutions being used unless products being used will not damage adjacent surfaces. Use protective materials that are waterproof and UV resistant. Apply masking agents to comply with manufacturer's written instructions. Do not apply liquid masking agent to painted or porous surfaces. When no longer needed, promptly remove masking to prevent adhesive staining. 2. Do not apply chemical solutions during winds of sufficient force to spread them to unprotected surfaces. 3. Neutralize alkaline and acid wastes before disposal. 4. Dispose of runoff from operations by legal means and in a manner that prevents soil erosion, undermining of paving and foundations, damage to landscaping, and water penetration into building interiors.
3.2 HISTORIC DECORATIVE METAL CLEANING, GENERAL
A. Have historic decorative metal cleaning performed by a historic treatment specialist.
B. Cleaning Appearance Standard: Cleaned surfaces are to have a uniform appearance as viewed from 20 feet away by Architect.
C. Execution of the Work: In cleaning historic items, disturb them as minimally as possible and as follows:
1. Remove deteriorated coatings and corrosion.
Frazier Associates 050371 - 3 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 050371 - HISTORIC DECORATIVE METAL CLEANING
2. Sequence work to minimize time before protective coatings are reapplied. 3. Clean items in place unless otherwise indicated.
D. Mechanical Coating Removal: Use most gentle mechanical methods, such as scraping and wire brushing, that will not abrade metal substrate. Do not use abrasive methods such as sanding or power tools except as indicated as part of the historic treatment program and approved by Architect.
E. Repaint: Where indicated, prepare painted decorative metal by cleaning surface, removing less than firmly adhered existing paint, sanding edges smooth, and priming for painting as specified.
3.3 CLEANING
A. Use only those methods indicated for each type of decorative metal and its location.
1. Brushes: If using wire brushes, use brushes of same base metal composition as metal being treated. Use brushes that are resistant to chemicals being used. 2. Spray Equipment: Use spray equipment that provides controlled application at volume and pressure indicated, measured at nozzle. Adjust pressure and volume to ensure that spray methods do not damage surfaces.
a. Equip units with pressure gages. b. For chemical-cleaner spray application, use low-pressure tank or chemical pump suitable for chemical cleaner indicated, equipped with nozzle having a cone- shaped spray. c. For water-spray application, use fan-shaped spray that disperses water at an angle of 25 to 50 degrees. d. For high-pressure water-spray application, use fan-shaped spray that disperses water at an angle of at least 40 degrees. e. For heated water-spray application, use equipment capable of maintaining temperature between 140 and 160 deg F at flow rates indicated.
3. Uniformity: Perform each cleaning method in a manner that results in uniform coverage of all surfaces, including corners, contours, and interstices, and that produces an even effect without streaks or damaging surfaces. 4. Protection: After cleaning is complete, remove protection no longer required. Remove tape and adhesive marks.
B. Water Cleaning: Clean with cold water applied by low medium-pressure spray. Supplement with natural-fiber or plastic bristle brush. Use small brushes to remove soil from joints and crevices.
C. Detergent Cleaning:
1. Wet surface with cold water applied by low-pressure spray. 2. Scrub surface with detergent solution and natural-fiber or plastic bristle brush until soil is thoroughly dislodged and can be removed by rinsing. Use small brushes to remove soil from joints and crevices. Dip brush in solution often to ensure that adequate fresh detergent is used and that surface remains wet.
Frazier Associates 050371 - 4 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 050371 - HISTORIC DECORATIVE METAL CLEANING
3. Rinse with cold water applied by low-pressure spray to remove detergent solution and soil. 4. Repeat cleaning procedure where needed if required to produce cleaning effect established by mockup.
D. Chemical Rust Removal:
1. Remove loose rust scale with approved abrasives for ferrous metal cleaning. 2. Apply rust remover with brushes or as recommended in writing by manufacturer. 3. Allow rust remover to remain on surface for period recommended in writing by manufacturer or as determined by preconstruction testing. Do not allow extended dwell time. 4. Wipe off residue with mineral spirits and either steel wool or soft rags, or clean with method recommended in writing by manufacturer to remove residue. 5. Dry immediately with clean, soft cloths. Follow direction of grain in metal. 6. Prime immediately to prevent rust. Do not touch cleaned metal surface until primed.
E. Mechanical Rust Removal:
1. Remove rust with approved abrasives for ferrous metal cleaning. 2. Wipe off residue with mineral spirits and either steel wool or soft rags. 3. Dry immediately with clean, soft cloths. Follow direction of grain in metal. 4. Prime immediately to prevent rust. Do not touch cleaned metal surface until primed.
3.4 REMOVAL, DISMANTLING, AND REINSTALLATION
A. Perform removal, dismantling, and reinstallation work as required in Section 024296 "Historic Removal and Dismantling" and Section 050372 "Historic Decorative Metal Repair."
3.5 PRIMING
A. Repair Primer: Apply immediately after completing a repair.
B. Finish Primer: Apply as soon after cleaning as possible.
END OF SECTION 050371
Frazier Associates 050371 - 5 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 050372 - HISTORIC DECORATIVE METAL REPAIR
SECTION 050372 - HISTORIC DECORATIVE METAL REPAIR
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Historic treatment of decorative metal in the form of repair as follows:
a. Repairing metals other than cast iron and replacing damaged and missing components in place.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 013591 "Historic Treatment Procedures" for general historic treatment requirements.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Low-Pressure Spray: 100 to 400 psi; 4 to 6 gpm .
B. Medium-Pressure Spray: 400 to 800 psi; 4 to 6 gpm .
C. High-Pressure Spray: 800 to 1200 psi; 4 to 6 gpm .
1.4 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING
A. Perform decorative metal repair in the following sequence, which includes work specified in this and other Sections:
1. Dismantle existing surface-mounted objects and hardware that overlie decorative metal surfaces except items indicated to remain in place. Tag items with location identification and protect. 2. Verify that temporary protections have been installed. 3. Examine condition of decorative metal. 4. Clean decorative metal surface, and remove paint and other finishes to the extent required. 5. Repair and replace existing decorative metal and supports to the degree required for a uniform and sound surface on which to paint or apply other finishes. 6. Cure repaired surfaces and allow them to dry for proper finishing.
Frazier Associates 050372 - 1 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 050372 - HISTORIC DECORATIVE METAL REPAIR
7. Paint and apply other finishes. 8. Reinstall dismantled surface-mounted objects and hardware unless otherwise indicated.
1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product.
1. Include recommendations for product application and use. 2. Include test data substantiating that products comply with requirements.
1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
1.7 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS
1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE
1.9 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Weather Limitations: Proceed with historic treatment of decorative metal only when existing and forecasted weather conditions are within the environmental limits set by each manufacturer's written instructions and specified requirements.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
2.2 METAL MATERIALS
A. Provide metal materials made of the alloys, forms, and types that match existing metals and have the ability to receive finishes matching existing finishes unless otherwise indicated. Exposed-to-view surfaces exhibiting imperfections inconsistent with existing materials are unacceptable.
B. Source Limitation for Replacement Cast Materials: Obtain castings for historic treatment of decorative metal from single source from single manufacturer with resources to provide materials of consistent quality in appearance and physical properties.
C. Steel:
1. Steel Sheet: ASTM A1008/A1008M, cold-rolled commercial steel sheet; matte finish; suitable for exposed applications.
D. Cast Iron: Standard designated below for each type of casting:
Frazier Associates 050372 - 2 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 050372 - HISTORIC DECORATIVE METAL REPAIR
1. Gray-Iron Castings: ASTM A48/A48M, Class 30. 2. Malleable-Iron Castings: ASTM A47/A47M, grade as recommended in writing by fabricator for type of use indicated.
2.3 PREPARATORY CLEANING MATERIALS
A. Water: Potable.
B. Hot Water: Water heated to a temperature of 140 to 160 deg F.
C. Detergent Solution, Job Mixed: Solution prepared by mixing 2 cups of tetrasodium pyrophosphate (TSPP), 1/2 cup of laundry detergent, and 20 quarts of hot water for every 5 gal. of solution required.
D. Abrasive Materials:
1. Abrasive Pads: Non-scratch, of the following type(s):
a. Abrasive Pad with Sponge: Combination plastic abrasive pad, consisting of a sponge enclosed with a woven urethane, polypropylene, or other plastic mesh or fabric, without other abrasive components that can scratch metal. b. Abrasive Pad of Plant Fibers: Agave, loofa, or another tough plant fiber, without other abrasive components that can scratch metal.
2. Medium Abrasives for Ferrous Metals: Aluminum oxide paper, emery paper, fine steel wool, steel scrapers, and steel-wire brushes of various sizes. 3. Medium Abrasives for Copper Alloys: Extra fine bronze wool or plastic abrasive pads.
E. Wash Cloths: Lint-free, absorbent, durable cloth without abrasives that can scratch metal.
F. Rust Remover: Manufacturer's standard phosphoric acid-based gel formulation, also called "naval jelly," for removing corrosion from iron and steel.
2.4 FASTENERS
A. Fasteners: Fasteners of the same basic metal as fastened metal unless otherwise indicated. Use metals that are noncorrosive and compatible with each metal joined.
1. Match existing fasteners in material and in type of fastener unless otherwise indicated. 2. Use concealed fasteners for interconnecting decorative metal components and for attaching them to other work unless exposed fasteners are the existing fastening method. 3. For exposed fasteners, use Phillips-type machine screws of head profile flush with metal surface unless otherwise indicated. 4. Finish heads of exposed fasteners to match finish of metal fastened unless otherwise indicated.
Frazier Associates 050372 - 3 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 050372 - HISTORIC DECORATIVE METAL REPAIR
2.5 ACCESSORIES
A. Metal-Patching Compound: Two-part, epoxy- or polyester-resin, metal-patching compound; knife-grade formulation as recommended in writing by manufacturer for type of metal repair indicated, tooling time required for the detail of work, and site conditions. Compound shall be produced for filling metal that has deteriorated because of corrosion or deformation. Filler shall be capable of filling deep holes and spreading to feather edge.
B. Masking Tape: Nonstaining, nonabsorbent material; compatible with chemical solutions being used and substrate surfaces, and that will easily come off entirely, including adhesive.
C. Other Products: Select materials and methods of use based on the following, subject to approval of a mockup:
1. Previous effectiveness in performing the work involved. 2. Little possibility of damaging exposed surfaces. 3. Consistency of each application. 4. Uniformity of the resulting overall appearance. 5. Do not use products or tools that could do the following:
a. Remove, alter, or in any way harm the present condition or future preservation of existing surfaces, including surrounding surfaces not in the Contract. b. Leave an unintended residue on surfaces.
2.6 METAL FABRICATION
A. Custom fabricate repairs of decorative metal items and components in sizes and profiles to match existing decorative metal unless otherwise indicated, with accurate curves, lines, and angles. Mill joints to a tight, hairline fit. Form assemblies and joints exposed to weather to resist water penetration and retention.
B. Provide uniform, neat seams with minimum exposure of welds, brazing, solder, and sealant.
C. Provide rebates, lugs, and brackets necessary to assemble components and to attach to existing work. Drill and tap for fasteners. Use concealed fasteners where possible; use exposed fasteners to match existing work.
D. Comply with AWS for recommended practices in welding and brazing. Provide welds and brazes behind finished surfaces without distorting or discoloring exposed side. Clean exposed welded and brazed joints of flux, and dress exposed and contact surfaces.
1. Use materials and methods that match color of base metal, minimize distortion, and develop maximum strength and corrosion resistance. 2. Remove flux immediately. 3. At exposed connections, match contours of adjoining surfaces, and finish exposed surfaces smooth and blended so no roughness shows after finishing.
E. Castings: Fabricate castings free of warp, cracks, blowholes, or other defects that impair strength or appearance. Grind, wire brush, sandblast, and buff castings to remove seams, gate marks, casting flash, and other casting marks.
Frazier Associates 050372 - 4 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 050372 - HISTORIC DECORATIVE METAL REPAIR
1. Finish castings to match existing decorative metal work.
2.7 FINISHES, GENERAL
A. Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping.
B. Appearance of Finished Work: Noticeable variations in same piece are not acceptable. Variations in appearance of adjoining components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast.
2.8 FERROUS METAL FINISHES
A. Repair Primer: Manufacturer's standard, rust-inhibiting, fast-curing, lead- and chromate-free universal primer, compatible with firmly adhered existing paint and applied finish. Comply with coating manufacturer's written instructions for cleaning, pretreatment, application, and minimum dry film thickness.
B. Finish Primer: Primer complying with applicable requirements in Section 090391 "Historic Treatment of Plain Painting" for finish painting of primed metal.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PROTECTION
A. Comply with each manufacturer's written instructions for protecting building and other surfaces against damage from exposure to its products. Prevent chemical solutions from coming into contact with people, motor vehicles, landscaping, buildings, and other surfaces that could be harmed by such contact.
1. Cover adjacent surfaces with materials that are proved to resist chemical solutions being used unless products being used will not damage adjacent surfaces. Use protective materials that are waterproof and UV resistant. Apply masking agents to comply with manufacturer's written instructions. Do not apply liquid masking agent to painted or porous surfaces. When no longer needed, promptly remove masking to prevent adhesive staining. 2. Do not apply chemical solutions during winds of enough force to spread them to unprotected surfaces. 3. Neutralize alkaline and acid wastes before disposal. 4. Dispose of runoff from operations by legal means and in a manner that prevents soil erosion, undermining of paving and foundations, damage to landscaping, and water penetration into building interiors.
Frazier Associates 050372 - 5 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 050372 - HISTORIC DECORATIVE METAL REPAIR
3.2 HISTORIC DECORATIVE METAL REPAIR, GENERAL
A. Repair Appearance Standard: Repaired surfaces are to have a uniform appearance as viewed from 20 feet away by Architect.
B. Execution of the Work: In repairing historic items, disturb remaining existing work as minimally as possible and as follows:
1. Stabilize decorative metal to reestablish structural integrity and weather resistance while maintaining the existing form of each item. 2. Remove deteriorated coatings and corrosion. 3. Sequence work to minimize time before protective coatings are reapplied. 4. Repair items where stabilization is insufficient to stop progress of deterioration. 5. Repair items in place unless otherwise indicated and retain as much original material as possible. 6. Replace or reproduce historic items where indicated or scheduled. 7. Make historic treatment of materials reversible whenever possible. 8. Install temporary protective measures to stabilize decorative metal that is indicated to be repaired later.
C. Mechanical Coating Removal: Use gentlest mechanical methods, such as scraping and wire brushing, that do not abrade metal substrate. Do not use abrasive methods, such as sanding, or power tools except as indicated as part of the historic treatment program and approved by Architect.
D. Repairing Decorative Metal Items: Match existing materials and features, retaining as much original material as possible to complete the repair.
1. Unless otherwise indicated, repair decorative metals by patching, filling, piecing-in, splicing, or otherwise reinforcing metals with new material matching existing. 2. Where indicated, repair decorative metal by limited replacement to the extent indicated, matching existing material.
E. Replacing Decorative Metal Components: Where indicated, duplicate and replace items with new metal matching existing metal.
1. Replace heavily deteriorated or missing parts or features of decorative metal with compatible materials, using surviving prototypes to create patterns or molds for duplicate replacements. 2. Do not use substitute materials unless otherwise indicated.
3.3 PREPARATORY CLEANING
A. Perform preparatory cleaning before performing repair work. Use only those methods indicated for each type of decorative metal and its location.
1. Brushes: If using wire brushes, use brushes of same base metal composition as metal being treated. Use brushes that are resistant to chemicals being used.
Frazier Associates 050372 - 6 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 050372 - HISTORIC DECORATIVE METAL REPAIR
2. Spray Equipment: Use spray equipment that provides controlled application at volume and pressure indicated, measured at nozzle. Adjust pressure and volume to ensure that spray methods do not damage surfaces.
a. Equip units with pressure gages. b. For water-spray application, use fan-shaped spray that disperses water at an angle of 25 to 50 degrees.
3. Uniformity: Perform each cleaning method in a manner that results in uniform coverage of all surfaces, including corners, contours, and interstices, and that produces an even effect without streaks or damaging surfaces. 4. Protection: After cleaning is complete, remove protection no longer required. Remove tape and adhesive marks.
B. Water Cleaning: Clean with cold water applied with sponges or wash cloths low-pressure spray. Supplement with natural-fiber or plastic bristle brush and abrasive pads. Use small brushes to remove soil and loose paint from joints and crevices.
C. Detergent Cleaning:
1. Wet surface with cold water applied with low-pressure spray. 2. Scrub surface with detergent solution and natural-fiber or plastic bristle brush and abrasive pads until soil is thoroughly dislodged and can be removed by rinsing. Use small brushes to remove soil from joints and crevices. Dip brush in solution often to ensure that adequate fresh detergent is used and that surface remains wet. 3. Rinse with cold water applied with low-pressure spray to remove detergent solution and soil.
D. Chemical Rust Removal:
1. Remove loose rust scale with approved, medium abrasives for ferrous metals. 2. Apply rust remover with brushes or as recommended in writing by manufacturer. 3. Allow rust remover to remain on surface for period recommended in writing by manufacturer or as determined by testing. Do not allow extended dwell time. 4. Wipe off residue with mineral spirits and either steel wool or soft rags, or clean with method recommended in writing by manufacturer to remove residue. 5. Dry immediately with clean, soft cloths. Follow direction of grain in metal. 6. Prime immediately to prevent rust. Do not touch cleaned metal surface until primed.
E. Mechanical Rust Removal:
1. Remove rust with approved, medium abrasives for ferrous metals. 2. Wipe off residue with mineral spirits and either steel wool or soft rags. 3. Dry immediately with clean, soft cloths. Follow direction of grain in metal. 4. Prime immediately to prevent rust. Do not touch cleaned metal surface until primed.
3.4 FILLING DEFECTS IN PAINTED SURFACES
A. Repair non-load-bearing defects in existing metal surfaces, including dents and gouges more than 1/8 inch (3 mm) deep or 1 inch (25 mm) across and all holes and tears by filling with
Frazier Associates 050372 - 7 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 050372 - HISTORIC DECORATIVE METAL REPAIR
metal-patching compound. Remove burrs. Prime iron and steel surfaces immediately after repair to prevent flash rusting.
1. Apply metal-patching compound to fill depressions, nicks, cuts, and other voids created by rusted, removed, or missing metal. 2. Mix only as much patching compound as can be applied according to manufacturer's written instructions. 3. Apply patching compound in layers of maximum 1/8 inch (3 mm) thickness and as recommended in writing by manufacturer until the void is completely filled. 4. Finish patch surface smooth and shaped flush with adjacent contours, without voids in patch material. 5. Clean spilled compound from adjacent materials immediately.
3.5 PRIMING
A. Repair Primer: Apply immediately after completing a repair.
B. Finish Primer: Apply as soon after cleaning as possible.
END OF SECTION 050372
Frazier Associates 050372 - 8 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 050373 - HISTORIC DECORATIVE METAL REFINISHING
SECTION 050373 - HISTORIC DECORATIVE METAL REFINISHING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes historic treatment of decorative metal in the form of refinishing bare metal surfaces as follows:
1. Refinishing metal in place.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 013591 "Historic Treatment Procedures" for general historic treatment requirements. 2. Section 050371 "Historic Decorative Metal Cleaning" for cleaning and removing paint from historic metalwork. 3. Section 090391 "Historic Treatment of Plain Painting" for plain painting of historic metalwork.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Low-Pressure Spray:
1. Pressure: 100 to 400 psi. 2. Flow Rate: 4 to 6 gpm.
B. Medium-Pressure Spray:
1. Pressure: 400 to 800 psi. 2. Flow Rate: 4 to 6 gpm.
C. High-Pressure Spray:
1. Pressure: 800 to 1200 psi. 2. Flow Rate: 4 to 6 gpm.
Frazier Associates 050373 - 1 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 050373 - HISTORIC DECORATIVE METAL REFINISHING
1.4 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS
1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS
1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Historic Treatment Specialist Qualifications: A qualified historic decorative metal refinishing specialist.
1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Pack, deliver, and store decorative metal items in suitable packs, heavy-duty cartons, or wooden crates; surround with sufficient packing material to ensure that products are not deformed, cracked, or otherwise damaged.
B. Store decorative metal inside a well-ventilated area, away from uncured concrete and masonry and protected from weather, moisture, soiling, abrasion, extreme temperatures, and humidity.
C. Protect strippable protective covering on decorative metal from exposure to sunlight and high humidity, except to extent necessary for the period of decorative metal installation.
1.9 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Weather Limitations: Proceed with historic treatment of decorative metal only when existing and forecasted weather conditions are within environmental limits set by each manufacturer's written instructions and specified requirements.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PREPARATORY CLEANING MATERIALS
A. Water: Potable.
B. Detergent Solution, Job Mixed: Solution prepared by mixing 2 cups of tetrasodium pyrophosphate (TSPP), 1/2 cup of laundry detergent, and 20 quarts of hot water for every 5 gal. of solution required.
2.2 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. Other Products: Select materials and methods of use based on the following, subject to approval of a mockup:
Frazier Associates 050373 - 2 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 050373 - HISTORIC DECORATIVE METAL REFINISHING
1. Previous effectiveness in performing the work involved. 2. Little possibility of damaging exposed surfaces. 3. Consistency of each application. 4. Uniformity of the resulting overall appearance. 5. Do not use products or tools that could do the following:
a. Remove, alter, or in any way harm the present condition or future preservation of existing surfaces, including surrounding surfaces not in the Contract. b. Leave an unintended residue on surfaces.
2.3 FINISHES, GENERAL
A. Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping.
B. Appearance of Finished Work: Noticeable variations in same piece are not acceptable. Variations in appearance of adjoining components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 HISTORIC TREATMENT SPECIALIST
3.2 PROTECTION
A. Comply with each manufacturer's written instructions for protecting building and other surfaces against damage from exposure to its products. Prevent chemical solutions from coming into contact with people, motor vehicles, landscaping, buildings, and other surfaces that could be harmed by such contact.
1. Cover adjacent surfaces with materials that are proved to resist chemical solutions being used unless products being used will not damage adjacent surfaces. Use protective materials that are waterproof and UV resistant. Apply masking agents to comply with manufacturer's written instructions. Do not apply liquid masking agent to painted or porous surfaces. When no longer needed, promptly remove masking to prevent adhesive staining. 2. Do not apply chemical solutions during winds of enough force to spread them to unprotected surfaces. 3. Neutralize alkaline and acid wastes before disposal. 4. Dispose of runoff from operations by legal means and in a manner that prevents soil erosion, undermining of paving and foundations, damage to landscaping, and water penetration into building interiors.
Frazier Associates 050373 - 3 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 050373 - HISTORIC DECORATIVE METAL REFINISHING
3.3 HISTORIC DECORATIVE METAL REFINISHING, GENERAL
A. Have decorative metal refinishing performed by a qualified decorative metal refinishing specialist.
B. Refinishing Appearance Standard: Refinished surfaces are to have a uniform appearance as viewed from 20 feet away by Architect.
C. Execution of the Work: In refinishing historic items, disturb remaining existing work as minimally as possible and as follows:
1. Remove dirt and corrosion. 2. Refinish items in place unless otherwise indicated and retain as much original finish as possible and according to required appearance. 3. Make historic treatment of materials reversible whenever possible.
D. Refinishing Decorative Metal Item: Remove existing metal finishes on item unless otherwise indicated and apply new, specified finishes.
E. Repairing Finish of Decorative Metal Item: Restore areas of deteriorated or missing finish on item and blend restored finish with existing, adjacent finish.
3.4 PREPARATORY CLEANING
A. Perform preparatory cleaning before performing refinishing work. Use only those methods indicated for each type of decorative metal and its location.
1. Brushes: If using wire brushes, use brushes of same base metal composition as metal being treated. Use brushes that are resistant to chemicals being used. 2. Spray Equipment: Use spray equipment that provides controlled application at volume and pressure indicated, measured at nozzle. Adjust pressure and volume to ensure that spray methods do not damage surfaces.
a. Equip units with pressure gauges. b. For water-spray application, use fan-shaped spray that disperses water at an angle of 25 to 50 degrees.
3. Uniformity: Perform each cleaning method in a manner that results in uniform coverage of all surfaces, including corners, contours, and interstices, and that produces an even effect without streaks or damaging surfaces. 4. Protection: After cleaning is complete, remove protection no longer required. Remove tape and adhesive marks.
B. Water Cleaning: Clean with cold water applied by low-pressure spray. Supplement with natural- fiber or plastic bristle brush. Use small brushes to remove soil from joints and crevices.
C. Detergent Cleaning:
1. Wet surface with cold water applied by low-pressure spray.
Frazier Associates 050373 - 4 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 050373 - HISTORIC DECORATIVE METAL REFINISHING
2. Scrub surface with detergent solution and natural-fiber or plastic bristle brush until soil is thoroughly dislodged and can be removed by rinsing. Use small brushes to remove soil from joints and crevices. Dip brush in solution often to ensure that adequate fresh detergent is used and that surface remains wet. 3. Rinse with cold water applied with low-pressure spray to remove detergent solution and soil.
D. Cleaning with Abrasive Pads: Clean surfaces to remove dirt by light rubbing with abrasive pads and water. Rinse with cold water to remove residue. Apply rinse by low-pressure spray .
END OF SECTION 050373
Frazier Associates 050373 - 5 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 050385 - HISTORIC TREATMENT OF DECORATIVE FORMED METAL
SECTION 050385 - HISTORIC TREATMENT OF DECORATIVE FORMED METAL
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes historic treatment of decorative formed metal as follows:
1. Stabilizing and protecting metal. 2. Repairing metal and replacing damaged and missing components in place. 3. Removing and dismantling metal for shop repair and replacement of components; reinstalling repaired metal. 4. Painting steel uncovered during the Work.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 013591 "Historic Treatment Procedures" for general historic treatment requirements.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Low-Pressure Spray: 100 to 400 psi; 4 to 6 gpm .
B. Medium-Pressure Spray: 400 to 800 psi; 4 to 6 gpm .
C. High-Pressure Spray: 800 to 1200 psi; 4 to 6 gpm .
1.4 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS
1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product.
1. Include recommendations for product application and use. 2. Include test data substantiating that products comply with requirements.
1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Qualification Data: For historic treatment specialist.
Frazier Associates 050385 - 1 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 050385 - HISTORIC TREATMENT OF DECORATIVE FORMED METAL
1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Historic Treatment Specialist Qualifications: A qualified, historic decorative formed metal repair specialist. Experience in installing and finishing new decorative formed metalwork is insufficient experience for historic treatment work on decorative formed metal.
1.8 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Weather Limitations: Proceed with historic treatment of decorative formed metal only when existing and forecasted weather conditions are within the environmental limits set by each manufacturer's written instructions and specified requirements.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of manufactured metal component or pattern from single source from single manufacturer.
2.2 PREFABRICATED METAL PRODUCTS
A. Building Cornice : Factory-stamped and prefinished metal cornice assembly for the building facade Fabricate components that match existing by using original, historic dies or custom- made patterns and dies.
1. Material: tin-plated steel or zinc-coated (galvanized) steel; of thickness needed for component size and embossed design . 2. Size and Pattern(s): Match existing . 3. Concealed Finish: Manufacturer's standard primer . 4. Exposed Finish: Primed for on-site painting .
a. Color: As selected by Architect from full range of industry colors and color densities .
2.3 METAL MATERIALS
A. Provide metal materials made of the alloys, forms, and types that match existing metals and have the ability to receive finishes matching existing finishes unless otherwise indicated. Exposed-to-view surfaces exhibiting imperfections inconsistent with existing materials are unacceptable.
B. Metallic-Coated Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M, Commercial Steel (CS), with G60 zinc coating; restricted flatness.
Frazier Associates 050385 - 2 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 050385 - HISTORIC TREATMENT OF DECORATIVE FORMED METAL
2.4 ACCESSORIES
A. Metal-Patching Compound: Two-part, epoxy- or polyester-resin, metal-patching compound; knife-grade formulation as recommended in writing by manufacturer for type of metal repair indicated, tooling time required for the detail of work, and site conditions. Compound shall be produced for filling metal that has deteriorated because of corrosion or deformation. Filler shall be capable of filling deep holes and spreading to feather edge.
B. Sealant Materials:
1. Provide manufacturer's standard, elastomeric nonstaining, single-component, nonsag silicone sealant complying with applicable requirements in Section 079200 "Joint Sealants." 2. Colors: Provide colors of exposed sealants to match colors of metals in which sealant is placed unless otherwise indicated.
C. Antirust Coating: Fast-curing, lead- and chromate-free, self-curing, universal modified-alkyd primer according to MPI #23 (surface tolerant, anticorrosive metal primer) .
1. Surface Preparation: Use coating requiring no better than SSPC-SP 2, "Hand Tool Cleaning," surface preparation according to manufacturer's literature or certified statement. 2. VOC Limit: Use coating with a VOC content of 400 g/L or less.
2.5 PREPARATORY CLEANING MATERIALS
A. Water: Potable.
B. Hot Water: Water heated to a temperature of 140 to 160 deg F.
C. Detergent Solution, Job Mixed: Solution prepared by mixing 2 cups of tetrasodium pyrophosphate (TSPP), 1/2 cup of laundry detergent, and 20 quarts of hot water for every 5 gal. of solution required.
D. Abrasive Materials:
1. Abrasive Pads: Non-scratch, of the following type(s):
a. Abrasive Pad with Sponge: Combination plastic abrasive pad, consisting of a sponge enclosed with a woven urethane, polypropylene, or other plastic mesh or fabric, without other abrasive components that can scratch metal. b. Abrasive Pad of Plant Fibers: Agave, loofa, or another tough plant fiber, without other abrasive components that can scratch metal.
2. Medium Abrasives for Ferrous Metals: Aluminum-oxide paper, emery paper, fine steel wool, steel scrapers, and steel-wire brushes of various sizes. 3. Medium Abrasives for Copper-Alloys: Extra-fine bronze wool or plastic abrasive pads.
E. Wash Cloths: Lint-free, absorbent, durable cloth without abrasives that can scratch metal.
Frazier Associates 050385 - 3 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 050385 - HISTORIC TREATMENT OF DECORATIVE FORMED METAL
F. Rust Remover: Manufacturer's standard phosphoric acid-based gel formulation, also called "naval jelly," for removing corrosion from iron and steel.
2.6 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. Fasteners: Fasteners shall be of the same basic metal as fastened metal unless otherwise indicated. Use metals that are noncorrosive and compatible with each metal joined.
1. Match existing fasteners in material and in type of fastener unless otherwise indicated. 2. Use concealed fasteners for interconnecting decorative formed metal components and for attaching them to other work unless exposed fasteners are unavoidable or the existing fastening method. 3. For exposed fasteners, use Phillips-type machine screws of head profile flush with metal surface unless otherwise indicated. 4. Finish exposed fasteners to match finish of metal fastened unless otherwise indicated.
B. Bituminous Paint: Cold-applied asphalt emulsion complying with ASTM D 1187/D 1187M.
C. Liquid Strippable Masking Agent: Manufacturer's standard liquid, film-forming, strippable masking material for protecting glass, metal, glazed masonry, and polished stone surfaces from damaging effects of acidic and alkaline cleaners.
D. Masking Tape: Nonstaining, nonabsorbent material; compatible with chemical solutions being used and substrate surfaces, and that will easily come off entirely, including adhesive.
E. Other Products: Select materials and methods of use based on the following, subject to approval of a mockup:
1. Previous effectiveness in performing the work. 2. Little possibility of damaging exposed surfaces. 3. Consistency of each application. 4. Uniformity of the resulting overall appearance. 5. Do not use products or tools that could do the following:
a. Remove, alter, or in any way harm the present condition or future preservation of existing surfaces, including surrounding surfaces not in the Contract. b. Leave an unintended residue on surfaces.
2.7 METAL FABRICATION
A. Fabricate repairs of decorative formed metal items and components in sizes and profiles to match existing decorative formed metal unless otherwise indicated, with accurate curves, lines, and angles. Mill joints to a tight, hairline fit. Form assemblies and joints exposed to weather to resist water penetration and retention.
B. Stamped components shall have embossed designs that are sharp and clear and shall be trimmed to exact size so that installed edges will be concealed or exposed as indicated on Drawings.
C. Provide uniform, neat seams with minimum exposure of welds, solder, and sealant.
Frazier Associates 050385 - 4 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 050385 - HISTORIC TREATMENT OF DECORATIVE FORMED METAL
D. Provide rebates, lugs, and brackets necessary to assemble components and to attach to existing work. Drill and tap for fasteners. Use concealed fasteners where possible; use exposed fasteners to match existing work.
E. Comply with AWS for recommended practices in welding. Provide welds behind finished surfaces without distorting or discoloring exposed side. Clean exposed welded joints of flux, and dress exposed and contact surfaces.
1. Use materials and methods that match color of base metal, minimize distortion, and develop maximum strength and corrosion resistance. 2. Remove flux immediately. 3. At exposed connections, match contours of adjoining surfaces, and finish exposed surfaces smooth and blended so no roughness shows after finishing.
2.8 FINISHES, GENERAL
A. Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping.
B. Appearance of Finished Work: Noticeable variations in same piece are not acceptable. Variations in appearance of adjoining components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast.
2.9 FERROUS METAL FINISHES
A. Repair Primer: Manufacturer's standard, rust-inhibiting, fast-curing, lead- and chromate-free universal primer, compatible with firmly adhered existing paint and applied finish. Comply with coating manufacturer's written instructions for cleaning, pretreatment, application, and minimum dry film thickness.
B. Finish Primer: Primer complying with applicable requirements in Section 090391 "Historic Treatment of Plain Painting" for finish painting of primed historic metal.
C. Baked-Enamel or Powder-Coat Finish: Manufacturer's standard baked-on finish consisting of prime coat and thermosetting topcoat. Comply with coating manufacturer's written instructions for cleaning, pretreatment, application, and minimum dry film thickness.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PROTECTION
A. Comply with each manufacturer's written instructions for protecting building and other surfaces against damage from exposure to its products. Prevent chemical solutions from coming into contact with people, motor vehicles, landscaping, buildings, and other surfaces that could be harmed by such contact.
Frazier Associates 050385 - 5 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 050385 - HISTORIC TREATMENT OF DECORATIVE FORMED METAL
1. Cover adjacent surfaces with materials that are proved to resist chemical solutions being used unless products being used will not damage adjacent surfaces. Use protective materials that are waterproof and UV resistant. Apply masking agents to comply with manufacturer's written instructions. Do not apply liquid masking agent to painted or porous surfaces. When no longer needed, promptly remove masking to prevent adhesive staining. 2. Do not apply chemical solutions during winds of enough force to spread them to unprotected surfaces. 3. Neutralize alkaline and acid wastes before disposal. 4. Dispose of runoff from operations by legal means and in a manner that prevents soil erosion, undermining of paving and foundations, damage to landscaping, and water penetration into building interiors.
3.2 HISTORIC DECORATIVE FORMED METAL REPAIR, GENERAL
A. Repair Appearance Standard: Repaired surfaces are to have a uniform appearance as viewed from 20 feet away by Architect.
B. Execution of the Work: In repairing historic items, disturb remaining existing work as minimally as possible and as follows:
1. Stabilize decorative formed metal to reestablish structural integrity and weather resistance while maintaining the existing form of each item. 2. Remove deteriorated coatings and corrosion. 3. Sequence work to minimize time before protective coatings are reapplied. 4. Repair items where stabilization is insufficient to stop progress of deterioration. 5. Repair items in place unless otherwise indicated, and retain as much original material as possible. 6. Replace or reproduce historic items where indicated or scheduled. 7. Make historic treatment of materials reversible whenever possible. 8. Install temporary protective measures to stabilize decorative formed metal that shall be repaired later.
C. Mechanical Coating Removal: Use only the gentlest mechanical methods, such as scraping and wire brushing, that do not abrade metal substrate. Do not use abrasive methods, such as sanding, or power tools except as indicated as part of the historic treatment program and approved by Architect.
D. Repairing Decorative Formed Metal: Match existing materials and features, retaining as much original material as possible to complete the repair.
1. Unless otherwise indicated, repair decorative formed metals by straightening, patching, piecing-in, splicing, or otherwise reinforcing metals with new metal, matching existing metal, form, and texture. 2. Where indicated, repair decorative formed metal by limited replacement to the extent indicated, matching existing material.
E. Replacing Decorative Formed Metal Components: Where indicated, duplicate and replace items with new metal, matching existing metal.
Frazier Associates 050385 - 6 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 050385 - HISTORIC TREATMENT OF DECORATIVE FORMED METAL
1. Replace heavily deteriorated or missing parts or features of decorative formed metal with compatible materials, using surviving prototypes to create patterns or dies for duplicate replacements. 2. Do not use substitute materials unless otherwise indicated. 3. Compatible substitute materials may be used.
3.3 PREPARATORY CLEANING
A. Perform preparatory cleaning before performing repair work. Use only those methods indicated for each type of decorative formed metal and its location.
1. Brushes: If using wire brushes, use brushes of same base metal composition as metal being treated. Use brushes that are resistant to chemicals being used. 2. Spray Equipment: Use spray equipment that provides controlled application at volume and pressure indicated, measured at nozzle. Adjust pressure and volume to ensure that spray methods do not damage surfaces.
a. Equip units with pressure gages. b. For water-spray application, use fan-shaped spray that disperses water at an angle of 25 to 50 degrees.
3. Uniformity: Perform each cleaning method in a manner that results in uniform coverage of all surfaces, including corners, contours, and interstices, and that produces an even effect without streaks or damaging surfaces. 4. Protection: After cleaning is complete, remove protection no longer required. Remove tape and adhesive marks.
B. Water Cleaning: Clean with cold water applied with low-pressure spray medium-pressure spray . Supplement with natural-fiber or plastic bristle brush and abrasive pads. Use small brushes to remove soil and loose paint from joints and crevices.
C. Detergent Cleaning:
1. Scrub surface with detergent solution and natural-fiber or plastic bristle brush and abrasive pads until soil is thoroughly dislodged and can be removed by rinsing. Use small brushes to remove soil and loose paint from joints and crevices. Dip brush in solution often to ensure that adequate fresh detergent is used and that surface remains wet. 2. Rinse with cold water applied with low-pressure spray to remove detergent solution, soil, and loose paint.
D. Chemical Rust Removal:
1. Remove loose rust scale with approved, medium abrasives for ferrous metals. 2. Apply rust remover with brushes or as recommended in writing by manufacturer. 3. Allow rust remover to remain on surface for period recommended in writing by manufacturer or as determined by testing. Do not allow extended dwell time. 4. Wipe off residue with mineral spirits and either steel wool or soft rags, or clean with method recommended in writing by manufacturer to remove residue. 5. Dry immediately with clean wash cloths. Follow direction of grain in metal. 6. Prime immediately to prevent rust. Do not touch cleaned metal surface until primed.
Frazier Associates 050385 - 7 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 050385 - HISTORIC TREATMENT OF DECORATIVE FORMED METAL
E. Mechanical Rust Removal:
1. Remove rust with approved, medium abrasives for ferrous metals. 2. Wipe off residue with mineral spirits and either steel wool or soft rags. 3. Dry immediately with clean wash cloths. Follow direction of grain in metal. 4. Prime immediately to prevent rust. Do not touch cleaned metal surface until primed.
3.4 DISMANTLING, REPAIR, AND INSTALLATION
A. Repair decorative formed metal in place insofar as practicable unless otherwise indicated. Where necessary, dismantle components from their substrate and repair and reinstall them according to approved historic treatment program.
B. Deformed Components: Flatten bent and deformed components, so that embossed pattern along full length of the component's edges will again nest tightly against adjacent work insofar as practicable.
C. Defects in Painted Metal Surfaces: Repair non-load-bearing defects in existing metal surfaces, including dents and gouges more than 1/8 inch deep or 1 inch across and all holes and tears by filling with metal-patching compound. Remove burrs. Prime iron and steel surfaces immediately after repair to prevent flash rusting.
1. Apply metal-patching compound to fill depressions, nicks, cuts, and other voids created by rusted, removed, or missing metal. 2. Mix only as much patching compound as can be applied according to manufacturer's written instructions. 3. Apply patching compound in layers of maximum 1/8-inch thickness and as recommended in writing by manufacturer until the void is completely filled. 4. Finish patch surface smooth and shaped flush with adjacent contours, without voids in patch material. 5. Clean spilled compound from adjacent materials immediately.
D. Installation:
1. Locate and place decorative formed metal items level and plumb and in alignment with adjacent construction.
a. Do not cut or abrade finishes that cannot be completely restored in the field. Return items with such finishes to the shop for required alterations, followed by complete refinishing, or provide new units as required.
2. Use concealed anchorages where possible. Provide brass or lead washers fitted to screws where needed to protect metal surfaces and to make a weathertight connection. 3. Form tight joints with exposed connections accurately fitted together. Provide reveals and openings for sealants and joint fillers as indicated. 4. Install concealed joint fillers, sealants, and flashings, as the Work progresses, to make exterior items weatherproof. 5. Corrosion Protection: Apply bituminous paint or other permanent separation materials on concealed surfaces where metals would otherwise be in direct contact with substrate
Frazier Associates 050385 - 8 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 050385 - HISTORIC TREATMENT OF DECORATIVE FORMED METAL
materials that are incompatible or could result in corrosion or deterioration of either material or finish. 6. Touch Up: At completion of installation, touch up and restore damaged or defaced finish surfaces and fastener heads.
E. Sealant: Clean and prepare joint surfaces and apply and cure sealant according to Section 079200 "Joint Sealants."
1. Keep joints to receive sealant dry and free of debris. 2. Prime joint surfaces unless sealant manufacturer recommends against priming. Do not allow primer to spill or migrate onto adjoining surfaces. 3. Fill sealant joints with specified joint sealant as recommended in writing by sealant manufacturer and the following:
a. Install sealant using only proven installation methods that ensure sealant is deposited in a uniform, continuous ribbon, without gaps or air pockets, and with complete wetting of the joint bond surfaces equally on both sides. Fill joint flush with surrounding metal. b. Do not allow sealant to overflow or spill onto adjoining surfaces or to migrate into the voids of adjoining surfaces, particularly rough or sculptural textures. Promptly remove excess and spillage of sealant as the work progresses. Clean adjoining surfaces by means necessary to eliminate evidence of spillage, without damage to adjoining surfaces or finishes, as demonstrated in an approved mockup.
3.5 PRIMING AND PAINTING
A. Repair Primer: Apply immediately after completing a repair.
B. Finish Primer: Apply as soon after cleaning as possible according to applicable requirements in Section 090391 "Historic Treatment of Plain Painting" for finish painting of primed historic metal.
C. Finish Painting: Apply as soon as possible after repair and installation according to applicable requirements in Section 090391 "Historic Treatment of Plain Painting."
D. Touch Up: At completion of installation, touch up and restore damaged or defaced painted surfaces.
END OF SECTION 050385
Frazier Associates 050385 - 9 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Façade Improvements 2018-0040 Front Royal, Virginia Frazier Associates
DIVISION 06 WOOD, PLASTICS, AND COMPOSITES
Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 060312 - HISTORIC WOOD REPAIR
SECTION 060312 - HISTORIC WOOD REPAIR
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes historic treatment of wood in the form of repairing wood features as follows:
1. Repairing wood paneling trim. 2. Replacing wood paneling trim.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 013591 "Historic Treatment Procedures" for general historic treatment requirements.
1.3 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING
A. Perform historic wood repair in the following sequence, which includes work specified in this and other Sections:
1. Before removing wood components for on-site or off-site repair, tag each component with location-identification numbers. Indicate on tags and building plans the locations of each component, such as "Baseboard on North Side of Room 101." 2. Dismantle hardware and tag with location-identification numbers. 3. In the shop, label each repaired component and whole or partial replacement with permanent location-identification number in inconspicuous location and remove site- applied tags. 4. Sort units by condition, separating those that need extensive repair. 5. Clean surfaces. 6. General Wood-Repair Sequence:
a. Remove paint to bare wood. b. Repair wood by consolidation, replacement, partial replacement, and patching. c. Sand, prime, fill, sand again, and prime surfaces again for refinishing.
7. Repair, refinish, and replace hardware if required. Reinstall operating hardware. 8. Reinstall components. 9. Apply finish coats. 10. Install remaining hardware.
Frazier Associates 060312 - 1 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 060312 - HISTORIC WOOD REPAIR
1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS
1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Pack, deliver, and store products in suitable packs, heavy-duty cartons, or wooden crates; surround with sufficient packing material to ensure that products will not be deformed, broken, or otherwise damaged.
B. Until installed, store products inside a well-ventilated area and protect from weather, moisture, soiling, abrasion, extreme temperatures, and humidity, and where environmental conditions comply with manufacturer's requirements.
1.8 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Weather Limitations: Proceed with historic wood repair only when existing and forecasted weather conditions are within the environmental limits set by each manufacturer's written instructions and specified requirements.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 HISTORIC WOOD REPAIR, GENERAL
A. Quality Standard: Comply with applicable requirements in Section 12, "Historic Restoration Work," and related requirements in AWI/AWMAC/WI's "Architectural Woodwork Standards" for construction, finishes, grade rules, and other requirements unless otherwise indicated.
1. Exception: Industry practices cited in Section 12, Article 1.5, "Industry Practices," of the Architectural Woodwork Standards do not apply to the work of this Section.
2.2 REPLICATED WOOD ITEMS
A. Replicated Wood Paneling [and] Trim: Custom-fabricated replacement wood units and components.
1. Joint Construction: Joints matching existing joints . 2. Wood Species: Match species of existing wood or cedar. 3. Wood Cut: Match cut of existing wood . 4. Wood Member and Trim Profiles: Match profiles and detail of existing. 5. Hardware: Match existing hardware .
Frazier Associates 060312 - 2 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 060312 - HISTORIC WOOD REPAIR
2.3 WOOD-REPLACEMENT MATERIALS
A. Wood, General: Clear fine-grained lumber; kiln dried to a moisture content of 6 to 12 percent at time of fabrication; free of visible finger joints, blue stain, knots, pitch pockets, and surface checks larger than 1/32 inch deep by 2 inches wide.
1. Species: Match species of each existing type of wood component or assembly or cedar unless otherwise indicated.
2.4 WOOD-REPAIR MATERIALS
A. Source Limitations: Obtain wood consolidant and wood-patching compound from single source from single manufacturer.
B. Wood Consolidant: Ready-to-use product designed to penetrate, consolidate, and strengthen soft fibers of wood materials that have deteriorated due to weathering and decay and designed specifically to enhance the bond of wood-patching compound to existing wood.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. Abatron, Inc.
C. Wood-Patching Compound: Two-part, epoxy-resin, wood-patching compound; knife-grade formulation as recommended in writing by manufacturer for type of wood repair indicated, tooling time required for the detail of work, and site conditions. Compound shall be designed for filling voids in damaged wood materials that have deteriorated due to weathering and decay. Compound shall be capable of filling deep holes and spreading to featheredge.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. Abatron, Inc.
2.5 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. Borate Preservative Treatment: Inorganic, borate-based solution, with disodium octaborate tetrahydrate as the primary ingredient; manufactured for preserving weathered and decayed wood from further damage caused by fungi and wood-boring insects; complying with AWPA P5; containing no boric acid.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. Nisus Corporation. b. Sashco, Inc. c. System Three Resins, Inc.
Frazier Associates 060312 - 3 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 060312 - HISTORIC WOOD REPAIR
B. Cleaning Materials:
1. Detergent Solution: Solution prepared by mixing 2 cups of tetrasodium pyrophosphate (TSPP), 1/2 cup of laundry detergent that contains no ammonia, 5 quarts of 5 percent sodium hypochlorite bleach, and 15 quarts of warm water for each 5 gal. of solution required.
C. Adhesives: Wood adhesives with minimum 15- to 45-minute cure at 70 deg F, in gunnable and liquid formulations as recommended in writing by adhesive manufacturer for each type of repair and exposure condition.
D. Fasteners: Use fastener metals that are noncorrosive and compatible with each material joined.
1. Match existing fasteners in material and type of fastener unless otherwise indicated. 2. Use concealed fasteners for interconnecting wood components. 3. Use concealed fasteners for attaching items to other work unless exposed fasteners are unavoidable or the existing fastening method. 4. For fastening metals, use fasteners of same basic metal as fastened metal unless otherwise indicated. 5. Finish exposed fasteners to match finish of metal fastened unless otherwise indicated.
2.6 WOOD FINISHES
A. Unfinished Replacement Units: Provide exposed exterior wood surfaces of replacement units unfinished; smooth, filled, and suitably prepared for on-site priming and finishing.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Protect adjacent materials from damage by historic wood repair.
B. Clean wood of mildew, algae, moss, plant material, loose paint, grease, dirt, and other debris by scrubbing with bristle brush or sponge and detergent solution. Scrub mildewed areas with mildewcide. After cleaning, rinse thoroughly with fresh water. Allow to dry before repairing or painting.
C. Condition replacement wood members and replacement units to prevailing conditions at installation areas before installing.
3.2 HISTORIC WOOD REPAIR, GENERAL
A. Historic Treatment Appearance Standard: Completed work is to have a uniform appearance as viewed by Architect from 5 feet away for interior work and from 20 feet6 m away for exterior work.
B. General: In treating historic items, disturb them as minimally as possible and as follows:
Frazier Associates 060312 - 4 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 060312 - HISTORIC WOOD REPAIR
1. Stabilize and repair wood to reestablish structural integrity and weather resistance while maintaining the existing form of each item. 2. Remove coatings and apply borate preservative treatment before repair. Remove coatings according to Section 090391 "Historic Treatment of Plain Painting" unless otherwise indicated. 3. Repair items in place where possible. 4. Install temporary protective measures to protect wood-treatment work that is indicated to be completed later. 5. Refinish historic wood according to Section 090391 "Historic Treatment of Plain Painting" unless otherwise indicated.
C. Mechanical Abrasion: Where mechanical abrasion is needed for the work, use only the gentlest mechanical methods, such as scraping and natural-fiber bristle brushing, that will not abrade wood substrate, reducing clarity of detail. Do not use abrasive methods, such as sanding, wire brushing, or power tools, except as indicated as part of the historic treatment program and as approved by Architect.
D. Repair Wood: Match existing materials and features, retaining as much original material as possible to perform repairs.
1. Unless otherwise indicated, repair wood by consolidating, patching, splicing, or otherwise reinforcing wood with new wood matching existing wood or with salvaged, sound, original wood. 2. Where indicated, repair wood by limited replacement matching existing material.
E. Replace Wood: Where indicated, duplicate and replace units with units made from salvaged, sound, original wood or with new wood matching existing wood. Use surviving prototypes to create patterns for duplicate replacements.
1. Do not use substitute materials unless otherwise indicated.
F. Identify removed items with numbering system corresponding to item locations, to ensure reinstallation in same location. Key items to Drawings showing location of each removed unit. Permanently label units in a location that will be concealed after reinstallation.
3.3 WOOD PATCH-TYPE REPAIR
A. General: Patch wood that exhibits depressions, holes, or similar voids, and that has limited amounts of rotted or decayed wood.
1. Verify that surfaces are sufficiently clean and free of paint residue prior to patching. 2. Remove rotted or decayed wood down to sound wood.
B. Apply borate preservative treatment to accessible surfaces either before applying wood consolidant or after removing rotted or decayed wood. Apply treatment liberally by brush to joints, edges, and ends; top, sides, and bottom. Allow treatment to dry.
C. Apply wood-patching compound to fill depressions, nicks, cracks, and other voids created by removed or missing wood.
Frazier Associates 060312 - 5 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 060312 - HISTORIC WOOD REPAIR
1. Prime patch area with application of wood consolidant or manufacturer's recommended primer. 2. Mix only as much patching compound as can be applied according to manufacturer's written instructions. 3. Apply patching compound in layers as recommended in writing by manufacturer until the void is completely filled. 4. Sand patch surface smooth and flush with adjacent wood, without voids in patch material, and matching contour of wood member. 5. Clean spilled compound from adjacent materials immediately.
3.4 WOOD-REPLACEMENT REPAIR
A. General: Replace parts of or entire wood items at locations where damage is too extensive to patch .
1. Remove surface-attached items from wood surface before performing wood-replacement repairs unless otherwise indicated. 2. Verify that surfaces are sufficiently clean and free of paint residue prior to repair. 3. Remove broken, rotted, and decayed wood down to sound wood. 4. Custom fabricate new wood to replace missing wood; either replace entire wood member or splice new wood part into existing member. 5. Secure new wood using finger joints, multiple dowels, or splines with adhesive and nailing to ensure maximum structural integrity at each splice. Use only concealed fasteners. Fill nail holes and patch surface to match surrounding sound wood.
B. Apply borate preservative treatment to accessible surfaces after replacements are made. Apply treatment liberally by brush to joints, edges, and ends; top, sides, and bottom.
C. Repair remaining depressions, holes, or similar voids with patch-type repairs.
D. Clean spilled materials from adjacent surfaces immediately.
E. Reinstall items removed for repair into original locations.
3.5 ADJUSTMENT
A. Adjust existing and replacement operating items, hardware, and accessories for a tight fit at contact points and for smooth operation and tight closure. Lubricate hardware and moving parts.
3.6 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. Protect wood surfaces from contact with contaminating substances resulting from construction operations. Monitor wood surfaces adjacent to and below exterior concrete and masonry during construction for presence of dirt, scum, alkaline deposits, stains, or other contaminants. If contaminating substances contact wood surfaces, remove contaminants immediately.
B. Clean exposed surfaces immediately after historic wood repair. Avoid damage to coatings and finishes. Remove excess sealants, patching materials, dirt, and other substances.
Frazier Associates 060312 - 6 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 060312 - HISTORIC WOOD REPAIR
END OF SECTION 060312
Frazier Associates 060312 - 7 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 061063 - EXTERIOR ROUGH CARPENTRY
SECTION 061063 - EXTERIOR ROUGH CARPENTRY
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Wood framing for facade improvements.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Boards: Lumber of less than 2 inches nominal in thickness and 2 inches nominal or greater in width.
B. Dimension Lumber: Lumber of 2 inches nominal or greater but less than 5 inches nominal in least dimension.
C. Timber: Lumber of 5 inches nominal or greater in least dimension.
D. Lumber grading agencies, and the abbreviations used to reference them, include the following:
1. NeLMA: Northeastern Lumber Manufacturers' Association. 2. NLGA: National Lumber Grades Authority. 3. RIS: Redwood Inspection Service. 4. SPIB: The Southern Pine Inspection Bureau. 5. WCLIB: West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau. 6. WWPA: Western Wood Products Association.
Frazier Associates 061063 - 1 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 061063 - EXTERIOR ROUGH CARPENTRY
1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS
1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Store materials under cover and protected from weather and contact with damp or wet surfaces. Stack lumber flat with spacers between each bundle to provide air circulation. Provide for air circulation around stacks and under coverings.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 LUMBER, GENERAL
A. Comply with DOC PS 20 and with grading rules of lumber grading agencies certified by ALSC's Board of Review as applicable. If no grading agency is indicated, comply with the applicable rules of any rules-writing agency certified by ALSC's Board of Review.
1. Factory mark each item with grade stamp of grading agency. 2. Where nominal sizes are indicated, provide actual sizes required by DOC PS 20 for moisture content specified. Where actual sizes are indicated, they are minimum dressed sizes for dry wood products. 3. Provide dressed lumber, S4S, unless otherwise indicated.
B. Maximum Moisture Content:
1. Boards: 19 percent. 2. Dimension Lumber: 19 percent 19 percent for 2-inch nominal thickness or less; no limit for more than 2-inch nominal thickness.
2.2 LUMBER
A. Hand select wood for for freedom from characteristics, on exposed surfaces and edges, that would impair finish appearance, including decay, honeycomb, knot holes, shake, splits, torn grain, and wane.
B. Dimension Lumber: grade and the following species:
1. Mixed southern pine; SPIB.
C. Dimension Lumber: redwood; RIS.
D. Boards:
Frazier Associates 061063 - 2 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 061063 - EXTERIOR ROUGH CARPENTRY
1. Eastern white pine, Idaho white, lodgepole, ponderosa, or sugar pine; [Premium or No. 2 Common (Sterling)] grade; NeLMA, NLGA, WCLIB, or WWPA. 2. Mixed southern pine; No. 2 grade; SPIB. 3. Hem-fir or hem-fir (North); [Select Merchantable or No. 1 Common] grade; NLGA, WCLIB, or WWPA. 4. Spruce-pine-fir (South) or spruce-pine-fir; [Select Merchantable or No. 1 Common] grade; NeLMA, NLGA, WCLIB, or WWPA.
2.3 PRESERVATIVE TREATMENT
A. Pressure treat boards and dimension lumber with waterborne preservative according to AWPA U1; Use Category UC3b for exterior construction not in contact with the ground, and Use Category UC4a for items in contact with the ground.
B. Pressure treat timber with waterborne preservative according to AWPA U1; Use Category UC4a.
1. Treatment with CCA shall include post-treatment fixation process.
C. Pressure treat poles with waterborne preservative according to AWPA U1; Use Category UC4a.
1. Treatment with CCA shall include post-treatment fixation process.
D. Preservative Chemicals: Acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
1. Do not use chemicals containing arsenic or chromium.
E. Use process that includes water-repellent treatment.
F. After treatment, redry boards dimension lumber to 19 percent maximum moisture content.
G. Mark treated wood with treatment quality mark of an inspection agency approved by ALSC's Board of Review.
H. Application: Treat all wood unless otherwise indicated .
2.4 FASTENERS
A. General: Provide fasteners of size and type indicated, acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and that comply with requirements specified in this article for material and manufacture. Provide nails or screws, in sufficient length, to penetrate not less than 1-1/2 inches into wood substrate.
1. Use stainless steel or fasteners with hot-dip zinc coating complying with ASTM A153/A153M or ASTM F2329 unless otherwise indicated. 2. For pressure-preservative-treated wood, use stainless steel fasteners.
B. Nails: ASTM F1667.
C. Power-Driven Fasteners: ICC-ES AC70.
Frazier Associates 061063 - 3 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 061063 - EXTERIOR ROUGH CARPENTRY
D. Wood Screws and Lag Screws: ASME B18.2.1, ASME B18.6.1, or ICC-ES AC233.
E. Postinstalled Anchors: Stainless steel, anchors with capability to sustain, without failure, a load equal to 6 times the load imposed when installed in unit masonry assemblies and equal to 4 times the load imposed when installed in concrete as determined by testing according to ASTM E488, conducted by a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency.
1. Stainless steel bolts and nuts complying with ASTM F593 and ASTM F594, Alloy Group 1 or 2.
2.5 METAL ACCESSORIES
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Prime wood indicated to be painted, including both faces and edges. Cut to required lengths and prime ends. Comply with requirements in Section 099113 "Exterior Painting."
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Set work to required levels and lines, with members plumb, true to line, cut, and fitted. Fit work to other construction; scribe and cope as needed for accurate fit.
B. Framing Standard: Comply with AF&PA WCD1 unless otherwise indicated.
C. Install metal framing anchors to comply with manufacturer's written instructions.
D. Do not splice structural members between supports unless otherwise indicated.
E. Provide blocking and framing as indicated and as required to support facing materials, fixtures, specialty items, and trim.
F. Sort and select lumber so that natural characteristics do not interfere with installation or with fastening other materials to lumber. Do not use materials with defects that interfere with function of members or pieces that are too small to use with minimum number of joints or optimum joint arrangement.
G. Apply copper naphthenate field treatment to comply with AWPA M4, to cut surfaces of preservative-treated lumber.
H. Securely attach exterior rough carpentry work to substrate by anchoring and fastening as indicated, complying with the following:
1. ICC-ES AC70 for power-driven fasteners. 2. "Fastening Schedule" in ICC's International Building Code. 3. "Fastener Schedule for Structural Members" and "Alternate Attachments" in ICC's International Residential Code for One- and Two-Family Dwellings.
Frazier Associates 061063 - 4 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 061063 - EXTERIOR ROUGH CARPENTRY
I. Use common wire nails unless otherwise indicated. Select fasteners of size that do not fully penetrate members where opposite side is exposed to view. Make tight connections between members. Install fasteners without splitting wood; do not countersink nail heads unless otherwise indicated.
END OF SECTION 061063
Frazier Associates 061063 - 5 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 062013 - EXTERIOR FINISH CARPENTRY
SECTION 062013 - EXTERIOR FINISH CARPENTRY
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Exterior wood medium-density overlay (MDO) [and] trim. 2. Lumber Plywood Engineered wood siding. 3. [Plywood] and engineered wood soffits.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 061000 "Rough Carpentry" for furring, blocking, and other carpentry work not exposed to view and for framing exposed to view.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. MDO: Plywood with a medium-density overlay on the face.
B. PVC: Polyvinyl chloride.
1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS
1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Stack lumber, plywood, and other panels flat with spacers between each bundle to provide air circulation.
1. Protect materials from weather by covering with waterproof sheeting, securely anchored. 2. Provide for air circulation around stacks and under coverings.
Frazier Associates 062013 - 1 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 062013 - EXTERIOR FINISH CARPENTRY
1.8 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Weather Limitations: Proceed with installation only when existing and forecast weather conditions permit work to be performed and at least one coat of specified finish can be applied without exposure to rain, snow, or dampness.
B. Do not install finish carpentry materials that are wet, moisture damaged, or mold damaged.
1. Indications that materials are wet or moisture damaged include, but are not limited to, discoloration, sagging, or irregular shape. 2. Indications that materials are mold damaged include, but are not limited to, fuzzy or splotchy surface contamination and discoloration.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS, GENERAL
A. Lumber: DOC PS 20 and applicable rules of grading agencies indicated. If no grading agency is indicated, comply with applicable rules of any rules-writing agency certified by the American Lumber Standard Committee's (ALSC) Board of Review. Grade lumber by an agency certified by the ALSC's Board of Review to inspect and grade lumber under the rules indicated.
1. Factory mark each piece of lumber with grade stamp of inspection agency, indicating grade, species, moisture content at time of surfacing, and mill. 2. For exposed lumber, mark grade stamp on end or back of each piece.
B. Softwood Plywood: DOC PS 1.
C. Hardboard: ANSI A135.4.
2.2 WOOD-PRESERVATIVE-TREATED MATERIALS
A. Water-Repellent Preservative Treatment by Nonpressure Process: AWPA N1; dip, spray, flood, or vacuum-pressure treatment.
1. Preservative Chemicals: 3-iodo-2-propynyl butyl carbamate (IPBC) . 2. Use chemical formulations that do not bleed through or otherwise adversely affect finishes. Do not use colorants in solution to distinguish treated material from untreated material. 3. Application: Items not required to be pressure-preservative treated Exterior trim and wood siding .
B. Preservative Treatment by Pressure Process: AWPA U1; Use Category UC3a .
1. Kiln dry lumber and plywood after treatment to a maximum moisture content of 19 and 18 percent, respectively. 2. Preservative Chemicals: Acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and containing no arsenic or chromium.
Frazier Associates 062013 - 2 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 062013 - EXTERIOR FINISH CARPENTRY
3. For exposed items indicated to receive transparent finish, do not use chemical formulations that contain colorants or that bleed through or otherwise adversely affect finishes. 4. Do not use material that is warped or does not comply with requirements for untreated material. 5. Mark lumber with treatment-quality mark of an inspection agency approved by the ALSC's Board of Review.
a. For exposed lumber indicated to receive a stained or natural finish, mark end or back of each piece .
6. Mark plywood with appropriate classification marking of an inspection agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
a. For exposed plywood indicated to receive a stained or natural finish, mark back of each piece.
7. Application: All exterior lumber and plywood .
2.3 EXTERIOR TRIM
A. Lumber Trim for Painted Finish:
1. Species and Grade: Western red cedar; NLGA, WCLIB, or WWPA Grade A . 2. Maximum Moisture Content: 19 percent. 3. Finger Jointing: [Not allowed] . 4. Face Surface: Surfaced (smooth). 5. Factory Priming: Factory coated on both faces and all edges, with exterior primer compatible with topcoats specified.
B. Moldings for Painted Finish: MMPA WM 4, P-grade wood moldings, made from kiln-dried stock to patterns included in MMPA's "WM/Series Softwood Moulding Patterns."
1. Species: Western red cedar Eastern white, Idaho white, lodgepole, ponderosa, radiata, or sugar pine. 2. Finger Jointing: [Not allowed]. 3. Factory Priming: Factory coated on both faces and all edges, with exterior primer compatible with topcoats specified.
C. MDO Trim: Exterior Grade B-B MDO plywood.
2.4 LUMBER SIDING
A. Provide kiln-dried lumber siding complying with DOC PS 20, factory coated with exterior primer compatible with topcoats specified.
B. Species and Grade: Redwood; RIS Clear .
C. Species and Grade: Western red cedar; NLGA, WCLIB, or WWPA Grade A .
Frazier Associates 062013 - 3 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 062013 - EXTERIOR FINISH CARPENTRY
D. Species and Grade: Spruce-pine-fir; NeLMA, NLGA, WCLIB, or WWPA 1 Common .
E. Species and Grade: Eastern white pine, eastern hemlock-balsam fir-tamarack, eastern spruce, or white woods; NeLMA, NLGA, WCLIB, or WWPA D Select (Quality) .
2.5 PLYWOOD SIDING
A. Plywood Type: APA-rated siding, pressure-preservative treated, in panel sizes indicated.
B. Thickness: As indicated.
C. Face Species: Southern pine Douglas fir Western red cedar Redwood.
D. Pattern: Plain.
E. Surface: Smooth.
2.6 ENGINEERED WOOD SIDING
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
1. Boral. 2. Georgia-Pacific Gypsum LLC. 3. Louisiana-Pacific Corporation.
B. Engineered Wood Siding: ANSI A135.6, primed with manufacturer's standard exterior primer.
1. Type: 7/16-inch- thick, shiplap-edge panels; with grooves 3-5/8 inches o.c., simulating wood drop siding. 2. Type: 1/2-inch- thick, shiplap-edge panels; with grooves 5-1/2 inches o.c., simulating wood drop siding. 3. Type: 7/16-inch- thick, shiplap-edge panels; channel grooved with grooves 8 inches o.c. 4. Texture: Smooth.
C. Colors, Textures, and Patterns: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.
2.7 ENGINEERED WOOD SOFFITS
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
1. Collins Products LLC. 2. Georgia-Pacific Gypsum LLC. 3. Louisiana-Pacific Corporation.
B. Engineered Wood Soffits: ANSI A135.6, primed with manufacturer's standard exterior primer.
1. Type: 1/2-inch- thick flat panels, smooth .
Frazier Associates 062013 - 4 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 062013 - EXTERIOR FINISH CARPENTRY
2. Colors, Textures, and Patterns: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.
2.8 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. Fasteners for Exterior Finish Carpentry: Provide nails or screws, in sufficient length to penetrate not less than 1-1/2 inches into wood substrate.
1. For face-fastening siding, provide ringed-shank siding nails or hot-dip galvanized-steel siding nails unless otherwise indicated. 2. For redwood, provide hot-dip galvanized-steel fasteners. 3. For prefinished items, provide matching prefinished aluminum fasteners where face fastening is required. 4. For pressure-preservative-treated wood, provide hot-dip galvanized-steel fasteners. 5. For applications not otherwise indicated, provide hot-dip galvanized-steel fasteners.
B. Wood Glue: Waterproof resorcinol glue recommended by manufacturer for exterior carpentry use.
C. Flashing: Comply with requirements in Section 076200 "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim" for flashing materials installed in exterior finish carpentry.
1. Horizontal Joint Flashing for Panel Siding: Preformed, prefinished-aluminum, Z-shaped flashing.
D. Soffit Vents: Match existing profile and size.
E. Sealants: Latex, complying with ASTM C834 Type OP, Grade NF and applicable requirements in Section 079200 "Joint Sealants," and recommended by sealant and substrate manufacturers for intended application.
2.9 FABRICATION
A. Back out or kerf backs of standing and running trim wider than 5 inches, except members with ends exposed in finished work.
B. Ease edges of lumber less than 1 inch in nominal thickness to 1/16-inch radius and edges of lumber 1 inch or more in nominal thickness to 1/8-inch radius.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work.
B. Examine finish carpentry materials before installation. Reject materials that are wet, moisture damaged, and mold damaged.
Frazier Associates 062013 - 5 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 062013 - EXTERIOR FINISH CARPENTRY
C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Clean substrates of projections and substances detrimental to application.
B. Prime lumber and moldings to be painted, including both faces and edges, unless factory primed.
1. Cut to required lengths and prime ends. 2. Comply with requirements in Section 099113 "Exterior Painting."
3.3 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. Do not use materials that are unsound, warped, improperly treated or finished, inadequately seasoned, or too small to fabricate with proper jointing arrangements.
B. Install exterior finish carpentry level, plumb, true, and aligned with adjacent materials.
1. Use concealed shims where necessary for alignment. 2. Scribe and cut exterior finish carpentry to fit adjoining work. 3. Refinish and seal cuts as recommended by manufacturer. 4. Install to tolerance of 1/8 inch in 96 inches for level and plumb. Install adjoining exterior finish carpentry with 1/32-inch maximum offset for flush installation and 1/16-inch maximum offset for reveal installation. 5. Coordinate exterior finish carpentry with materials and systems in or adjacent to it. 6. Provide cutouts for mechanical and electrical items that penetrate exterior finish carpentry.
3.4 INSTALLATION OF STANDING AND RUNNING TRIM
A. Install trim with minimum number of joints as is practical, using full-length pieces from maximum lengths of lumber available. Do not use pieces less than 24 inches long, except where necessary.
1. Use scarf joints for end-to-end joints. 2. Stagger end joints in adjacent and related members.
B. Fit exterior joints to exclude water.
1. Cope at returns and miter at corners to produce tight-fitting joints, with full-surface contact throughout length of joint. 2. Plane backs of casings to provide uniform thickness across joints, where necessary for alignment.
C. Where face fastening is unavoidable, countersink fasteners, fill surface flush, and sand unless otherwise indicated.
Frazier Associates 062013 - 6 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 062013 - EXTERIOR FINISH CARPENTRY
3.5 INSTALLATION OF SIDING
A. Install siding to comply with manufacturer's written instructions and warranty requirements.
B. Horizontal Lumber Siding:
1. Apply starter strip along bottom edge of sheathing or sill. 2. Install first course of siding, with lower edge at least 1/8 inch below starter strip and subsequent courses lapped 1 inch over course below.
a. Nail at each stud. b. Do not allow nails to penetrate more than one thickness of siding.
3. Leave 1/8-inch gap at trim and corners unless otherwise recommended by manufacturer, and apply sealant. 4. Butt joints only over framing or blocking, nailing top and bottom on each side and staggering joints in subsequent courses. 5. Install prefabricated outside corners as recommended by manufacturer of siding materials.
C. Plywood Siding:
1. Install panels with edges over framing or blocking. 2. Nail at 6 inches o.c. at panel perimeter and 12 inches o.c. at intermediate supports unless manufacturer recommends closer spacing. 3. Leave 1/16-inch gap between adjacent panels and 1/8-inch gap at perimeter, openings, and horizontal joints unless otherwise recommended by panel manufacturer. 4. Seal butt joints at inside and outside corners and at trim locations. 5. Install continuous metal flashing at horizontal panel joints. 6. Apply battens and corner trim as indicated. Countersink nail heads, fill flush, and sand filler. 7. Conceal fasteners to greatest practical extent by countersinking and filling, by placing in grooves of siding pattern or by concealing with applied trim or battens as detailed.
a. Do not nail through overlapping pieces.
D. Engineered Wood Siding:
1. Install engineered wood siding to comply with manufacturer's written instructions. 2. Install panels with edges over framing or blocking. 3. Leave 3/16-inch gap at perimeter, openings, and horizontal panel joints unless otherwise recommended by panel manufacturer. 4. Seal butt joints at inside and outside corners and at trim locations. 5. Install continuous metal flashing at horizontal panel joints. 6. Apply battens and corner trim as indicated. 7. Conceal fasteners to greatest practical extent by placing in grooves of siding pattern or by concealing with applied trim or battens as detailed.
E. Flashing: Install metal flashing as indicated on Drawings and as recommended by siding manufacturer.
Frazier Associates 062013 - 7 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 062013 - EXTERIOR FINISH CARPENTRY
F. Finish: Apply finish within two weeks of installation.
3.6 ADJUSTING
A. Replace exterior finish carpentry that is damaged or does not comply with requirements.
1. Exterior finish carpentry may be repaired or refinished if work complies with requirements and shows no evidence of repair or refinishing.
B. Adjust joinery for uniform appearance.
3.7 CLEANING
A. Clean exterior finish carpentry on exposed and semiexposed surfaces.
B. Touch up factory-applied finishes to restore damaged or soiled areas.
3.8 PROTECTION
A. Protect installed products from damage from weather and other causes during construction.
B. Remove and replace finish carpentry materials that are wet, moisture damaged, and mold damaged.
1. Indications that materials are wet or moisture damaged include, but are not limited to, discoloration, sagging, or irregular shape. 2. Indications that materials are mold damaged include, but are not limited to, fuzzy or splotchy surface contamination and discoloration.
END OF SECTION 062013
Frazier Associates 062013 - 8 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Façade Improvements 2018-0040 Front Royal, Virginia Frazier Associates
DIVISION 07 THERMAL & MOISTURE PROTECTION
Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 070150.19 - PREPARATION FOR REROOFING
SECTION 070150.19 - PREPARATION FOR REROOFING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Full tear-off of roof system at areas indicated on Drawings. 2. Re-cover preparation of roof areas indicated on Drawings. 3. Removal of flashings and counterflashings. 4. Temporary roofing.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 011000 "Summary" for use of premises and for phasing requirements.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. EPS: Molded (expanded) polystyrene.
B. Full Roof Tear-off: Removal of existing roofing system down to existing roof deck.
C. OSB: Oriented strand board.
D. Roofing Terminology: Definitions in ASTM D 1079 and glossary of NRCA's "The NRCA Roofing Manual: Membrane Roof Systems" apply to work of this Section.
E. Roof Re-Cover Preparation: Existing roofing system is to remain and be prepared for new roof installed over it.
1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS
1.5 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Existing Roofing System: standing seam metal roofing and asphalt shingles roofing.
B. Owner will occupy portions of building immediately below reroofing area.
1. Conduct reroofing so Owner's operations are not disrupted.
Frazier Associates 070150.19 - 1 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 070150.19 - PREPARATION FOR REROOFING
2. Provide Owner with not less than 72 hours' written notice of activities that may affect Owner's operations. 3. Coordinate work activities daily with Owner so Owner has adequate advance notice to place protective dust and water-leakage covers over sensitive equipment and furnishings, shut down HVAC and fire-alarm or -detection equipment if needed, and evacuate occupants from below work area. 4. Before working over structurally impaired areas of deck, notify Owner to evacuate occupants from below affected area.
a. Verify that occupants below work area have been evacuated before proceeding with work over impaired deck area.
C. Protect building to be reroofed, adjacent buildings, walkways, site improvements, exterior plantings, and landscaping from damage or soiling from reroofing operations.
D. Maintain access to existing walkways, corridors, and other adjacent occupied or used facilities.
E. Conditions existing at time of inspection for bidding will be maintained by Owner as far as practical.
F. Limit construction loads on existing roof areas to remain, and existing roof areas scheduled to be reroofe for uniformly distributed loads.
G. Weather Limitations: Proceed with reroofing preparation only when existing and forecasted weather conditions permit Work to proceed without water entering existing roofing system or building.
1. Remove only as much roofing in one day as can be made watertight in the same day.
H. Hazardous Materials: It is not expected that hazardous materials, such as asbestos-containing materials, will be encountered in the Work.
1. Hazardous materials will be removed by Owner before start of the Work. 2. Existing roof will be left no less watertight than before removal. 3. If materials suspected of containing hazardous materials are encountered, do not disturb; immediately notify Architect and Owner.
a. Hazardous materials will be removed by Owner under a separate contract.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 TEMPORARY PROTECTION MATERIALS
A. EPS Insulation: ASTM C 578.
B. Plywood: DOC PS 1, Grade CD, Exposure 1.
C. OSB: DOC PS 2, Exposure 1.
Frazier Associates 070150.19 - 2 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 070150.19 - PREPARATION FOR REROOFING
2.2 TEMPORARY ROOFING MATERIALS
A. Design and selection of materials for temporary roofing are Contractor's responsibilities.
B. Roofing Asphalt: ASTM D 312/D 312M, Type III or IV.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Protection of In-Place Conditions:
1. Protect existing roofing system that is not to be reroofed.
2. Limit traffic and material storage to areas of existing roofing that have been protected. 3. Maintain temporary protection and leave in place until replacement roofing has been completed. Remove temporary protection on completion of reroofing. 4. Comply with requirements of existing roof system manufacturer's warranty requirements.
B. Seal or isolate windows that may be exposed to airborne substances created in removal of existing materials.
C. Shut off rooftop utilities and service piping before beginning the Work.
D. Test existing roof drains to verify that they are not blocked or restricted.
1. Immediately notify Architect of any blockages or restrictions.
E. Coordinate with Owner to shut down air-intake equipment in the vicinity of the Work.
1. Cover air-intake louvers before proceeding with reroofing work that could affect indoor air quality or activate smoke detectors in the ductwork.
F. During removal operations, have sufficient and suitable materials on-site to facilitate rapid installation of temporary protection in the event of unexpected rain.
G. Maintain roof drains in functioning condition to ensure roof drainage at end of each workday.
1. Prevent debris from entering or blocking roof drains and conductors.
2. If roof drains are temporarily blocked or unserviceable due to roofing system removal or partial installation of new roofing system, provide alternative drainage method to remove water and eliminate ponding.
a. Do not permit water to enter into or under existing roofing system components that are to remain.
Frazier Associates 070150.19 - 3 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 070150.19 - PREPARATION FOR REROOFING
3.2 ROOF TEAR-OFF
A. Notify Owner each day of extent of roof tear-off proposed for that day.
B. Full Roof Tear-off: Where indicated on Drawings, remove existing roofing and other roofing system components down to the existing roof deck.
1. Remove base flashings and counter flashings. 2. Remove perimeter edge flashing and gravel stops. 3. Remove copings. 4. Remove flashings at pipes, curbs, mechanical equipment, and other penetrations. 5. Remove wood blocking, curbs, and nailers.
6. Remove fasteners from deck.
3.3 DECK PREPARATION
A. Inspect deck after tear-off of roofing system.
B. If broken or loose fasteners that secure deck panels to one another or to structure are observed, or if deck appears or feels inadequately attached, immediately notify Architect.
1. Do not proceed with installation until directed by Architect.
C. If deck surface is unsuitable for receiving new roofing or if structural integrity of deck is suspect, immediately notify Architect.
1. Do not proceed with installation until directed by Architect.
D. Replace plywood roof sheathing as directed by Architect.
1. Roof sheathing replacement will be paid for by adjusting the Contract Sum.
3.4 TEMPORARY ROOFING
A. Install approved temporary roofing over area to be reroofed.
B. Prepare temporary roof to receive new roofing by patching and repairing temporary roofing.
1. Restore temporary roofing to watertight condition. 2. Obtain approval for temporary roof substrate from roofing manufacturer and Architect before installing new roof.
3.5 ROOF RE-COVER PREPARATION
3.6 BASE FLASHING REMOVAL
A. Remove existing base flashings.
Frazier Associates 070150.19 - 4 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 070150.19 - PREPARATION FOR REROOFING
1. Clean substrates of contaminants, such as asphalt, sheet materials, dirt, and debris.
B. Do not damage metal counterflashings that are to remain.
1. Replace metal counterflashings damaged during removal with counterflashings specified in Section 076200 "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim."
3.7 DISPOSAL
A. Collect demolished materials and place in containers.
1. Promptly dispose of demolished materials. 2. Do not allow demolished materials to accumulate on-site. 3. Storage or sale of demolished items or materials on-site is not permitted.
B. Transport and legally dispose of demolished materials off Owner's property.
END OF SECTION 070150.19
Frazier Associates 070150.19 - 5 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 073113 - ASPHALT SHINGLES
SECTION 073113 - ASPHALT SHINGLES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Asphalt shingles. 2. Underlayment. 3. Metal flashing and trim.
1.3 DEFINITION
A. Roofing Terminology: See ASTM D 1079 and glossary of NRCA's "The NRCA Roofing and Waterproofing Manual" for definitions of terms related to roofing work in this Section.
1.4 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS
1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of asphalt shingle indicated.
1. Include similar Samples of accessories involving color selection.
1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Sample Warranty: For manufacturer's warranty.
1.7 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS
1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: An authorized representative who is trained and approved by manufacturer.
Frazier Associates 073113 - 1 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 073113 - ASPHALT SHINGLES
1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Store roofing materials in a dry, well-ventilated location protected from weather, sunlight, and moisture according to manufacturer's written instructions.
B. Store underlayment rolls on end on pallets or other raised surfaces. Do not double stack rolls.
C. Protect unused roofing materials from weather, sunlight, and moisture when left overnight or when roofing work is not in progress.
D. Handle, store, and place roofing materials in a manner to prevent damage to roof deck or structural supporting members.
1.10 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Limitations: Install self-adhering sheet underlayment within the range of ambient and substrate temperatures recommended in writing by manufacturer.
1.11 WARRANTY
A. Manufacturer's Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace asphalt shingles that fail within specified warranty period.
1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. Manufacturing defects.
2. Material Warranty Period: 25 years from date of Substantial Completion, prorated, with first three years nonprorated. 3. Wind-Speed Warranty Period: Asphalt shingles will resist blow-off or damage caused by wind speeds of up to 110 mph for 15 years from date of Substantial Completion. 4. Algae-Resistance Warranty Period: Asphalt shingles will not discolor for 10 years from date of Substantial Completion. 5. Workmanship Warranty Period: Two years from date of Substantial Completion.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
2.2 GLASS-FIBER-REINFORCED ASPHALT SHINGLES
A. Three-Tab-Strip Asphalt Shingles: ASTM D 3462/D 3462M, glass-fiber reinforced, mineral- granule surfaced, and self-sealing; with tabs regularly spaced.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
Frazier Associates 073113 - 2 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 073113 - ASPHALT SHINGLES
a. GAF. b. Owens Corning. c. Tamko Building Products, Inc.
2. Strip Size: Manufacturer's standard. 3. Algae Resistance: Granules resist algae discoloration. 4. Impact Resistance: UL 2218, Class 4. 5. Color and Blends: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.
2.3 UNDERLAYMENT MATERIALS
A. Glass-Reinforced Felt: ASTM D 6757, glass-reinforced, asphalt-saturated organic felt.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. CertainTeed Corporation. b. GAF. c. Owens Corning.
2.4 ACCESSORIES
A. Asphalt Roofing Cement: ASTM D 4586, Type II, asbestos free.
B. Roofing Nails: ASTM F 1667; aluminum, stainless-steel, copper, or hot-dip galvanized-steel wire shingle nails, minimum 0.120-inch- diameter, sharp-pointed, with a minimum 3/8-inch- diameter flat head and of sufficient length to penetrate 3/4 inch into solid wood decking or extend at least 1/8 inch through OSB or plywood sheathing.
1. Shank: Barbed. 2. Where nails are in contact with metal flashing, use nails made from same metal as flashing.
2.5 METAL FLASHING AND TRIM
A. General: Comply with requirements in Section 076200 "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim."
1. Sheet Metal: Anodized aluminum.
B. Fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim to comply with recommendations in SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" that apply to design, dimensions, metal, and other characteristics of the item.
1. Drip Edges: Fabricate in lengths not exceeding 10 feet with 2-inch roof-deck flange and 1-1/2-inch fascia flange with 3/8-inch drip at lower edge.
Frazier Associates 073113 - 3 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 073113 - ASPHALT SHINGLES
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work.
1. Examine roof sheathing to verify that sheathing joints are supported by framing and blocking or metal clips and that installation is within flatness tolerances. 2. Verify that substrate is sound, dry, smooth, clean, sloped for drainage, and completely anchored; and that provisions have been made for flashings and penetrations through asphalt shingles.
B. Prepare written report, endorsed by Installer, listing conditions detrimental to performance of the Work.
C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 UNDERLAYMENT INSTALLATION
A. General: Comply with underlayment manufacturer's written installation instructions applicable to products and applications indicated unless more stringent requirements apply.
B. Double-Layer Felt Underlayment: Install on roof deck parallel with and starting at the eaves. Install a 19-inch- wide starter course at eaves and completely cover with full-width second course. Install succeeding courses lapping previous courses 19 inches in shingle fashion. Lap ends a minimum of 6 inches. Stagger end laps between succeeding courses at least 72 inches. Fasten with roofing nails.
1. Apply a continuous layer of asphalt roofing cement over starter course and on felt- underlayment surface to be concealed by succeeding courses as each felt course is installed. Apply. 2. Install felt underlayment on roof sheathing not covered by self-adhering sheet underlayment. Lap edges over self-adhering sheet underlayment not less than 3 inches in direction that sheds water. 3. Terminate felt underlayment flush against sidewalls, curbs, chimneys, and other roof projections. 4. Install fasteners at no more than 36 inch o.c.
C. Self-Adhering Sheet Underlayment: Install, wrinkle free, on roof deck. Comply with low- temperature installation restrictions of underlayment manufacturer if applicable. Install lapped in direction that sheds water. Lap sides not less than 3-1/2 inches. Lap ends not less than 6 inches staggered 24 inches between courses. Roll laps with roller. Cover underlayment within seven days.
1. Prime concrete and masonry surfaces to receive self-adhering sheet underlayment. 2. Eaves: Extend from edges of eaves 24 inches beyond interior face of exterior wall. 3. Rakes: Extend from edges of rake 24 inches beyond interior face of exterior wall. 4. Ridges: Extend 36 inches on each side without obstructing continuous ridge vent slot.
Frazier Associates 073113 - 4 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 073113 - ASPHALT SHINGLES
3.3 METAL FLASHING INSTALLATION
A. General: Install metal flashings and other sheet metal to comply with requirements in Section 076200 "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim."
1. Install metal flashings according to recommendations in ARMA's "Residential Asphalt Roofing Manual" and NRCA's "NRCA Guidelines for Asphalt Shingle Roof Systems."
B. Rake Drip Edges: Install rake drip-edge flashings over underlayment and fasten to roof deck.
C. Eave Drip Edges: Install eave drip-edge flashings below underlayment and fasten to roof sheathing.
3.4 ASPHALT-SHINGLE INSTALLATION
A. General: Install asphalt shingles according to manufacturer's written instructions, recommendations in ARMA's "Residential Asphalt Roofing Manual," and recommendations in NRCA's "NRCA Guidelines for Asphalt Shingle Roof Systems."
B. Install starter strip along lowest roof edge, consisting of an asphalt-shingle strip with tabs removed with self-sealing strip face up at roof edge.
1. Extend asphalt shingles 1/2 inch over fasciae at eaves and rakes. 2. Install starter strip along rake edge.
C. Install first and remaining courses of asphalt shingles stair-stepping diagonally across roof deck with manufacturer's recommended offset pattern at succeeding courses, maintaining uniform exposure.
D. Install first and remaining courses of asphalt shingles stair-stepping diagonally across roof deck with manufacturer's recommended offset pattern at succeeding courses, maintaining uniform exposure.
E. Install asphalt shingles by single-strip column or racking method, maintaining uniform exposure. Install full-length first course followed by cut second course, repeating alternating pattern in succeeding courses.
F. Fasten asphalt-shingle strips with a minimum of four roofing nails located according to manufacturer's written instructions.
1. When ambient temperature during installation is below 50 deg F, seal asphalt shingles with asphalt roofing cement spots.
G. Closed-Cut Valleys: Extend asphalt-shingle strips from one side of valley beyond center of valley. Use one-piece shingle strips without joints in valley. Fasten with extra nail in upper end of shingle. Install asphalt-shingle courses from other side of valley and cut back to a straight line 2 inches short of valley centerline. Trim upper concealed corners of cut-back shingle strips.
1. Do not nail asphalt shingles within 6 inches of valley center. 2. Set trimmed, concealed-corner asphalt shingles in a 3-inch- wide bed of asphalt roofing cement.
Frazier Associates 073113 - 5 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 073113 - ASPHALT SHINGLES
3.5 ROOFING INSTALLER'S WARRANTY
A. WHEREAS
1. Owner:
B. AND WHEREAS Roofing Installer has contracted (either directly with Owner or indirectly as a subcontractor) to warrant the work against leaks and faulty or defective materials and workmanship for designated Warranty Period,
C. NOW THEREFORE Roofing Installer hereby warrants, subject to terms and conditions herein set forth, that during Warranty Period he will, at his own cost and expense, make or cause to be made such repairs to or replacements of the work as are necessary to correct faulty and defective work and as are necessary to maintain the work in a watertight condition.
D. This Warranty is made subject to the following terms and conditions:
1. Specifically excluded from this Warranty are damages to the work and other parts of the building, and to building contents, caused by:
a. Lightning; b. Peak gust wind speed exceeding 110mph; c. Fire; d. Failure of roofing system substrate, including cracking, settlement, excessive deflection, deterioration, and decomposition; e. Faulty construction of parapet walls, copings, chimneys, skylights, vents, equipment supports, and other edge conditions and penetrations of the work; f. Vapor condensation on bottom of roofing; and g. Activity on roofing by others, including construction contractors, maintenance personnel, other persons, and animals, whether authorized or unauthorized by Owner.
2. When the work has been damaged by any of foregoing causes, Warranty shall be null and void until such damage has been repaired by Roofing Installer and until cost and expense thereof have been paid by Owner or by another responsible party so designated. 3. Roofing Installer is responsible for damage to the work covered by this Warranty but is not liable for consequential damages to building or building contents resulting from leaks or faults or defects of the work. 4. During Warranty Period, if Owner allows alteration of the work by anyone other than Roofing Installer, including cutting, patching, and maintenance in connection with penetrations, attachment of other work, and positioning of anything on roof, this Warranty shall become null and void on date of the alterations, but only to the extent the alterations affect the work covered by this Warranty. If Owner engages Roofing Installer
Frazier Associates 073113 - 6 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 073113 - ASPHALT SHINGLES
to perform the alterations, Warranty shall not become null and void unless Roofing Installer, before starting the alterations, notified Owner in writing, showing reasonable cause for claim, that the alterations would likely damage or deteriorate the work, thereby reasonably justifying a limitation or termination of this Warranty. 5. During Warranty Period, if original use of roof is changed and it becomes used for, but was not originally specified for, a use or service more severe than originally specified, this Warranty shall become null and void on date of the change, but only to the extent the change affects the work covered by this Warranty. 6. Owner shall promptly notify Roofing Installer of observed, known, or suspected leaks, defects, or deterioration and shall afford reasonable opportunity for Roofing Installer to inspect the work and to examine evidence of such leaks, defects, or deterioration. 7. This Warranty is recognized to be the only warranty of Roofing Installer on the work and shall not operate to restrict or cut off Owner from other remedies and resources lawfully available to Owner in cases of roofing failure. Specifically, this Warranty shall not operate to relieve Roofing Installer of responsibility for performance of the work according to requirements of the Contract Documents, regardless of whether Contract was a contract directly with Owner or a subcontract with Owner's General Contractor.
E. IN WITNESS THEREOF, this instrument has been duly executed this
1. Authorized Signature:
END OF SECTION 073113
Frazier Associates 073113 - 7 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 074113.16 - STANDING-SEAM METAL ROOF PANELS
SECTION 074113.16 - STANDING-SEAM METAL ROOF PANELS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Standing-seam metal roof panels.
1.3 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS
1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product.
1. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes for each type of panel and accessory.
B. Samples for Verification: For each type of exposed finish required, prepared on Samples of size indicated below.
1. Metal Panels: 12 inches long by actual panel width. Include clips, fasteners, closures, and other metal panel accessories.
1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Product Test Reports: For each product, for tests performed by a qualified testing agency.
B. Sample Warranties: For special warranties.
1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Maintenance Data: For metal panels to include in maintenance manuals.
Frazier Associates 074113.16 - 1 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 074113.16 - STANDING-SEAM METAL ROOF PANELS
1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: An entity that employs installers and supervisors who are trained and approved by manufacturer.
B. UL-Certified, Portable Roll-Forming Equipment: UL-certified, portable roll-forming equipment capable of producing metal panels warranted by manufacturer to be the same as factory-formed products. Maintain UL certification of portable roll-forming equipment for duration of work.
1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver components, metal panels, and other manufactured items so as not to be damaged or deformed. Package metal panels for protection during transportation and handling.
B. Unload, store, and erect metal panels in a manner to prevent bending, warping, twisting, and surface damage.
C. Stack metal panels horizontally on platforms or pallets, covered with suitable weathertight and ventilated covering. Store metal panels to ensure dryness, with positive slope for drainage of water. Do not store metal panels in contact with other materials that might cause staining, denting, or other surface damage.
D. Retain strippable protective covering on metal panels during installation.
1.9 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Weather Limitations: Proceed with installation only when existing and forecasted weather conditions permit assembly of metal panels to be performed according to manufacturers' written instructions and warranty requirements.
1.10 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate sizes and locations of roof curbs, equipment supports, and roof penetrations with actual equipment provided.
B. Coordinate metal panel installation with rain drainage work, flashing, trim, construction of soffits, and other adjoining work to provide a leakproof, secure, and noncorrosive installation.
1.11 WARRANTY
A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of metal panel systems that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period.
1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. Structural failures including rupturing, cracking, or puncturing. b. Deterioration of metals and other materials beyond normal weathering.
Frazier Associates 074113.16 - 2 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 074113.16 - STANDING-SEAM METAL ROOF PANELS
2. Warranty Period: Two years from date of Substantial Completion.
B. Special Warranty on Panel Finishes: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair finish or replace metal panels that show evidence of deterioration of factory- applied finishes within specified warranty period.
1. Exposed Panel Finish: Deterioration includes, but is not limited to, the following:
a. Color fading more than 5 Delta E units when tested according to ASTM D2244. b. Chalking in excess of a No. 8 rating when tested according to ASTM D4214. c. Cracking, checking, peeling, or failure of paint to adhere to bare metal.
2. Finish Warranty Period: 20 years from date of Substantial Completion.
C. Special Weathertightness Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace standing-seam metal roof panel assemblies that fail to remain weathertight, including leaks, within specified warranty period.
1. Warranty Period: 20 years from date of Substantial Completion.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Structural Performance: Provide metal panel systems capable of withstanding the effects of the following loads, based on testing according to ASTM E1592:
1. Wind Loads: As indicated on Drawings. 2. Deflection Limits: For wind loads, no greater than 1/240 of the span.
B. Air Infiltration: Air leakage of not more than 0.01 cfm/sq. ft. when tested according to ASTM E1680 or ASTM E283 at the following test-pressure difference:
1. Test-Pressure Difference: 15psf.
C. Water Penetration under Static Pressure: No water penetration when tested according to ASTM E1646 or ASTM E331 at the following test-pressure difference:
1. Test-Pressure Difference: 6.24 lbf/sq. ft..
D. Hydrostatic-Head Resistance: No water penetration when tested according to ASTM E2140.
E. Wind-Uplift Resistance: Provide metal roof panel assemblies that comply with UL 580 for wind-uplift-resistance class indicated.
1. Uplift Rating: UL 90.
F. FM Global Listing: Provide metal roof panels and component materials that comply with requirements in FM Global 4471 as part of a panel roofing system and that are listed in FM
Frazier Associates 074113.16 - 3 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 074113.16 - STANDING-SEAM METAL ROOF PANELS
Global's "Approval Guide" for Class 1 or noncombustible construction, as applicable. Identify materials with FM Global markings.
1. Fire/Windstorm Classification: Class 1A- 75 . 2. Hail Resistance: SH.
G. Thermal Movements: Allow for thermal movements from ambient and surface temperature changes by preventing buckling, opening of joints, overstressing of components, failure of joint sealants, failure of connections, and other detrimental effects. Base calculations on surface temperatures of materials due to both solar heat gain and nighttime-sky heat loss.
1. Temperature Change (Range): 120 deg F, ambient; 180 deg F, material surfaces .
2.2 STANDING-SEAM METAL ROOF PANELS
A. Provide factory-formed metal roof panels designed to be installed by lapping and interconnecting raised side edges of adjacent panels with joint type indicated and mechanically attaching panels to supports using concealed clips in side laps. Include clips, cleats, pressure plates, and accessories required for weathertight installation.
1. Steel Panel Systems: Unless more stringent requirements are indicated, comply with ASTM E1514.
B. Vertical-Rib, Seamed-Joint, Standing-Seam Metal Roof Panels Building 12: Formed with vertical ribs at panel edges and a flat pan between ribs; designed for sequential installation by mechanically attaching panels to supports using concealed clips located under one side of panels, engaging opposite edge of adjacent panels, and mechanically seaming panels together.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. Fabral.
2. Metallic-Coated Steel Sheet: Zinc-coated (galvanized) steel sheet complying with ASTM A653/A653M, G90 coating designation, or aluminum-zinc alloy-coated steel sheet complying with ASTM A792/A792M, Class AZ50 coating designation; structural quality. Prepainted by the coil-coating process to comply with ASTM A755/A755M.
a. Nominal Thickness: 0.028 inch. b. Exterior Finish: Two-coat fluoropolymer. c. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.
3. Clips: Two-piece floating to accommodate thermal movement.
a. Material: 0.028-inch- nominal thickness, zinc-coated (galvanized) or aluminum- zinc alloy-coated steel sheet.
4. Joint Type: Double folded. 5. Panel Coverage: 18 inches .
Frazier Associates 074113.16 - 4 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 074113.16 - STANDING-SEAM METAL ROOF PANELS
6. Panel Height: 2.0 inches .
2.3 UNDERLAYMENT MATERIALS
A. Self-Adhering, High-Temperature Underlayment: Provide self-adhering, cold-applied, sheet underlayment, a minimum of 30 mils thick, consisting of slip-resistant, polyethylene-film top surface laminated to a layer of butyl or SBS-modified asphalt adhesive, with release-paper backing. Provide primer when recommended by underlayment manufacturer.
1. Thermal Stability: Stable after testing at 240 deg F; ASTM D1970. 2. Low-Temperature Flexibility: Passes after testing at minus 20 deg F; ASTM D1970. 3. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. Carlisle WIP Products; a brand of Carlisle Construction Materials. b. Fabral. c. Owens Corning.
2.4 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. Miscellaneous Metal Subframing and Furring: ASTM C645; cold-formed, metallic-coated steel sheet, ASTM A653/A653M, G90 coating designation or ASTM A792/A792M, Class AZ50 coating designation unless otherwise indicated. Provide manufacturer's standard sections as required for support and alignment of metal panel system.
B. Panel Accessories: Provide components required for a complete, weathertight panel system including trim, copings, fasciae, mullions, sills, corner units, clips, flashings, sealants, gaskets, fillers, closure strips, and similar items. Match material and finish of metal panels unless otherwise indicated.
1. Closures: Provide closures at eaves and ridges, fabricated of same metal as metal panels. 2. Backing Plates: Provide metal backing plates at panel end splices, fabricated from material recommended by manufacturer. 3. Closure Strips: Closed-cell, expanded, cellular, rubber or crosslinked, polyolefin-foam or closed-cell laminated polyethylene; minimum 1-inch- thick, flexible closure strips; cut or premolded to match metal panel profile. Provide closure strips where indicated or necessary to ensure weathertight construction.
C. Flashing and Trim: Provide flashing and trim formed from same material as metal panels as required to seal against weather and to provide finished appearance. Locations include, but are not limited to, eaves, rakes, corners, bases, framed openings, ridges, fasciae, and fillers. Finish flashing and trim with same finish system as adjacent metal panels.
D. Gutters: Formed from same material as roof panels, complete with end pieces, outlet tubes, and other special pieces as required. Fabricate in minimum 96-inch- long sections, of size and metal thickness according to SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual." Furnish gutter supports spaced a maximum of 36 inches o.c., fabricated from same metal as gutters. Provide wire ball strainers of compatible metal at outlets. Finish gutters to match roof fascia and rake trim.
Frazier Associates 074113.16 - 5 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 074113.16 - STANDING-SEAM METAL ROOF PANELS
E. Downspouts: Formed from same material as roof panels. Fabricate in 10-foot- long sections, complete with formed elbows and offsets, of size and metal thickness according to SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual." Finish downspouts to match gutters.
F. Roof Curbs: Fabricated from same material as roof panels, 0.048-inch nominal thickness; with bottom of skirt profiled to match roof panel profiles and with welded top box and integral full- length cricket. Fabricate curb subframing of 0.060-inch- nominal thickness, angle-, C-, or Z- shaped steel sheet. Fabricate curb and subframing to withstand indicated loads of size and height indicated. Finish roof curbs to match metal roof panels.
1. Insulate roof curb with 1-inch- thick, rigid insulation.
G. Panel Fasteners: Self-tapping screws designed to withstand design loads.
H. Panel Sealants: Provide sealant type recommended by manufacturer that are compatible with panel materials, are nonstaining, and do not damage panel finish.
1. Sealant Tape: Pressure-sensitive, 100 percent solids, gray polyisobutylene compound sealant tape with release-paper backing. Provide permanently elastic, nonsag, nontoxic, nonstaining tape 1/2 inch wide and 1/8 inch thick. 2. Joint Sealant: ASTM C920; elastomeric polyurethane or silicone sealant; of type, grade, class, and use classifications required to seal joints in metal panels and remain weathertight; and as recommended in writing by metal panel manufacturer. 3. Butyl-Rubber-Based, Solvent-Release Sealant: ASTM C1311.
2.5 FABRICATION
A. Fabricate and finish metal panels and accessories at the factory, by manufacturer's standard procedures and processes, as necessary to fulfill indicated performance requirements demonstrated by laboratory testing. Comply with indicated profiles and with dimensional and structural requirements.
B. On-Site Fabrication: Subject to compliance with requirements of this Section, metal panels may be fabricated on-site using UL-certified, portable roll-forming equipment if panels are of same profile and warranted by manufacturer to be equal to factory-formed panels. Fabricate according to equipment manufacturer's written instructions and to comply with details shown.
C. Provide panel profile, including major ribs and intermediate stiffening ribs, if any, for full length of panel.
D. Fabricate metal panel joints with factory-installed captive gaskets or separator strips that provide a weathertight seal and prevent metal-to-metal contact, and that minimize noise from movements.
E. Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim: Fabricate flashing and trim to comply with manufacturer's recommendations and recommendations in SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" that apply to design, dimensions, metal, and other characteristics of item indicated.
Frazier Associates 074113.16 - 6 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 074113.16 - STANDING-SEAM METAL ROOF PANELS
1. Form exposed sheet metal accessories that are without excessive oil canning, buckling, and tool marks and that are true to line and levels indicated, with exposed edges folded back to form hems. 2. Seams for Aluminum: Fabricate nonmoving seams with flat-lock seams. Form seams and seal with epoxy seam sealer. Rivet joints for additional strength. 3. Seams for Other Than Aluminum: Fabricate nonmoving seams in accessories with flat- lock seams. Tin edges to be seamed, form seams, and solder. 4. Sealed Joints: Form nonexpansion, but movable, joints in metal to accommodate sealant and to comply with SMACNA standards. 5. Conceal fasteners and expansion provisions where possible. Exposed fasteners are not allowed on faces of accessories exposed to view. 6. Fabricate cleats and attachment devices from same material as accessory being anchored or from compatible, noncorrosive metal recommended in writing by metal panel manufacturer.
a. Size: As recommended by SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" or metal panel manufacturer for application, but not less than thickness of metal being secured.
2.6 FINISHES
A. Protect mechanical and painted finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping.
B. Appearance of Finished Work: Variations in appearance of abutting or adjacent pieces are acceptable if they are within one-half of the range of approved Samples. Noticeable variations in same piece are unacceptable. Variations in appearance of other components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast.
C. Steel Panels and Accessories:
1. Two-Coat Fluoropolymer: AAMA 621. Fluoropolymer finish containing not less than 70 percent polyvinylidene fluoride (PVDF) resin by weight in color coat. Prepare, pretreat, and apply coating to exposed metal surfaces to comply with coating and resin manufacturers' written instructions. 2. Concealed Finish: Apply pretreatment and manufacturer's standard white or light-colored acrylic or polyester backer finish consisting of prime coat and wash coat with a minimum total dry film thickness of 0.5 mil.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances, metal panel supports, and other conditions affecting performance of the Work.
Frazier Associates 074113.16 - 7 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 074113.16 - STANDING-SEAM METAL ROOF PANELS
1. Examine primary and secondary roof framing to verify that rafters, purlins, angles, channels, and other structural panel support members and anchorages have been installed within alignment tolerances required by metal roof panel manufacturer. 2. Examine solid roof sheathing to verify that sheathing joints are supported by framing or blocking and that installation is within flatness tolerances required by metal roof panel manufacturer.
a. Verify that air- or water-resistive barriers have been installed over sheathing or backing substrate to prevent air infiltration or water penetration.
B. Examine roughing-in for components and systems penetrating metal panels to verify actual locations of penetrations relative to seam locations of metal panels before installation.
C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Miscellaneous Supports: Install subframing, furring, and other miscellaneous panel support members and anchorages according to ASTM C754 and metal panel manufacturer's written recommendations.
3.3 INSTALLATION OF UNDERLAYMENT
A. Self-Adhering Sheet Underlayment: Apply primer if required by manufacturer. Comply with temperature restrictions of underlayment manufacturer for installation. Apply at locations indicated on Drawings, wrinkle free, in shingle fashion to shed water, and with end laps of not less than 6 inches staggered 24 inches between courses. Overlap side edges not less than 3-1/2 inches. Roll laps with roller. Cover underlayment within 14 days.
1. Apply over the entire roof surface.
B. Flashings: Install flashings to cover underlayment to comply with requirements specified in Section 076200 "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim."
3.4 INSTALLATION OF STANDING SEAM METAL ROOF PANELS
A. Install metal panels according to manufacturer's written instructions in orientation, sizes, and locations indicated. Install panels perpendicular to supports unless otherwise indicated. Anchor metal panels and other components of the Work securely in place, with provisions for thermal and structural movement.
1. Shim or otherwise plumb substrates receiving metal panels. 2. Flash and seal metal panels at perimeter of all openings. Fasten with self-tapping screws. Do not begin installation until air- or water-resistive barriers and flashings that will be concealed by metal panels are installed. 3. Install screw fasteners in predrilled holes. 4. Locate and space fastenings in uniform vertical and horizontal alignment. 5. Install flashing and trim as metal panel work proceeds.
Frazier Associates 074113.16 - 8 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 074113.16 - STANDING-SEAM METAL ROOF PANELS
6. Locate panel splices over, but not attached to, structural supports. Stagger panel splices and end laps to avoid a four-panel lap splice condition. 7. Align bottoms of metal panels and fasten with blind rivets, bolts, or self-tapping screws. Fasten flashings and trim around openings and similar elements with self-tapping screws. 8. Provide weathertight escutcheons for pipe- and conduit-penetrating panels.
B. Fasteners:
1. Steel Panels: Use stainless steel fasteners for surfaces exposed to the exterior; use galvanized-steel fasteners for surfaces exposed to the interior.
C. Anchor Clips: Anchor metal roof panels and other components of the Work securely in place, using manufacturer's approved fasteners according to manufacturers' written instructions.
D. Metal Protection: Where dissimilar metals contact each other or corrosive substrates, protect against galvanic action as recommended in writing by metal panel manufacturer.
E. Standing-Seam Metal Roof Panel Installation: Fasten metal roof panels to supports with concealed clips at each standing-seam joint at location, spacing, and with fasteners recommended in writing by manufacturer.
1. Install clips to supports with self-tapping fasteners. 2. Install pressure plates at locations indicated in manufacturer's written installation instructions. 3. Seamed Joint: Crimp standing seams with manufacturer-approved, motorized seamer tool so clip, metal roof panel, and factory-applied sealant are completely engaged. 4. Watertight Installation:
a. Apply a continuous ribbon of sealant or tape to seal joints of metal panels, using sealant or tape as recommend in writing by manufacturer as needed to make panels watertight. b. Provide sealant or tape between panels and protruding equipment, vents, and accessories. c. At panel splices, nest panels with minimum 6-inch end lap, sealed with sealant and fastened together by interlocking clamping plates.
F. Accessory Installation: Install accessories with positive anchorage to building and weathertight mounting, and provide for thermal expansion. Coordinate installation with flashings and other components.
1. Install components required for a complete metal panel system including trim, copings, corners, seam covers, flashings, sealants, gaskets, fillers, closure strips, and similar items. Provide types indicated by metal roof panel manufacturers; or, if not indicated, types recommended by metal roof panel manufacturer.
G. Flashing and Trim: Comply with performance requirements, manufacturer's written installation instructions, and SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual." Provide concealed fasteners where possible, and set units true to line and level as indicated. Install work with laps, joints, and seams that will be permanently watertight and weather resistant.
Frazier Associates 074113.16 - 9 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 074113.16 - STANDING-SEAM METAL ROOF PANELS
1. Install exposed flashing and trim that is without buckling and tool marks, and that is true to line and levels indicated, with exposed edges folded back to form hems. Install sheet metal flashing and trim to fit substrates and achieve waterproof and weather-resistant performance. 2. Expansion Provisions: Provide for thermal expansion of exposed flashing and trim. Space movement joints at a maximum of 10 feet with no joints allowed within 24 inches of corner or intersection. Where lapped expansion provisions cannot be used or would not be sufficiently weather resistant and waterproof, form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges, not less than 1 inch deep, filled with mastic sealant (concealed within joints).
H. Gutters: Join sections with riveted and soldered or lapped and sealed joints. Attach gutters to eave with gutter hangers spaced not more than 36 inches o.c. using manufacturer's standard fasteners. Provide end closures and seal watertight with sealant. Provide for thermal expansion.
I. Downspouts: Join sections with telescoping joints. Provide fasteners designed to hold downspouts securely 1 inch away from walls; locate fasteners at top and bottom and at approximately 60 inches o.c. in between.
1. Connect downspouts to existing drainage system.
J. Roof Curbs: Install flashing around bases where they meet metal roof panels.
K. Pipe Flashing: Form flashing around pipe penetration and metal roof panels. Fasten and seal to metal roof panels as recommended by manufacturer.
3.5 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films, if any, as metal panels are installed, unless otherwise indicated in manufacturer's written installation instructions. On completion of metal panel installation, clean finished surfaces as recommended by metal panel manufacturer. Maintain in a clean condition during construction.
B. Replace metal panels that have been damaged or have deteriorated beyond successful repair by finish touchup or similar minor repair procedures.
END OF SECTION 074113.16
Frazier Associates 074113.16 - 10 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 074646 - FIBER-CEMENT SIDING
SECTION 074646 - FIBER-CEMENT SIDING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes fiber-cement siding.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 062013 "Exterior Finish Carpentry" for exterior trim.
1.3 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate siding installation with flashings and other adjoining construction to ensure proper sequencing.
1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Samples for Initial Selection: For fiber-cement siding and including related accessories.
1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Product Certificates: For each type of fiber-cement [siding].
B. Sample Warranty: For special warranty.
1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver and store packaged materials in original containers with labels intact until time of use.
B. Store materials on elevated platforms, under cover, and in a dry location.
1.7 WARRANTY
A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace products that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period.
Frazier Associates 074646 - 1 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 074646 - FIBER-CEMENT SIDING
1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. Structural failures including cracking and deforming. b. Deterioration of materials beyond normal weathering. c. .
2. Warranty Period: 25 years from date of Substantial Completion.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Source Limitations: Obtain products, including related accessories, from single source from single manufacturer.
2.2 FIBER-CEMENT SIDING
A. General: ASTM C 1186, Type A, Grade II, fiber-cement board, noncombustible when tested according to ASTM E 136; with a flame-spread index of 25 or less when tested according to ASTM E 84.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. CertainTeed Corporation. b. GAF. c. James Hardie Building Products, Inc. d. Nichiha Fiber Cement.
B. Nominal Thickness: Not less than 5/16 inch.
C. Panel Texture: 48-inch- wide sheets with smooth texture.
D. Factory Priming: Manufacturer's standard acrylic primer.
2.3 ACCESSORIES
A. Siding Accessories, General: Provide starter strips, edge trim, outside and inside corner caps, and other items as recommended by siding manufacturer for building configuration.
1. Provide accessories matching color and texture of adjacent siding unless otherwise indicated.
B. Decorative Accessories: Provide the following fiber-cement decorative accessories as indicated:
1. Moldings and trim. 2. .
Frazier Associates 074646 - 2 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 074646 - FIBER-CEMENT SIDING
C. Flashing: Provide aluminum flashing complying with Section 076200 "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim" at window and door heads and where indicated.
1. Finish for Aluminum Flashing: High-performance organic finish.
D. Fasteners:
1. For fastening to wood, use siding nails of sufficient length to penetrate a minimum of 1 inch into substrate. 2. For fastening fiber cement, use stainless-steel fasteners.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of fiber-cement siding and related accessories.
B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Clean substrates of projections and substances detrimental to application.
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. General: Comply with manufacturer's written installation instructions applicable to products and applications indicated unless more stringent requirements apply.
1. Do not install damaged components. 2. Install fasteners no more than 24 inches o.c.
B. Install joint sealants as specified in Section 079200 "Joint Sealants" and to produce a weathertight installation.
3.4 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING
A. Remove damaged, improperly installed, or otherwise defective materials and replace with new materials complying with specified requirements.
B. Clean finished surfaces according to manufacturer's written instructions and maintain in a clean condition during construction.
END OF SECTION 074646
Frazier Associates 074646 - 3 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 076200 - SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM
SECTION 076200 - SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Formed low-slope roof sheet metal fabrications.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 074113.16 "Standing Seam Metal roof panels" for installation of sheet metal flashing and trim integral with roofing.
1.3 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate sheet metal flashing and trim layout and seams with sizes and locations of penetrations to be flashed, and joints and seams in adjacent materials.
B. Coordinate sheet metal flashing and trim installation with adjoining roofing and wall materials, joints, and seams to provide leakproof, secure, and noncorrosive installation.
1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each of the following
1. Underlayment materials. 2. Elastomeric sealant. 3. Butyl sealant. 4. Epoxy seam sealer.
B. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of sheet metal and accessory indicated with factory- applied finishes.
1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Special warranty.
Frazier Associates 076200 - 1 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 076200 - SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM
1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Do not store sheet metal flashing and trim materials in contact with other materials that might cause staining, denting, or other surface damage.
1. Store sheet metal flashing and trim materials away from uncured concrete and masonry. 2. Protect stored sheet metal flashing and trim from contact with water.
B. Protect strippable protective covering on sheet metal flashing and trim from exposure to sunlight and high humidity, except to extent necessary for period of sheet metal flashing and trim installation.
1.7 WARRANTY
A. Special Warranty on Finishes: Manufacturer agrees to repair finish or replace sheet metal flashing and trim that shows evidence of deterioration of factory-applied finishes within specified warranty period.
1. Exposed Panel Finish: Deterioration includes, but is not limited to, the following:
a. Color fading more than 5 Delta units when tested in accordance with ASTM D2244. b. Chalking in excess of a No. 8 rating when tested in accordance with ASTM D4214. c. Cracking, checking, peeling, or failure of paint to adhere to bare metal.
2. Finish Warranty Period: 20 years from date of Substantial Completion.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. General: Sheet metal flashing and trim assemblies, including cleats, anchors, and fasteners, shall withstand wind loads, structural movement, thermally induced movement, and exposure to weather without failure due to defective manufacture, fabrication, installation, or other defects in construction. Completed sheet metal flashing and trim shall not rattle, leak, or loosen, and shall remain watertight.
B. Sheet Metal Standard for Flashing and Trim: Comply with SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" requirements for dimensions and profiles shown unless more stringent requirements are indicated.
2.2 SHEET METALS
A. General: Protect mechanical and other finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying strippable, temporary protective film before shipping.
Frazier Associates 076200 - 2 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 076200 - SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM
B. Aluminum Sheet: ASTM B209 , alloy as standard with manufacturer for finish required, with temper as required to suit forming operations and performance required; with smooth, flat surface.
1. Exposed Coil-Coated Finish:
a. Two-Coat Fluoropolymer: AAMA 2605. Fluoropolymer finish containing not less than 70 percent polyvinylidene fluoride (PVDF) resin by weight in color coat. Prepare, pretreat, and apply coating to exposed metal surfaces to comply with coating and resin manufacturers' written instructions.
2. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. 3. Concealed Finish: Pretreat with manufacturer's standard white or light-colored acrylic or polyester backer finish, consisting of prime coat and wash coat with minimum total dry film thickness of 0.5 mil .
2.3 UNDERLAYMENT MATERIALS
A. Felt: ASTM D226/D226M, Type II (No. 30), asphalt-saturated organic felt; nonperforated.
B. Self-Adhering, High-Temperature Sheet Underlayment: Minimum 30 mils thick, consisting of a slip-resistant polyethylene- or polypropylene-film top surface laminated to a layer of butyl- or SBS-modified asphalt adhesive, with release-paper backing; specifically designed to withstand high metal temperatures beneath metal roofing. Provide primer in accordance with underlayment manufacturer's written instructions.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. Carlisle WIP Products; a brand of Carlisle Construction Materials. b. Owens Corning. c. SDP Advanced Polymer Products Inc.
2. Source Limitations: Obtain underlayment from single source from single manufacturer. 3. Low-Temperature Flexibility: ASTM D1970/D1970M; passes after testing at minus 20 deg F or lower.
2.4 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. General: Provide materials and types of fasteners, protective coatings, sealants, and other miscellaneous items as required for complete sheet metal flashing and trim installation and as recommended by manufacturer of primary sheet metal unless otherwise indicated.
B. Fasteners: Wood screws, annular threaded nails, self-tapping screws, self-locking rivets and bolts, and other suitable fasteners designed to withstand design loads and recommended by manufacturer of primary sheet metal.
1. General: Blind fasteners or self-drilling screws, gasketed, with hex-washer head.
Frazier Associates 076200 - 3 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 076200 - SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM
a. Exposed Fasteners: Heads matching color of sheet metal using plastic caps or factory-applied coating. Provide metal-backed EPDM or PVC sealing washers under heads of exposed fasteners bearing on weather side of metal. b. Blind Fasteners: High-strength aluminum or stainless steel rivets suitable for metal being fastened. c. Spikes and Ferrules: Same material as gutter; with spike with ferrule matching internal gutter width. 2. Fasteners for Aluminum Sheet: Aluminum or Series 300 stainless steel.
C. Elastomeric Sealant: ASTM C920, elastomeric polyurethane polymer sealant; of type, grade, class, and use classifications required to seal joints in sheet metal flashing and trim and remain watertight.
2.5 FABRICATION, GENERAL
A. Custom fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim to comply with details indicated and recommendations in cited sheet metal standard that apply to design, dimensions, geometry, metal thickness, and other characteristics of item required.
1. Fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim in shop to greatest extent possible. 2. Fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim in thickness or weight needed to comply with performance requirements, but not less than that specified for each application and metal. 3. Verify shapes and dimensions of surfaces to be covered and obtain field measurements for accurate fit before shop fabrication. 4. Form sheet metal flashing and trim to fit substrates without excessive oil-canning, buckling, and tool marks; true to line, levels, and slopes; and with exposed edges folded back to form hems. 5. Conceal fasteners and expansion provisions where possible. Do not use exposed fasteners on faces exposed to view.
B. Fabrication Tolerances:
1. Fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim that is capable of installation to a tolerance of 1/4 inch in 20 feet on slope and location lines indicated on Drawings and within 1/8-inch offset of adjoining faces and of alignment of matching profiles. 2. Fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim that is capable of installation to tolerances specified.
C. Expansion Provisions: Form metal for thermal expansion of exposed flashing and trim.
1. Form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges, not less than 1 inch deep, filled with butyl sealant concealed within joints. 2. Use lapped expansion joints only where indicated on Drawings.
D. Sealant Joints: Where movable, nonexpansion-type joints are required, form metal in accordance with cited sheet metal standard to provide for proper installation of elastomeric sealant.
E. Fabricate cleats and attachment devices from same material as accessory being anchored or from compatible, noncorrosive metal.
Frazier Associates 076200 - 4 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 076200 - SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM
F. Fabricate cleats and attachment devices of sizes as recommended by cited sheet metal standard for application, but not less than thickness of metal being secured.
G. Seams:
1. Fabricate nonmoving seams with flat-lock seams. Tin edges to be seamed, form seams, and solder. 2. Fabricate nonmoving seams with flat-lock seams. Form seams and seal with elastomeric sealant unless otherwise recommended by sealant manufacturer for intended use. Rivet joints where necessary for strength. 3. Seams for Aluminum: Fabricate nonmoving seams with flat-lock seams. Form seams and seal with epoxy seam sealer. Rivet joints where necessary for strength.
H. Do not use graphite pencils to mark metal surfaces.
2.6 LOW-SLOPE ROOF SHEET METAL FABRICATIONS
A. Roof Edge Flashing (Gravel Stop): Fabricate in minimum 96-inch- long, but not exceeding 12- foot- long sections. Furnish with 6-inch- wide, joint cover plates.
1. Joint Style: Overlapped, 4 inches wide. 2. Fabricate with scuppers spaced 10 feet apart, to dimensions required with 4-inch- wide flanges and base extending 4 inches beyond cant or tapered strip into field of roof. Fasten gravel guard angles to base of scupper. 3. Fabricate from the following materials:
a. Aluminum: 0.050 inch thick.
B. Counterflashing: Fabricate from the following materials:
1. Aluminum: 0.032 inch thick.
2.7 MISCELLANEOUS SHEET METAL FABRICATIONS
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances, substrate, and other conditions affecting performance of the Work.
1. Verify compliance with requirements for installation tolerances of substrates. 2. Verify that substrate is sound, dry, smooth, clean, sloped for drainage, and securely anchored. 3. Verify that air- or water-resistant barriers have been installed over sheathing or backing substrate to prevent air infiltration or water penetration.
Frazier Associates 076200 - 5 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 076200 - SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM
B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 INSTALLATION OF UNDERLAYMENT
A. Felt Underlayment: Install felt underlayment, wrinkle free, using adhesive to minimize use of mechanical fasteners under sheet metal flashing and trim.
1. Install in shingle fashion to shed water. 2. Lap joints not less than 2 inches .
B. Self-Adhering, High-Temperature Sheet Underlayment:
1. Install self-adhering, high-temperature sheet underlayment; wrinkle free. 2. Prime substrate if recommended by underlayment manufacturer. 3. Comply with temperature restrictions of underlayment manufacturer for installation; use primer for installing underlayment at low temperatures. 4. Apply in shingle fashion to shed water, with end laps of not less than 6 inches staggered 24 inches between courses. 5. Overlap side edges not less than 3-1/2 inches . Roll laps and edges with roller. 6. Roll laps and edges with roller. 7. Cover underlayment within 14 days.
3.3 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. Install sheet metal flashing and trim to comply with details indicated and recommendations of cited sheet metal standard that apply to installation characteristics required unless otherwise indicated on Drawings.
1. Install fasteners, protective coatings, separators, sealants, and other miscellaneous items as required to complete sheet metal flashing and trim system. 2. Install sheet metal flashing and trim true to line, levels, and slopes. Provide uniform, neat seams with minimum exposure of sealant. 3. Anchor sheet metal flashing and trim and other components of the Work securely in place, with provisions for thermal and structural movement. 4. Install sheet metal flashing and trim to fit substrates and to result in watertight performance. 5. Install continuous cleats with fasteners spaced not more than 12 inches o.c. 6. Space individual cleats not more than 12 inches apart. Attach each cleat with at least two fasteners. Bend tabs over fasteners. 7. Install exposed sheet metal flashing and trim with limited oil-canning, and free of buckling and tool marks. 8. Do not use graphite pencils to mark metal surfaces.
B. Metal Protection: Where dissimilar metals contact each other, or where metal contacts pressure- treated wood or other corrosive substrates, protect against galvanic action or corrosion by painting contact surfaces with bituminous coating or by other permanent separation as recommended by sheet metal manufacturer or cited sheet metal standard.
Frazier Associates 076200 - 6 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 076200 - SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM
1. Coat concealed side of uncoated-aluminum sheet metal flashing and trim with bituminous coating where flashing and trim contact wood, ferrous metal, or cementitious construction. 2. Underlayment: Where installing sheet metal flashing and trim directly on cementitious or wood substrates, install underlayment and cover with slip sheet.
C. Expansion Provisions: Provide for thermal expansion of exposed flashing and trim.
1. Space movement joints at maximum of 10 feet with no joints within 24 inches of corner or intersection.
D. Fasteners: Use fastener sizes that penetrate wood blocking or sheathing not less than 1-1/4 inches for nails and not less than 3/4 inch for wood screws.
E. Conceal fasteners and expansion provisions where possible in exposed work and locate to minimize possibility of leakage. Cover and seal fasteners and anchors as required for a tight installation.
F. Seal joints as required for watertight construction.
1. Use sealant-filled joints unless otherwise indicated.
a. Embed hooked flanges of joint members not less than 1 inch into sealant. b. Form joints to completely conceal sealant. c. When ambient temperature at time of installation is between 40 and 70 deg F , set joint members for 50 percent movement each way. d. Adjust setting proportionately for installation at higher ambient temperatures.
1) Do not install sealant-type joints at temperatures below 40 deg F .
2. Prepare joints and apply sealants to comply with requirements in Section 079200 "Joint Sealants."
G. Soldered Joints: Clean surfaces to be soldered, removing oils and foreign matter.
1. Pretin edges of sheets with solder to width of 1-1/2 inches ; however, reduce pretinning where pretinned surface would show in completed Work. 2. Do not solder aluminum sheet. 3. Do not pretin zinc-tin alloy-coated copper. 4. Do not use torches for soldering. 5. Heat surfaces to receive solder, and flow solder into joint.
a. Fill joint completely. b. Completely remove flux and spatter from exposed surfaces.
6. Stainless Steel Soldering:
a. Tin edges of uncoated sheets, using solder for stainless steel and acid flux. b. Promptly remove acid-flux residue from metal after tinning and soldering. c. Comply with solder manufacturer's recommended methods for cleaning and neutralization.
Frazier Associates 076200 - 7 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 076200 - SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM
7. Copper Soldering: Tin edges of uncoated sheets, using solder for copper. 8. Copper-Clad Stainless Steel Soldering: Tin edges of uncoated sheets, using solder for copper-clad stainless steel.
H. Rivets: Rivet joints in uncoated aluminum where necessary for strength.
3.4 INSTALLATION OF ROOF-DRAINAGE SYSTEM
A. Install sheet metal roof-drainage items to produce complete roof-drainage system in accordance with cited sheet metal standard unless otherwise indicated. Coordinate installation of roof perimeter flashing with installation of roof-drainage system.
B. Hanging Gutters:
1. Join sections with joints sealed with sealant. 2. Provide for thermal expansion. 3. Attach gutters at eave or fascia to firmly anchor them in position. 4. Provide end closures and seal watertight with sealant. 5. Slope to downspouts. 6. Fasten gutter spacers to front and back of gutter. 7. Anchor and loosely lock back edge of gutter to continuous cleat. 8. Anchor back of gutter that extends onto roof deck with cleats spaced not more than 24 inches apart. 9. Anchor gutter with straps spaced not more than 24 inches apart to roof deck unless otherwise indicated, and loosely lock to front gutter bead.
C. Downspouts:
1. Join sections with 1-1/2-inch telescoping joints. 2. Provide hangers with fasteners designed to hold downspouts securely to walls. 3. Locate hangers at top and bottom and at approximately 60 inches o.c. 4. Provide elbows at base of downspout to direct water away from building. 5. Connect downspouts to underground drainage system.
3.5 INSTALLATION OF ROOF FLASHINGS
A. Install sheet metal flashing and trim to comply with performance requirements, sheet metal manufacturer's written installation instructions, and cited sheet metal standard.
1. Provide concealed fasteners where possible, and set units true to line, levels, and slopes. 2. Install work with laps, joints, and seams that are permanently watertight and weather resistant.
B. Roof Edge Flashing:
1. Install roof edge flashings in accordance with ANSI/SPRI/FM 4435/ES-1. 2. Anchor to resist uplift and outward forces in accordance with recommendations in cited sheet metal standard unless otherwise indicated. Interlock bottom edge of roof edge flashing with continuous cleat anchored to substrate at staggered 3-inch centers.
Frazier Associates 076200 - 8 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 076200 - SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM
3. Anchor to resist uplift and outward forces in accordance with recommendations in FM Global Property Loss Prevention Data Sheet 1-49 for FM Approvals' listing for required windstorm classification.
3.6 INSTALLATION TOLERANCES
A. Installation Tolerances: Shim and align sheet metal flashing and trim within installed tolerance of 1/4 inch in 20 feet on slope and location lines indicated on Drawings and within 1/8-inch offset of adjoining faces and of alignment of matching profiles.
3.7 CLEANING
A. Clean exposed metal surfaces of substances that interfere with uniform oxidation and weathering.
B. Clean and neutralize flux materials. Clean off excess solder.
C. Clean off excess sealants.
3.8 PROTECTION
A. Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films as sheet metal flashing and trim are installed unless otherwise indicated in manufacturer's written installation instructions.
B. On completion of sheet metal flashing and trim installation, remove unused materials and clean finished surfaces as recommended in writing by sheet metal flashing and trim manufacturer.
C. Maintain sheet metal flashing and trim in clean condition during construction.
D. Replace sheet metal flashing and trim that have been damaged or that have deteriorated beyond successful repair by finish touchup or similar minor repair procedures, as determined by Architect.
END OF SECTION 076200
Frazier Associates 076200 - 9 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 079200 - JOINT SEALANTS
SECTION 079200 - JOINT SEALANTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Urethane joint sealants.
1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each joint-sealant product.
B. Samples for Initial Selection: Manufacturer's color charts consisting of strips of cured sealants showing the full range of colors available for each product exposed to view.
1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Sample Warranties: For special warranties.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: An authorized representative who is trained and approved by manufacturer.
B. Product Testing: Test joint sealants using a qualified testing agency.
1. Testing Agency Qualifications: Qualified according to ASTM C 1021 to conduct the testing indicated.
1.6 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants under the following conditions:
1. When ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside limits permitted by joint- sealant manufacturer or are below 40 deg F. 2. When joint substrates are wet.
Frazier Associates 079200 - 1 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 079200 - JOINT SEALANTS
3. Where joint widths are less than those allowed by joint-sealant manufacturer for applications indicated. 4. Where contaminants capable of interfering with adhesion have not yet been removed from joint substrates.
1.7 WARRANTY
A. Special Manufacturer's Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to furnish joint sealants to repair or replace those joint sealants that do not comply with performance and other requirements specified in this Section within specified warranty period.
1. Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion.
B. Special warranties specified in this article exclude deterioration or failure of joint sealants from the following:
1. Movement of the structure caused by stresses on the sealant exceeding sealant manufacturer's written specifications for sealant elongation and compression. 2. Disintegration of joint substrates from causes exceeding design specifications. 3. Mechanical damage caused by individuals, tools, or other outside agents. 4. Changes in sealant appearance caused by accumulation of dirt or other atmospheric contaminants.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 JOINT SEALANTS, GENERAL
A. Compatibility: Provide joint sealants, backings, and other related materials that are compatible with one another and with joint substrates under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by joint-sealant manufacturer, based on testing and field experience.
B. Colors of Exposed Joint Sealants: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.
2.2 URETHANE JOINT SEALANTS
A. Urethane, S, NS, 25, NT: Single-component, nonsag, nontraffic-use, plus 25 percent and minus 25 percent movement capability, urethane joint sealant; ASTM C 920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, Use NT.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. BASF Corporation. b. Pecora Corporation. c. Tremco Incorporated.
Frazier Associates 079200 - 2 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 079200 - JOINT SEALANTS
2.3 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. Cleaners for Nonporous Surfaces: Chemical cleaners acceptable to manufacturers of sealants and sealant backing materials, free of oily residues or other substances capable of staining or harming joint substrates and adjacent nonporous surfaces in any way, and formulated to promote optimum adhesion of sealants to joint substrates.
B. Masking Tape: Nonstaining, nonabsorbent material compatible with joint sealants and surfaces adjacent to joints.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine joints indicated to receive joint sealants, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for joint configuration, installation tolerances, and other conditions affecting performance of the Work.
B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Surface Cleaning of Joints: Clean out joints immediately before installing joint sealants to comply with joint-sealant manufacturer's written instructions and the following requirements:
1. Remove all foreign material from joint substrates that could interfere with adhesion of joint sealant, including dust, paints (except for permanent, protective coatings tested and approved for sealant adhesion and compatibility by sealant manufacturer), old joint sealants, oil, grease, waterproofing, water repellents, water, surface dirt, and frost. 2. Clean porous joint substrate surfaces by brushing, grinding, mechanical abrading, or a combination of these methods to produce a clean, sound substrate capable of developing optimum bond with joint sealants. Remove loose particles remaining after cleaning operations above by vacuuming or blowing out joints with oil-free compressed air. Porous joint substrates include the following:
a. Concrete. b. Masonry. c. Unglazed surfaces of ceramic tile. d. Exterior insulation and finish systems.
3. Remove laitance and form-release agents from concrete. 4. Clean nonporous joint substrate surfaces with chemical cleaners or other means that do not stain, harm substrates, or leave residues capable of interfering with adhesion of joint sealants. Nonporous joint substrates include the following:
a. Metal. b. Glass.
Frazier Associates 079200 - 3 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 079200 - JOINT SEALANTS
B. Joint Priming: Prime joint substrates where recommended by joint-sealant manufacturer or as indicated by preconstruction joint-sealant-substrate tests or prior experience. Apply primer to comply with joint-sealant manufacturer's written instructions. Confine primers to areas of joint- sealant bond; do not allow spillage or migration onto adjoining surfaces.
C. Masking Tape: Use masking tape where required to prevent contact of sealant or primer with adjoining surfaces that otherwise would be permanently stained or damaged by such contact or by cleaning methods required to remove sealant smears. Remove tape immediately after tooling without disturbing joint seal.
3.3 INSTALLATION OF JOINT SEALANTS
A. General: Comply with joint-sealant manufacturer's written installation instructions for products and applications indicated, unless more stringent requirements apply.
B. Sealant Installation Standard: Comply with recommendations in ASTM C 1193 for use of joint sealants as applicable to materials, applications, and conditions indicated.
C. Install sealant backings of kind indicated to support sealants during application and at position required to produce cross-sectional shapes and depths of installed sealants relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability.
1. Do not leave gaps between ends of sealant backings. 2. Do not stretch, twist, puncture, or tear sealant backings. 3. Remove absorbent sealant backings that have become wet before sealant application, and replace them with dry materials.
D. Install bond-breaker tape behind sealants where sealant backings are not used between sealants and backs of joints.
E. Install sealants using proven techniques that comply with the following and at the same time backings are installed:
1. Place sealants so they directly contact and fully wet joint substrates. 2. Completely fill recesses in each joint configuration. 3. Produce uniform, cross-sectional shapes and depths relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability.
F. Tooling of Nonsag Sealants: Immediately after sealant application and before skinning or curing begins, tool sealants according to requirements specified in subparagraphs below to form smooth, uniform beads of configuration indicated; to eliminate air pockets; and to ensure contact and adhesion of sealant with sides of joint.
1. Remove excess sealant from surfaces adjacent to joints. 2. Use tooling agents that are approved in writing by sealant manufacturer and that do not discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces. 3. Provide concave joint profile per Figure 8A in ASTM C 1193 unless otherwise indicated. 4. Provide flush joint profile at according to Figure 8B in ASTM C 1193.
Frazier Associates 079200 - 4 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 079200 - JOINT SEALANTS
3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
3.5 CLEANING
A. Clean off excess sealant or sealant smears adjacent to joints as the Work progresses by methods and with cleaning materials approved in writing by manufacturers of joint sealants and of products in which joints occur.
3.6 PROTECTION
A. Protect joint sealants during and after curing period from contact with contaminating substances and from damage resulting from construction operations or other causes so sealants are without deterioration or damage at time of Substantial Completion. If, despite such protection, damage or deterioration occurs, cut out, remove, and repair damaged or deteriorated joint sealants immediately so installations with repaired areas are indistinguishable from original work.
3.7 JOINT-SEALANT SCHEDULE
A. Joint-Sealant Application: Exterior joints in vertical surfaces and horizontal nontraffic surfaces.
1. Joint Locations:
a. Perimeter joints between materials listed above and frames of doors windows and louvers. 2. Joint-Sealant Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of colors.
END OF SECTION 079200
Frazier Associates 079200 - 5 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Façade Improvements 2018-0040 Front Royal, Virginia Frazier Associates
DIVISION 08 OPENINGS Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 081433 - STILE AND RAIL WOOD DOORS(5)
SECTION 081433 - STILE AND RAIL WOOD DOORS(5)
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Exterior stile and rail wood doors. 2. Factory priming.
B. Related Requirements:
1. 090391 Historic Treatment for Plain Painting for field finishing stile and rail doors.
1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product, including the following:
1. Details of construction and glazing. 2. Door frame construction. 3. Factory-priming specifications.
1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Sample Warranty: For special warranty.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer's Certification: Licensed participant in.
1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Comply with requirements of referenced standard and manufacturer's written instructions.
B. Package doors individually in opaque plastic bags or cardboard cartons.
C. Mark each door on bottom rail with opening number used on Shop Drawings.
Frazier Associates 081433 - 1 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 081433 - STILE AND RAIL WOOD DOORS(5)
1.7 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install doors until spaces are enclosed and weathertight, wet work in spaces is complete and dry, and HVAC system is operating and maintaining temperature and relative humidity levels designed for building occupants for the remainder of construction period.
B. Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install doors until building is enclosed and weathertight, wet work is complete and dry, and HVAC system is operating and maintaining temperature between 60 and 90 deg F and relative humidity between percent during remainder of construction period.
1.8 WARRANTY
A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace doors and frames that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period.
1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. Delamination of veneer. b. Warping (bow, cup, or twist) more than 1/4 inch in a 42-by-84-inch section. c. Telegraphing of core construction in face veneers exceeding 0.01 inch in a 3-inch span.
2. Warranty shall also include installation and finishing that may be required due to repair or replacement of defective doors and frames. 3. Warranty shall be in effect during specified period of time from date of Substantial Completion. 4. Warranty Period for Exterior Doors: Two years.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Source Limitations: Obtain stile and rail wood doors from single manufacturer.
2.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Exterior Door Thermal Transmittance: Maximum whole fenestration product U-factor of 0.25, according to AAMA 1503, ASTM E1423, or NFRC 100.
2.3 MATERIALS
A. Use only materials that comply with referenced standards and other requirements specified.
1. Assemble exterior doors, including components, with wet-use adhesives complying with ASTM D5572 for finger joints and with ASTM D5751 for joints other than finger joints.
Frazier Associates 081433 - 2 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 081433 - STILE AND RAIL WOOD DOORS(5)
2. Assemble interior doors, including components, with either dry-use or wet-use adhesives complying with ASTM D5572 for finger joints and with ASTM D5751 for joints other than finger joints.
B. Panel Products: Any of the following unless otherwise indicated:
1. Particleboard: ANSI A208.1, Grade M-2. 2. Medium-density fiberboard (MDF,) complying with ANSI A208.2, Grade 130. 3. Hardboard complying with ANSI A135.4. 4. Veneer-core plywood.
C. Safety Glass: Provide products complying with testing requirements in 16 CFR 1201, for Category II materials, unless those of Category I are expressly indicated and permitted.
2.4 EXTERIOR STILE AND RAIL WOOD DOORS
A. Exterior Stile and Rail Wood Doors: Exterior stock doors complying with WDMA I.S. 6A, and with other requirements specified.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. Assa Abloy, Maiman. b. Simpson. c. Karona by JELD-WEN.
2. Performance Grade: WDMA I.S. 6A Heavy Duty. 3. Panel
a. Do not modify intended aesthetic effects, as judged solely by Architect, except with Architect's approval.
4. Finish: Opaque.
5. Door Construction for Opaque Finish:
a. Stile and Rail Construction: Veneered, structural composite lumber or veneered edge- and end-glued lumber. b. Raised-Panel Construction: Veneered, wood-based panel product.
6. Stile and Rail Widths: Manufacturer's standard, but not less than the following:
a. Stiles, Top and Intermediate Rails: 5-3/8 inches. b. Bottom Rails: 11-3/8 inches.
7. Raised-Panel Thickness: Manufacturer's standard, but not less than 1-1/8 inches. 8. Molding Profile (Sticking): Manufacturer's standard. 9. Glass: Uncoated, clear, fully tempered float glass, 5.0 mm thick .
Frazier Associates 081433 - 3 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 081433 - STILE AND RAIL WOOD DOORS(5)
10. Mark, label, or otherwise identify stile and rail wood doors as complying with WDMA I.S. 6A and grade specified.
2.5 FACTORY PRIMING
A. Doors for Opaque Finish: Shop prime faces, all four edges, edges of cutouts, and mortises with one coat of wood primer specified in
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine doors and installed door frames, with Installer present, before hanging doors.
1. Verify that installed frames comply with indicated requirements for type, size, location, and swing characteristics and have been installed with level heads and plumb jambs. 2. Reject doors with defects.
B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Hardware: For installation, match existing
B. Install doors to comply with manufacturer's written instructions and referenced quality standard, and as indicated.
1. Install smoke- and draft-control doors according to NFPA 105.
C. Job-Fitted Doors:
1. Align and fit doors in frames with uniform clearances and bevels as indicated below.
a. Do not trim stiles and rails in excess of limits set by manufacturer or permitted for fire-rated doors.
2. Machine doors for hardware. 3. Seal edges of doors, edges of cutouts, and mortises after fitting and machining. 4. Clearances:
a. Provide 1/8 inch at heads, jambs, and between pairs of doors. b. Provide 1/8 inch from bottom of door to top of decorative floor finish or covering unless otherwise indicated on Drawings. c. Where threshold is shown on Drawings or scheduled, provide 1/4 inch from bottom of door to top of threshold unless otherwise indicated.
Frazier Associates 081433 - 4 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 081433 - STILE AND RAIL WOOD DOORS(5)
3.3 ADJUSTING
A. Operation: Rehang or replace doors that do not swing or operate freely.
B. Finished Doors: Replace doors that are damaged or do not comply with requirements. Doors may be repaired or refinished if Work complies with requirements and shows no evidence of repair or refinishing.
END OF SECTION 081433
Frazier Associates 081433 - 5 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 084113 - ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS
SECTION 084113 - ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Storefront framing. 2. Manual-swing entrance doors.
1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Samples for Initial Selection: For units with factory-applied color finishes.
B. Entrance Door Hardware Schedule: Prepared by or under supervision of supplier, detailing fabrication and assembly of entrance door hardware, as well as procedures and diagrams. Coordinate final entrance door hardware schedule with doors, frames, and related work to ensure proper size, thickness, hand, function, and finish of entrance door hardware.
1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Preconstruction Laboratory Mockup Testing Submittals:
1. Testing Program: Developed specifically for Project. 2. Test Reports: Prepared by a qualified preconstruction testing agency for each mockup test. 3. Record Drawings: As-built drawings of preconstruction laboratory mockups showing changes made during preconstruction laboratory mockup testing.
B. Quality-Control Program: Developed specifically for Project, including fabrication and installation, according to recommendations in ASTM C 1401. Include periodic quality-control reports.
C. Sample Warranties: For special warranties.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Product Options: Information on Drawings and in Specifications establishes requirements for aesthetic effects and performance characteristics of assemblies. Aesthetic effects are indicated
Frazier Associates 084113 - 1 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 084113 - ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS
by dimensions, arrangements, alignment, and profiles of components and assemblies as they relate to sightlines, to one another, and to adjoining construction.
1. Do not change intended aesthetic effects, as judged solely by Architect, except with Architect's approval. If changes are proposed, submit comprehensive explanatory data to Architect for review.
B. Structural-Sealant Glazing: Comply with ASTM C 1401 for design and installation of storefront systems.
1.6 WARRANTY
A. Special Warranty: Installer agrees to repair or replace components of aluminum-framed entrances and storefronts that do not comply with requirements or that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period.
1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. Structural failures, including, but not limited to, excessive deflection. b. Noise or vibration created by wind and thermal and structural movements. c. Deterioration of metals and other materials beyond normal weathering. d. Water penetration through fixed glazing and framing areas. e. Failure of operating components.
2. Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion.
B. Special Finish Warranty: Standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair finishes or replace aluminum that shows evidence of deterioration of factory-applied finishes within specified warranty period.
1. Deterioration includes, but is not limited to, the following:
a. Color fading more than 5 Hunter units when tested according to ASTM D 2244. b. Chalking in excess of a No. 8 rating when tested according to ASTM D 4214. c. Cracking, checking, peeling, or failure of paint to adhere to bare metal.
2. Warranty Period: 20 years from date of Substantial Completion.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Source Limitations: Obtain all components of aluminum-framed entrance and storefront system, including framing and accessories, from single manufacturer.
Frazier Associates 084113 - 2 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 084113 - ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS
2.2 STOREFRONT SYSTEMS
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
1. EFCO Corporation. 2. Kawneer North America, an Arconic company. 3. U.S. Aluminum; a brand of C.R. Laurence.
B. Framing Members: Manufacturer's extruded- or formed-aluminum framing members of thickness required and reinforced as required to support imposed loads.
1. Exterior Framing Construction: Thermally broken.
C. Backer Plates: Manufacturer's standard, continuous backer plates for framing members, if not integral, where framing abuts adjacent construction.
D. Brackets and Reinforcements: Manufacturer's standard high-strength aluminum with nonstaining, nonferrous shims for aligning system components.
2.3 ENTRANCE DOOR SYSTEMS
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
1. EFCO Corporation. 2. Kawneer North America, an Arconic company. 3. U.S. Aluminum; a brand of C.R. Laurence.
B. Entrance Doors: Manufacturer's standard glazed entrance doors for manual-swing or automatic operation.
1. Door Construction: 1-3/4-inch overall thickness, with minimum 0.125-inch- thick, extruded-aluminum tubular rail and stile members. Mechanically fasten corners with reinforcing brackets that are deeply penetrated and fillet welded or that incorporate concealed tie rods.
a. Thermal Construction: High-performance plastic connectors separate aluminum members exposed to the exterior from members exposed to the interior.
2. Door Design: Medium stile; 3-1/2-inch nominal width. 3. Glazing Stops and Gaskets: Beveled, snap-on, extruded-aluminum stops and preformed gaskets.
a. Provide nonremovable glazing stops on outside of door.
2.4 ENTRANCE DOOR HARDWARE
A. Entrance Door Hardware: Provide manufacturer's standard entrance hardware.
Frazier Associates 084113 - 3 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 084113 - ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS
B. General: Provide entrance door hardware and manufacturer's standard entrance hardware for each entrance door, to comply with requirements in this Section.
1. Entrance Door Hardware Sets: Provide quantity, item, size, finish or color indicated, and products complying with BHMA standard referenced. 2. Sequence of Operation: Provide electrified door hardware function, sequence of operation, and interface with other building control systems indicated. 3. Opening-Force Requirements:
a. Egress Doors: Not more than 15 lbf to release the latch and not more than 30 lbf to set the door in motion and not more than 15 lbf to open the door to its minimum required width.
C. Designations: Requirements for design, grade, function, finish, quantity, size, and other distinctive qualities of each type of entrance door hardware are indicated in "Entrance Door Hardware Sets" Article. Products are identified by using entrance door hardware designations as follows:
1. References to BHMA Standards: Provide products complying with these standards and requirements for description, quality, and function.
D. Cylinders: manufacturer's standard.
E. Butt Hinges: BHMA A156.1, Grade 1, radius corner.
1. Nonremovable Pins: Provide setscrew in hinge barrel that, when tightened into a groove in hinge pin, prevents removal of pin while entrance door is closed. 2. Exterior Hinges: Stainless steel, with stainless-steel pin. 3. Quantities:
a. For doors up to 87 inches high, provide three hinges per leaf.
F. Mortise Auxiliary Locks: BHMA A156.5, Grade 1.
G. Strikes: Provide strike with black-plastic dust box for each latch or lock bolt; fabricated for aluminum framing.
H. Closers: BHMA A156.4, Grade 1, with accessories required for a complete installation, sized as required by door size, exposure to weather, and anticipated frequency of use; adjustable to comply with field conditions and requirements for opening force.
I. Door Stops: BHMA A156.16, Grade 1, floor or wall mounted, as appropriate for door location indicated, with integral rubber bumper.
J. Weather Stripping: Manufacturer's standard replaceable components.
1. Compression Type: Made of ASTM D 2000 molded neoprene or ASTM D 2287 molded PVC. 2. Sliding Type: AAMA 701/702, made of wool, polypropylene, or nylon woven pile with nylon-fabric or aluminum-strip backing.
Frazier Associates 084113 - 4 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 084113 - ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS
K. Weather Sweeps: Manufacturer's standard exterior-door bottom sweep with concealed fasteners on mounting strip.
L. Thresholds: BHMA A156.21 raised thresholds beveled with a slope of not more than 1:2, with maximum height of 1/2 inch .
2.5 GLAZING
A. Glazing: 1" insulated glazing.
B. Glazing Gaskets: Manufacturer's standard sealed-corner pressure-glazing system of black, resilient elastomeric glazing gaskets, setting blocks, and shims or spacers.
C. Glazing Sealants: As recommended by manufacturer.
D. Structural Glazing Sealants: ASTM C 1184 chemically curing silicone formulation that is compatible with system components with which it comes in contact; specifically formulated and tested for use as structural sealant and approved by structural-sealant manufacturer for use in storefront system indicated.
1. Color: Black.
E. Weatherseal Sealants: ASTM C 920 for Type S; Grade NS; Class 25; Uses NT, G, A, and O; chemically curing silicone formulation that is compatible with structural sealant and other system components with which it comes in contact; recommended by structural-sealant, weatherseal-sealant, and structural-sealant-glazed storefront manufacturers for this use.
1. Color: Match structural sealant.
2.6 MATERIALS
A. Sheet and Plate: ASTM B 209 .
B. Extruded Bars, Rods, Profiles, and Tubes: ASTM B 221 .
C. Extruded Structural Pipe and Tubes: ASTM B 429/B 429M.
D. Structural Profiles: ASTM B 308/B 308M.
E. Steel Reinforcement:
1. Structural Shapes, Plates, and Bars: ASTM A 36/A 36M. 2. Cold-Rolled Sheet and Strip: ASTM A 1008/A 1008M. 3. Hot-Rolled Sheet and Strip: ASTM A 1011/A 1011M. 4. Primer: Manufacturer's standard zinc-rich, corrosion-resistant primer complying with SSPC-PS Guide No. 12.00; applied immediately after surface preparation and pretreatment. Select surface preparation methods according to recommendations in SSPC-SP COM, and prepare surfaces according to applicable SSPC standard.
Frazier Associates 084113 - 5 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 084113 - ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS
2.7 ACCESSORIES
A. Fasteners and Accessories: Manufacturer's standard corrosion-resistant, nonstaining, nonbleeding fasteners and accessories compatible with adjacent materials.
1. Use self-locking devices where fasteners are subject to loosening or turning out from thermal and structural movements, wind loads, or vibration. 2. Reinforce members as required to receive fastener threads. 3. Use exposed fasteners with countersunk Phillips screw heads, finished to match framing system.
B. Anchors: Three-way adjustable anchors with minimum adjustment of 1 inch that accommodate fabrication and installation tolerances in material and finish compatible with adjoining materials and recommended by manufacturer.
1. Concrete and Masonry Inserts: Hot-dip galvanized cast-iron, malleable-iron, or steel inserts complying with ASTM A 123/A 123M or ASTM A 153/A 153M requirements.
C. Concealed Flashing: Manufacturer's standard corrosion-resistant, nonstaining, nonbleeding flashing compatible with adjacent materials.
D. Bituminous Paint: Cold-applied asphalt-mastic paint containing no asbestos, formulated for 30- mil thickness per coat.
E. Rigid PVC Filler.
2.8 FABRICATION
A. Form or extrude aluminum shapes before finishing.
B. Weld in concealed locations to greatest extent possible to minimize distortion or discoloration of finish. Remove weld spatter and welding oxides from exposed surfaces by descaling or grinding.
C. Fabricate components that, when assembled, have the following characteristics:
1. Profiles that are sharp, straight, and free of defects or deformations. 2. Accurately fitted joints with ends coped or mitered. 3. Physical and thermal isolation of glazing from framing members. 4. Accommodations for thermal and mechanical movements of glazing and framing to maintain required glazing edge clearances. 5. Provisions for field replacement of glazing from interior. 6. Fasteners, anchors, and connection devices that are concealed from view to greatest extent possible.
D. Mechanically Glazed Framing Members: Fabricate for flush glazing without projecting stops.
E. Structural-Sealant-Glazed Framing Members: Include accommodations for using temporary support device to retain glazing in place while structural sealant cures.
Frazier Associates 084113 - 6 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 084113 - ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS
F. Storefront Framing: Fabricate components for assembly using shear-block system.
G. Entrance Door Frames: Reinforce as required to support loads imposed by door operation and for installing entrance door hardware.
1. At interior and exterior doors, provide compression weather stripping at fixed stops.
H. Entrance Doors: Reinforce doors as required for installing entrance door hardware.
1. At pairs of exterior doors, provide sliding-type weather stripping retained in adjustable strip and mortised into door edge. 2. At exterior doors, provide weather sweeps applied to door bottoms.
I. Entrance Door Hardware Installation: Factory install entrance door hardware to the greatest extent possible. Cut, drill, and tap for factory-installed entrance door hardware before applying finishes.
J. After fabrication, clearly mark components to identify their locations in Project according to Shop Drawings.
2.9 ALUMINUM FINISHES
A. High-Performance Organic Finish: Two-coat fluoropolymer finish complying with AAMA 2604 and containing not less than 50 percent PVDF or FEVE resin by weight in color coat. Prepare, pretreat, and apply coating to exposed metal surfaces to comply with coating and resin manufacturers' written instructions.
1. Color and Gloss: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine areas, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work.
B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Prepare surfaces that are in contact with structural sealant according to sealant manufacturer's written instructions, to ensure compatibility and adhesion. Preparation includes, but is not limited to, cleaning and priming surfaces.
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. General:
Frazier Associates 084113 - 7 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 084113 - ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS
1. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions. 2. Do not install damaged components. 3. Fit joints to produce hairline joints free of burrs and distortion. 4. Rigidly secure nonmovement joints. 5. Install anchors with separators and isolators to prevent metal corrosion and electrolytic deterioration and to prevent impeding movement of moving joints. 6. Seal perimeter and other joints watertight unless otherwise indicated.
B. Metal Protection:
1. Where aluminum is in contact with dissimilar metals, protect against galvanic action by painting contact surfaces with materials recommended by manufacturer for this purpose or by installing nonconductive spacers. 2. Where aluminum is in contact with concrete or masonry, protect against corrosion by painting contact surfaces with bituminous paint.
C. Set continuous sill members and flashing in full sealant bed, as specified in Section 079200 "Joint Sealants," to produce weathertight installation.
D. Install components plumb and true in alignment with established lines and grades.
E. Install operable units level and plumb, securely anchored, and without distortion. Adjust weather-stripping contact and hardware movement to produce proper operation.
F. Install weatherseal sealant according to Section 079200 "Joint Sealants" and according to sealant manufacturer's written instructions to produce weatherproof joints. Install joint filler behind sealant as recommended by sealant manufacturer.
G. Entrance Doors: Install doors to produce smooth operation and tight fit at contact points.
1. Exterior Doors: Install to produce weathertight enclosure and tight fit at weather stripping. 2. Field-Installed Entrance Door Hardware: Install surface-mounted entrance door hardware according to entrance door hardware manufacturers' written instructions using concealed fasteners to greatest extent possible.
3.4 ERECTION TOLERANCES
A. Erection Tolerances: Install aluminum-framed entrances and storefronts to comply with the following maximum tolerances:
1. Plumb: 1/8 inch in 10 feet ; 1/4 inch in 40 feet . 2. Level: 1/8 inch in 20 feet ; 1/4 inch in 40 feet . 3. Alignment:
a. Where surfaces abut in line or are separated by reveal or protruding element up to 1/2 inch wide, limit offset from true alignment to 1/16 inch . b. Where surfaces are separated by reveal or protruding element from 1/2 to 1 inch wide, limit offset from true alignment to 1/8 inch .
Frazier Associates 084113 - 8 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 084113 - ALUMINUM-FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS
c. Where surfaces are separated by reveal or protruding element of 1 inch wide or more, limit offset from true alignment to 1/4 inch .
4. Location: Limit variation from plane to 1/8 inch in 12 feet ; 1/2 inch over total length.
END OF SECTION 084113
Frazier Associates 084113 - 9 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 085200 - WOOD WINDOWS
SECTION 085200 - WOOD WINDOWS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes aluminum-clad, fiberglass-clad, and wood windows.
1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product.
1. Include construction details, material descriptions, glazing and fabrication methods, dimensions of individual components and profiles, hardware, and finishes for wood windows.
B. Samples for Initial Selection: For units with factory-applied finishes.
1. Include Samples of hardware and accessories involving color selection.
1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Sample Warranties: For manufacturer's warranties.
1.5 WARRANTY
A. Manufacturer's Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace wood windows that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period.
1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. Failure to meet performance requirements. b. Structural failures including excessive deflection, water leakage, and air infiltration. c. Faulty operation of movable sash and hardware. d. Deterioration of materials and finishes beyond normal weathering. e. Failure of insulating glass.
2. Warranty Period:
Frazier Associates 085200 - 1 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 085200 - WOOD WINDOWS
a. Window: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion. b. Glazing Units: Five years from date of Substantial Completion. c. Aluminum-Cladding Finish: 20 years from date of Substantial Completion. d. Vinyl Cladding: Lifetime warranty. e. Fiberglass Cladding: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Source Limitations: Obtain wood windows from single source from single manufacturer.
2.2 WINDOW PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Product Standard: Comply with AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440 for definitions and minimum standards of performance, materials, components, accessories, and fabrication unless more stringent requirements are indicated.
1. Window Certification: WDMA certified with label attached to each window.
B. Thermal Transmittance: NFRC 100 maximum whole-window U-factor of 0.32 Btu/sq. ft. x h x deg F.
C. Solar Heat-Gain Coefficient (SHGC): NFRC 200 maximum whole-window SHGC of 0.30.
2.3 WOOD WINDOWS
A. Aluminum-Clad Wood Windows:
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. Andersen Windows; Andersen Corporation. b. Jeld-Wen, Inc. c. Pella Corporation. d. Sierra Pacific Windows; Sierra Pacific Industries.
B. Fiberglass-Clad Wood Windows:
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. Andersen Windows. b. Weather Shield Mfg., Inc.
C. Wood Windows:
Frazier Associates 085200 - 2 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 085200 - WOOD WINDOWS
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. Jeld-Wen, Inc. b. Kolbe & Kolbe Millwork Co., Inc. c. Pella Corporation. d. Sierra Pacific Windows; Sierra Pacific Industries.
D. Operating Types: Provide the following operating types in locations indicated on Drawings:
1. Double hung.
E. Frames and Sashes: Fine-grained wood lumber complying with AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440; kiln dried to a moisture content of not more than 12 percent at time of fabrication; free of visible finger joints, blue stain, knots, pitch pockets, and surface checks larger than 1/32 inch deep by 2 inches wide; water-repellent preservative treated.
1. Exterior Finish: Aluminum-clad Fiberglass-clad Manufacturer's standard factory-prime coat wood.
a. Aluminum Finish: Manufacturer's standard fluoropolymer two-coat system with fluoropolymer color topcoat containing not less than 70 percent PVDF resin by weight and complying with AAMA 2605. b. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.
2. Interior Finish:. a. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.
F. Insulating-Glass Units: ASTM E 2190.
1. Glass: ASTM C 1036, Type 1, Class 1, q3.
a. Tint: Clear. b. Kind: Fully tempered where indicated on Drawings.
2. Lites: Two. 3. Filling: Fill space between glass lites with argon. 4. Low-E Coating: Pyrolytic on second surface.
G. Glazing System: Manufacturer's standard factory-glazing system that produces weathertight seal.
H. Hardware, General: Provide manufacturer's standard hardware fabricated from aluminum, stainless steel, carbon steel complying with AAMA 907, or other corrosion-resistant material compatible with adjacent materials; designed to smoothly operate, tightly close, and securely lock windows, and sized to accommodate sash weight and dimensions.
1. Exposed Hardware Color and Finish: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.
Frazier Associates 085200 - 3 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 085200 - WOOD WINDOWS
I. Hung Window Hardware:
1. Counterbalancing Mechanism: Complying with AAMA 902, concealed, of size and capacity to hold sash stationary at any open position. 2. Locks and Latches: Allow unobstructed movement of the sash across adjacent sash in direction indicated and operated from the inside only. Provide custodial locks.
J. Weather Stripping: Provide full-perimeter weather stripping for each operable sash unless otherwise indicated.
K. Fasteners: Noncorrosive and compatible with window members, trim, hardware, anchors, and other components.
1. Exposed Fasteners: Do not use exposed fasteners to greatest extent possible. For application of hardware, use fasteners that match finish hardware being fastened.
2.4 INSECT SCREENS
A. General: Fabricate insect screens to integrate with window frame. Provide screen for each operable exterior sash. Screen wickets are not permitted.
1. Type and Location: Full, outside for double-hung sashes.
B. Aluminum Frames: Manufacturer's standard aluminum alloy complying with SMA 1004 or SMA 1201. Fabricate frames with mitered or coped joints or corner extrusions, concealed fasteners, and removable PVC spline/anchor concealing edge of frame.
1. Tubular Framing Sections and Cross Braces: Roll formed from aluminum sheet. 2. Finish for Exterior Screens: Baked-on organic coating in color selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.
C. Glass-Fiber Mesh Fabric: 18-by-14 or 18-by-16 mesh of PVC-coated, glass-fiber threads; woven and fused to form a fabric mesh resistant to corrosion, shrinkage, stretch, impact damage, and weather deterioration. Comply with ASTM D 3656/D 3656M.
1. Mesh Color: Manufacturer's standard.
2.5 FABRICATION
A. Fabricate wood windows in sizes indicated. Include a complete system for installing and anchoring windows.
B. Glaze wood windows in the factory.
C. Weather strip each operable sash to provide weathertight installation.
D. Complete fabrication, assembly, finishing, hardware application, and other work in the factory to greatest extent possible. Disassemble components only as necessary for shipment and installation. Allow for scribing, trimming, and fitting at Project site.
Frazier Associates 085200 - 4 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 085200 - WOOD WINDOWS
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine openings, substrates, structural support, anchorage, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work.
B. Verify rough opening dimensions, levelness of sill plate, and operational clearances.
C. Examine wall flashings, vapor retarders, water and weather barriers, and other built-in components to ensure weathertight window installation.
D. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for installing windows, hardware, accessories, and other components. For installation procedures and requirements not addressed in manufacturer's written instructions, comply with installation requirements in ASTM E 2112.
B. Install windows level, plumb, square, true to line, without distortion, anchored securely in place to structural support, and in proper relation to wall flashing and other adjacent construction to produce weathertight construction.
3.3 ADJUSTING, CLEANING, AND PROTECTION
A. Adjust operating sashes and hardware for a tight fit at contact points and weather stripping for smooth operation and weathertight closure.
B. Clean exposed surfaces immediately after installing windows. Remove excess sealants, glazing materials, dirt, and other substances.
1. Keep protective films and coverings in place until final cleaning.
C. Remove and replace sashes if glass has been broken, chipped, cracked, abraded, or damaged during construction period.
D. Protect window surfaces from contact with contaminating substances resulting from construction operations. If contaminating substances do contact window surfaces, remove contaminants immediately according to manufacturer's written instructions.
END OF SECTION 085200
Frazier Associates 085200 - 5 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Façade Improvements 2018-0040 Front Royal, Virginia Frazier Associates
DIVISION 09 FINISHES
Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 090320 - HISTORIC TREATMENT OF PLASTER
SECTION 090320 - HISTORIC TREATMENT OF PLASTER
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Repair and replacement of historic exterior lime plaster.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 013591 "Historic Treatment Procedures" for general historic treatment requirements. 2. Section 090391 "Historic Treatment of Plain Painting" for paint removal, surface preparation for refinishing, and refinishing of historic plaster surfaces.
1.3 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING
A. Perform historic treatment of plaster in the following sequence, which includes work specified in this and other Sections:
1. Dismantle existing surface-mounted objects and hardware that overlie plaster surfaces except items indicated to remain in place. Tag items with location identification and protect. 2. Verify that temporary protections have been installed. 3. Examine condition of plaster surfaces. 4. Clean plaster surface and remove paint and other finishes to the extent required. 5. Repair and replace existing plaster and supports to the degree required for a uniform, tightly adhered surface on which to paint or apply other finishes. 6. Cure repaired surfaces and allow them to dry for proper finishing. 7. Paint and apply other finishes. 8. Reinstall dismantled surface-mounted objects and hardware unless otherwise indicated.
1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product.
1. Include recommendations for product application and use.
Frazier Associates 090320 - 1 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 090320 - HISTORIC TREATMENT OF PLASTER
1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver packaged materials to Project site in manufacturer's original and unopened containers, labeled with manufacturer's name and type of products.
B. Store materials on elevated platforms, under cover, and in a dry location with ambient temperatures continuously maintained at not less than 45 deg F.
C. Store hydrated lime and factory-prepared lime putty in manufacturer's original and unopened containers. Discard lime if containers have been damaged or have been opened for more than two days.
D. Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers.
E. Store lime putty covered with water in sealed containers.
F. Store sand where grading and other required characteristics can be maintained and contamination avoided.
1.6 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Comply with plaster-material manufacturers' written instructions.
B. Temperatures: Maintain temperatures in work areas at not less than 55 deg F or greater than 80 deg F for at least seven days before application of plaster, continuously during application, and for seven days after plaster has set or until plaster has dried.
C. Avoid conditions that result in plaster drying out too quickly.
1. Distribute heat evenly; prevent concentrated or uneven heat on plaster. 2. Maintain relative humidity levels for prevailing ambient temperature that produce normal drying conditions. 3. Ventilate work areas in a manner that prevents drafts of air from contacting surfaces during plaster application and until plaster is dry.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 LIME-PLASTER MATERIALS
A. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C 206, Type S.
B. Sand Aggregates: ASTM C 897.
1. Finish-Coat Sand: Match size, texture, and gradation of existing sand as closely as possible. Blend several sands if necessary to achieve suitable match.
Frazier Associates 090320 - 2 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 090320 - HISTORIC TREATMENT OF PLASTER
2.2 LATH
A. Metal Lath:
1. Expanded-Metal Lath: ASTM C 847, cold-rolled carbon-steel sheet, ASTM A 653/A 653M, G60, hot-dip galvanized zinc coated. a. Diamond-Mesh Lath: Self-furring, 2.5 lb/sq. yd..
2.3 TRIM ACCESSORIES
A. General: According to ASTM C 1063 for lime plaster; coordinate depth of trim and accessories with thicknesses and number of plaster coats required.
B. Metal Accessories:
1. Casing Beads: Fabricated from zinc or zinc-coated (galvanized) steel; square-edged style; with expanded flanges.
2.4 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. Water for Mixing and Finishing Plaster: Potable and free of substances capable of affecting plaster set or of damaging plaster, lath, or accessories.
B. Fasteners for Attaching Lath to Substrates:
1. For Lime Plaster: ASTM C 1063.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 HISTORIC TREATMENT OF PLASTER, GENERAL
A. Historic Treatment Appearance Standard: Completed work is to have a uniform appearance as viewed by Architec 5 feet from surface and from building exterior at 20 feet away from surface.
B. General: In treating historic plaster, disturb it as minimally as possible and as follows unless otherwise indicated:
1. Dismantle loose, damaged, or deteriorated plaster, lath, and support systems that cannot be repaired. 2. Verify extent of plaster deterioration against that indicated on Drawings. Consult Architect on types and extent of required work. 3. Verify that substrate surface conditions are suitable for repairs. 4. Provide lath, furring, and support systems for plaster included in the work of this Section. 5. Replace lost details in new, wet-applied and cast plaster that replicate existing or indicated plaster configurations. 6. Leave repaired plasterwork in proper condition for painting or applying other finishes as indicated.
Frazier Associates 090320 - 3 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 090320 - HISTORIC TREATMENT OF PLASTER
7. Install temporary protective measures to protect historic surfaces that shall be treated later.
C. Illumination: Perform plastering work with adequate, uniform illumination that does not distort the flatness or curvature of surfaces.
3.2 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for substrate and environmental conditions, installation tolerances, and other conditions affecting performance of the Work.
1. If existing substrates cannot be prepared to an acceptable condition for plastering work, notify Architect in writing. 2. Notify Architect of undocumented detrimental conditions including cracks, bulges, loose backup, rotted wood, rusted metal, and other deteriorated items.
B. Masonry Substrates: Verify that mortar joints are struck flush. Notify Architect of undocumented masonry substrate without flush joints. Proceed with plastering as directed by Architect.
C. Begin historic plastering work only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.3 PREPARATION FOR PLASTERING
A. Substrates: Prepare according to plaster manufacturer's written instructions and as follows:
1. Clean surfaces to remove dust, loose particles, grease, oil, incompatible curing compounds, form-release agents, and other foreign matter and deposits that could impair bond with plaster. 2. Remove ridges and protrusions greater than 1/8 inch and fill depressions greater than 1/4 inch with patching material. Allow to set and dry.
3.4 PLASTER REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT, GENERAL
A. Dismantle plaster that is damaged or deteriorated to the limits indicated. Carefully dismantle areas along straight edges that lie over supports, without damaging surrounding plasterwork.
B. Maintain lath and supporting members in an undamaged condition so far as practicable. Dismantle damaged lath and supports that cannot be repaired or resecured and replace with new work of same type.
C. Notify Architect of undocumented detrimental conditions including cracks, bulges, loose backup, rotted wood, rusted metal, and other deteriorated items.
D. Do not deviate more than plus or minus 1/8 inch in 10 feet from a true plane in finished plaster surfaces, as measured by a 10-foot straightedge placed on surface.
Frazier Associates 090320 - 4 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 090320 - HISTORIC TREATMENT OF PLASTER
E. Clean substrate surfaces to remove grease, waxes, oils, waterborne staining, debris, and other foreign matter and deposits that could impair bond with repair material.
F. Wet masonry bases before plaster application. Keep substrate damp to the touch but without visible water droplets.
G. Wet remaining plaster abutting the replacement plaster before installing new plasterwork.
H. Finish plaster flush with metal frames and other built-in metal items or accessories that act as a plaster ground unless otherwise indicated. Where casing bead does not terminate plaster at metal frame, cut base coat free from metal frame before plaster sets and groove finish coat at junctures with metal.
I. Provide plaster surfaces that are ready to receive field-applied finishes indicated.
3.5 FLAT LIME-PLASTER REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT
A. General: Dismantle deteriorated plaster to existing sound plaster at locations indicated on Drawings.
1. Inspect for lath deterioration. If any, replace lath. 2. Sand bonding surfaces of repair area, and clean the surface with a nonmetallic bristle brush. 3. Wet substrate to damp condition, but without visible water droplets, then install new plaster to original profiles.
B. Lime-Plaster Base Coats:
1. Scratch Coat: 1 part lime putty, 2-1/2 parts base-coat sand. 2. Brown Coat: 1 part lime putty, 3 parts base-coat sand.
C. Lime-Plaster Finishes: Match finish(es) of design reference sample(s).
D. Hairline cracking within the plaster or plaster separation at edge of a replacement is unacceptable. Completely dismantle such work and reinstall or repair as a crack repair.
3.6 REMOVING AND INSTALLING LATH AND ACCESSORIES
A. General: Dismantle existing plaster as necessary to expose deteriorated or rusted lath, wire ties, and support system, back to firm substrates and supports. Repair with new materials, well secured to existing lath in good condition and to building structure.
1. Cutting: Cut lath so it can be taken out completely from one support to the next. Cut to avoid cracking surrounding plaster. 2. Cut out existing base-coat plaster beyond the edges of the new lath to permit new plaster to extend onto the old lath. Then step subsequent plaster coats to permit new plaster to extend over the old material. 3. Fasten new lath to support system and to good existing lath. Wire tie at least every 6 inches.
Frazier Associates 090320 - 5 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 090320 - HISTORIC TREATMENT OF PLASTER
4. Install new lath according to ASTM C 1063 for lime plaster.
B. Notify Architect of undocumented detrimental conditions including cracks, bulges, loose backup, rotted wood, rusted metal, and other deteriorated items.
C. Metal Lath: Install according to ASTM C 1063 for lime plaster.
1. Partition Framing and Vertical Furring: Install lath. 2. Flat-Ceiling and Horizontal Framing: Install lath. 3. Curved-Ceiling Framing: Install flat diamond-mesh lath. 4. On Solid Surfaces, Not Otherwise Furred: Install self-furring, diamond-mesh lath.
3.7 PATCH-TYPE REPAIR
A. General: Patch voids, fractured surfaces, and crushed areas in otherwise sound plaster that are larger than cracks.
1. Notify Architect of undocumented detrimental conditions including cracks, bulges, loose backup, rotted wood, rusted metal, and other deteriorated items. 2. Inspect for deterioration of supporting plaster and lath, and repair or replace deteriorated material as required for a sound substrate. 3. Rake perimeter of hole to sound plaster, and slightly undercut existing plaster to enable replacement plaster to tuck behind existing plaster. 4. Replace missing lath in kind. Bridge gaps in wood lath with expanded-metal lath, overlapping wood by 6 inches and fastening them together. 5. Clean hole to remove loose materials and other foreign matter and deposits that could impair bond with repair material. Where grease, waxes, oils, waterborne staining, or other foreign matter and deposits that could impair bond with repair material have penetrated into the plaster, enlarge the hole to remove these deposits. 6. Wet substrate to damp condition, but without visible water droplets, then install patch material to original profiles. 7. Maintain adjacent plasterwork in an undamaged condition so far as practicable.
B. Lime-Plaster Mix: 1 part lime putty, 3 parts sand.
C. Finishing: Finish flat surfaces flush and with same texture as adjacent existing plaster. For molded plaster shapes, tool surface to restore the sharp edges and the shape of the molded shape to original contours.
D. Hairline cracking within the plaster or plaster separation at edge of a patch is unacceptable. Completely dismantle such work and reinstall or repair.
3.8 HAIRLINE CRACK REPAIR
A. General: Repair cracks 1/32 inch in width or narrower in otherwise sound plaster.
1. Notify Architect of undocumented detrimental conditions including cracks, bulges, loose backup, rotted wood, rusted metal, and other deteriorated items. 2. Maintain adjacent plasterwork in an undamaged condition so far as practicable.
Frazier Associates 090320 - 6 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 090320 - HISTORIC TREATMENT OF PLASTER
B. Existing Topcoat: Open crack in existing topcoat to at least 1/8 inch in width and check for broken fiber reinforcement in base coats.
C. Existing Base Coats: Do not open crack wider in existing base coats unless inspection or other indication shows that the fiber reinforcement has broken. Where inspections indicate failure of fiber reinforcement, proceed as for a large crack repair, but only for length of crack with broken fiber reinforcement.
D. Clean out crack to remove loose materials and other foreign matter and deposits that could impair bond with repair material. Where grease, waxes, oils, waterborne staining, or other foreign matter and deposits that could impair bond with repair material have penetrated into the topcoat plaster, widen the crack and sand surface of the exposed basecoat to remove these deposits.
E. Wet substrate to damp condition, but without visible water droplets.
F. Force finish-coat plaster without aggregate into crack, filling crack to original plaster profile.
G. Finishing: Finish flat surfaces flush and with same texture as adjacent existing plaster. For molded plaster shapes, tool surface to restore the sharp edges and the shape of the molded shape to original contours.
3.9 LARGE CRACK REPAIR
A. General: Repair cracks over 1/32 inch in width in otherwise sound plaster.
1. Notify Architect of undocumented detrimental conditions including cracks, bulges, loose backup, rotted wood, rusted metal, and other deteriorated items. 2. Maintain adjacent plasterwork in an undamaged condition so far as practicable.
B. Open crack to at least 1/8 inch in width and full depth with V-groove tool, and check for bond separation or lath deterioration.
C. Abrade side surfaces of crack and remove inner crack debris by gouging (keying) the inside area of the crack.
D. Clean out crack to remove loose materials and other foreign matter and deposits that could impair bond with repair material. Where grease, waxes, oils, waterborne staining, or other foreign matter and deposits that could impair bond with repair material have penetrated into the plaster, widen the crack to remove these deposits.
E. Wet substrate to damp condition, but without visible water droplets.
F. Install finish-coat plaster to fill crack to original plaster profile.
G. Finishing: Finish flat surfaces flush and with same texture as adjacent existing plaster. For molded plaster shapes, tool surface to restore the sharp edges and the shape of the molded shape to original contours.
Frazier Associates 090320 - 7 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 090320 - HISTORIC TREATMENT OF PLASTER
H. Offset Cracks: If the crack is offset in surface plane by more than 1/8 inch, dismantle the plaster on each side of the crack, a minimum width of 6 inches and down to the lath or other substrate. Then, repair as specified for flat-plaster removal and replacement.
3.10 REATTACHMENT OF DELAMINATED PLASTER
A. General: Reattach plaster that has detached from its wooden lath at locations indicated on Drawings.
1. Notify Architect of undocumented detrimental conditions including cracks, bulges, loose backup, rotted wood, rusted metal, and other deteriorated items. 2. Maintain adjacent plasterwork in an undamaged condition so far as practicable.
B. Verify extent of detachment of plaster that has not yet fallen by tapping on plaster surface and evaluating the hollow or solid resonance.
C. Protect floors from spillage and debris in the vicinity of work. Use materials resistant to the passage of fluids used in work.
D. Drill 1/4-inch injection ports (holes) through the plaster spaced 3 to 6 inches apart over surface of detached plaster. Dislodge loose plaster particles, and vacuum debris from holes.
E. Prewet injection ports, gaps at edges of lost plaster, back of plaster, and wooden lath with prewet solution.
F. Inject adhesive into ports, enough to fill gaps between detached plaster and lath, and inject into gaps at edges of lost plaster.
G. Clean off excess and smeared adhesive while wet.
H. Apply temporary battens over surface of treated plaster to prevent further separation during repair work. Secure battens in place against plaster with screws through the battens and plaster and into the wood lath.
I. Maintain temporary battens in place for a week or more, allowing adhesive to coalesce and dry.
J. Remove battens, patch holes and missing plaster, and repair cracks.
3.11 INSTALLATION TOLERANCES
A. Completed plaster installation shall not deviate from a true plane by more than 1/8 inch as measured by a 5-foot straightedge placed at any location on a surface, except where existing plaster is retained as a substrate for new plasterwork.
3.12 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. Protect work of other trades against damage. Promptly remove plaster from surfaces not indicated to be repaired or plastered. Do not scratch or damage finished surfaces.
Frazier Associates 090320 - 8 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 090320 - HISTORIC TREATMENT OF PLASTER
B. Repair floors, walls, and other surfaces stained, marred, or otherwise damaged during plastering.
C. Correct damage to other historic surfaces and to new work of other trades by cleaning, repairing, replacing, and refinishing, as approved by Architect, and leave in an undamaged condition.
D. Remove temporary protection and enclosure of other work.
END OF SECTION 090320
Frazier Associates 090320 - 9 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 090391 - HISTORIC TREATMENT OF PLAIN PAINTING
SECTION 090391 - HISTORIC TREATMENT OF PLAIN PAINTING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes historic treatment of plain painting as follows:
1. Removing existing paint. 2. Repairing substrates. 3. Plain painting of historic surfaces.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Gloss Level 1: Not more than 5 units at 60 degrees and 10 units at 85 degrees, according to ASTM D 523.
B. Gloss Level 2: Not more than 10 units at 60 degrees and 10 to 35 units at 85 degrees, according to ASTM D 523.
C. Gloss Level 3: 10 to 25 units at 60 degrees and 10 to 35 units at 85 degrees, according to ASTM D 523.
D. Gloss Level 4: 20 to 35 units at 60 degrees and not less than 35 units at 85 degrees, according to ASTM D 523.
E. Gloss Level 5: 35 to 70 units at 60 degrees, according to ASTM D 523.
F. Gloss Level 6: 70 to 85 units at 60 degrees, according to ASTM D 523.
G. Gloss Level 7: More than 85 units at 60 degrees, according to ASTM D 523.
H. Historic Paint Materials: Paint materials manufactured to match historic paint formulations; either custom-formulated products or standard products of manufacturers of historic paint materials.
I. Modern Paint Materials: Paint materials not designed to match historic paint formulations but that may be required to match historic paint colors.
J. Plain Painting: For historic treatment, this means painting that requires attention to historic treatment requirements, but no special, decorative or artistic painting skill.
Frazier Associates 090391 - 1 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 090391 - HISTORIC TREATMENT OF PLAIN PAINTING
K. Low-Pressure Spray: 100 to 400 psi; 4 to 6 gpm.
L. Medium-Pressure Spray: 400 to 800 psi; 4 to 6 gpm.
1.4 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING
A. Perform historic treatment of painting in the following sequence, which includes work specified in this and other Sections:
1. Dismantle existing surface-mounted objects and hardware except items indicated to remain in place. Tag items with location identification and protect. 2. Verify that temporary protections have been installed. 3. Examine condition of surfaces to be painted. 4. Remove existing paint to the degree required for each substrate and surface condition of existing paint. 5. Apply paint system. 6. Reinstall dismantled surface-mounted objects and hardware unless otherwise indicated.
1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product.
1. Include recommendations for product application and use. Include test data substantiating that products comply with requirements.
1.6 PRECONSTRUCTION TESTING
A. Preconstruction Testing Service: Engage a qualified historic treatment specialist to perform preconstruction testing of cleaning materials, paint removers and compatibility of paint coatings and systems for each type of historic painted surface.
1. Use test areas as indicated and representative of proposed materials and existing construction. 2. Propose changes to materials and methods to suit Project.
1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in well-ventilated areas with ambient temperatures continuously maintained at not less than 45 deg F.
1. Maintain containers in clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. 2. Remove rags and waste daily.
Frazier Associates 090391 - 2 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 090391 - HISTORIC TREATMENT OF PLAIN PAINTING
1.8 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Weather Limitations: Proceed with historic treatment of painting only when existing and forecasted weather conditions are within the environmental limits set by each manufacturer's written instructions and specified requirements.
B. Apply paints only when temperature of surfaces to be painted and ambient air temperatures are between 50 and 95 deg F.
C. Do not apply paint in snow, rain, fog, or mist; when relative humidity exceeds 85 percent; at temperatures less than 5 deg F above the dew point; or to damp or wet surfaces.
1. Painting may continue during inclement weather if surfaces and areas to be painted are enclosed and heated within temperature limits specified by manufacturer for surface preparation and during paint application and drying periods.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PREPARATORY CLEANING MATERIALS
A. Water: Potable.
B. Hot Water: Water heated to a temperature of 140 to 160 deg F.
C. Detergent Solution: Solution prepared by mixing 2 cups of tetrasodium pyrophosphate (TSPP), 1/2 cup of laundry detergent that contains no ammonia, 5 quarts of 5 percent sodium hypochlorite bleach, and 15 quarts of warm water for every 5 gal. of solution required.
D. Mildewcide: Commercial proprietary mildewcide or a job-mixed solution prepared by mixing 1/3 cup of household detergent that contains no ammonia, 1 quart of 5 percent sodium hypochlorite bleach, and 3 quarts of warm water.
E. Abrasives for Ferrous Metal Cleaning: Aluminum oxide paper, emery paper, fine steel wool, steel scrapers, and steel-wire brushes of various sizes.
2.2 PAINT REMOVERS
A. Alkaline Paste Paint Remover: Manufacturer's standard alkaline paste or gel formulation for removing paint from masonry, stone, wood, plaster, or metal as required to suit Project; and containing no methylene chloride.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. American Building Restoration Products, Inc. b. Diedrich Technologies, Inc.; a Hohmann & Barnard company. c. PROSOCO, Inc.
Frazier Associates 090391 - 3 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 090391 - HISTORIC TREATMENT OF PLAIN PAINTING
B. Covered or Skin-Forming Alkaline Paint Remover: Manufacturer's standard covered or skin- forming alkaline paste or gel formulation for removing paint from masonry, stone, wood, plaster, or metal as required to suit Project; and containing no methylene chloride.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. American Building Restoration Products, Inc. b. Dumond Chemicals, Inc.
C. Solvent-Type Paste Paint Remover: Manufacturer's standard water-rinsable, solvent-type paste or gel formulation for removing paint from masonry, stone, wood, plaster, or metal as required to suit Project.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. Diedrich Technologies, Inc.; a Hohmann & Barnard company. b. Hydroclean; Hydrochemical Techniques, Inc. c. PROSOCO, Inc.
D. Low-Odor, Solvent-Type Paste Paint Remover: Manufacturer's standard low-odor, water- rinsable, solvent-type paste, gel, or foamed emulsion formulation for removing paint from masonry, stone, wood, plaster, or metal as required to suit Project; and containing no methanol or methylene chloride.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. American Building Restoration Products, Inc. b. Dumond Chemicals, Inc. c. PROSOCO, Inc.
E. Covered, Solvent-Type Paste Paint Remover: Manufacturer's standard, low-odor, covered, water-rinsable, solvent-type paste or gel formulation for removing paint from masonry, stone, wood, plaster, or metal as required to suit Project; and containing no methanol or methylene chloride.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. Dumond Chemicals, Inc. b. PROSOCO, Inc.
Frazier Associates 090391 - 4 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 090391 - HISTORIC TREATMENT OF PLAIN PAINTING
2.3 PAINT, GENERAL
A. Material Compatibility:
1. Provide materials for use within each paint system that are compatible with one another and substrates indicated, under conditions of service and application as demonstrated by manufacturer, based on testing and field experience. 2. For each coat in a paint system, provide products recommended in writing by manufacturers of topcoat for use in paint system and on substrate indicated.
B. Colors: Match Architect's samples As selected by Architect from full range of industry colors As indicted on the Drawings.
2.4 MODERN PAINT MATERIALS, GENERAL
A. MPI Standards: Provide products that comply with MPI standards indicated and that are listed in its "MPI Approved Products List."
B. Transition Coat: Paint manufacturer's recommended coating for use where a residual existing coating is incompatible with the paint system.
2.5 MODERN PAINT MATERIAL MANUFACTURERS
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:
1. Benjamin Moore & Co. 2. Coronado Paint; Benjamin Moore Company. 3. Sherwin-Williams.
2.6 MODERN PAINT MATERIALS
A. Metal Primers:
1. Primer, Alkyd, Anti-Corrosive for Metal:[ MPI #79.]
a. Basis-of-Design Product: Sherwin-Williams ; Kem Bond.
B. Wood Primers:
1. Primer, Alkyd for Exterior Wood:[ MPI #5.]
a. Basis-of-Design Product: Shermin-Williams; Extreme Block.
C. Water-Based Paints:
1. Latex, Exterior Semigloss (Gloss Level 5):[ MPI #11.]
a. Basis-of-Design Product: Sherwin Williams; Duration.
Frazier Associates 090391 - 5 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 090391 - HISTORIC TREATMENT OF PLAIN PAINTING
D. Solvent-Based Paints:
1. Alkyd, Exterior, Semigloss (Gloss Level 5):[ MPI #94.]
a. Basis-of-Design Product: Sherwin Williams; Protective & Marine.
2.7 PATCHING MATERIALS
A. Wood-Patching Compound: Two-part, epoxy-resin, wood-patching compound; knife-grade formulation as recommended in writing by manufacturer for type of wood repair indicated, tooling time required for the detail of work, and site conditions. Compound shall be designed for filling voids in damaged wood materials that have deteriorated due to weathering and decay. Compound shall be capable of filling deep holes and spreading to feather edge.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. Abatron, Inc. b. Advanced Repair Technology, Inc. c. Polymeric Systems, Inc.
B. Metal Patching Compound: Two-part, polyester-resin, metal patching compound; knife-grade formulation as recommended in writing by manufacturer for type of metal repair indicated, tooling time required for the detail of work, and site conditions. Compound shall be produced for filling metal that has deteriorated due to corrosion. Filler shall be capable of filling deep holes and spreading to feather edge.
C. Cementitious Patching Compounds: Cementitious patching compounds and repair materials specifically manufactured for filling cementitious substrates and for sanding or tooling prior to repainting; formulation as recommended in writing by manufacturer for type of cementitious substrate indicated, exposure to weather and traffic, the detail of work, and site conditions.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PROTECTION
A. Comply with each manufacturer's written instructions for protecting building and other surfaces against damage from exposure to its products. Prevent chemical solutions from coming into contact with people, motor vehicles, landscaping, buildings, and other surfaces that could be harmed by such contact.
1. Cover adjacent surfaces with materials that are proven to resist chemical solutions being used unless the solutions will not damage adjacent surfaces. Use protective materials that are UV resistant and waterproof. Apply masking agents to comply with manufacturer's written instructions. Do not apply liquid masking agent to painted or porous surfaces. When no longer needed, promptly remove masking to prevent adhesive staining.
Frazier Associates 090391 - 6 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 090391 - HISTORIC TREATMENT OF PLAIN PAINTING
2. Do not apply chemical solutions during winds of sufficient force to spread them to unprotected surfaces. 3. Neutralize and collect alkaline and acid wastes before disposal. 4. Dispose of runoff from operations by legal means and in a manner that prevents soil erosion, undermining of paving and foundations, damage to landscaping, and water penetration into building interiors.
3.2 HISTORIC TREATMENT OF PAINTING, GENERAL
A. Historic Treatment Appearance Standard: Completed work is to have a uniform appearance as viewed by Architect from painted surface and from building exterior at 20 feet away from painted surface.
B. Execution of the Work: In treating historic items, disturb them as minimally as possible and as follows:
1. Remove failed coatings and corrosion and repaint. 2. Verify that substrate surface conditions are suitable for painting. 3. Allow other trades to repair items in place and retain as much original material as possible before repainting. 4. Reproduce original, historic paint systems where indicated or scheduled. 5. Install temporary protective measures to protect historic painted surfaces that shall be treated later.
C. Mechanical Abrasion: Where mechanical abrasion is needed for the work, use only the gentlest mechanical methods, such as scraping and lightly hand sanding, that will not abrade softer substrates, reducing clarity of detail. Do not use abrasive methods such as rotary sanding, rotary wire brushing, or power tools except as indicated as part of the historic treatment program and as approved by Architect.
D. Heat Processes: Do not use torches, heat guns, or heat plates.
3.3 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates and conditions, with historic treatment specialist present, for compliance with requirements for maximum moisture content and other conditions affecting performance of painting work. Comply with paint manufacturer's written instructions for inspection.
B. Maximum Moisture Content of Substrates: Do not begin application of coatings unless moisture content of exposed surface is below the maximum value recommended in writing by paint manufacturer and not greater than the following maximum values when measured with an electronic moisture meter appropriate to the substrate material:
1. Gypsum Plaster: 12 percent. 2. Masonry (Clay and CMU): 12 percent. 3. Wood: 15 percent.
Frazier Associates 090391 - 7 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 090391 - HISTORIC TREATMENT OF PLAIN PAINTING
C. Alkalinity: Do not begin application of coatings unless surface alkalinity is within range recommended in writing by paint manufacturer. Conduct alkali testing with litmus paper on exposed plaster, cementitious, and masonry surfaces.
D. Verify suitability of substrates, including surface conditions and compatibility with existing finishes and primers.
1. If existing surfaces cannot be prepared to an acceptable condition for proper finishing by using specified surface-preparation methods, notify Architect in writing.
E. Begin coating application only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected and surfaces are dry.
1. Beginning coating application constitutes Contractor's acceptance of substrates and conditions.
3.4 PREPARATORY CLEANING
A. General: Use only the gentlest, appropriate method necessary to clean surfaces in preparation for painting. Clean all surfaces, corners, contours, and interstices.
B. Detergent Cleaning: Wash surfaces by hand using clean rags, sponges, and bristle brushes. Scrub surface with detergent solution and bristle brush until soil is thoroughly dislodged and can be removed by rinsing. Use small brushes to remove soil from joints and crevices. Dip brush in solution often to ensure that adequate fresh detergent is used and that surface remains wet. Rinse with water applied by clean rags or sponges.
C. Mildew: Clean off existing mildew, algae, moss, plant material, loose paint, grease, dirt, and other debris by scrubbing with bristle brush or sponge and detergent solution. Scrub mildewed areas with mildewcide. Rinse with water applied by clean rags or sponges.
D. Mechanical Rust Removal:
1. Remove rust with approved abrasives for ferrous-metal cleaning. Clean to bright metal. 2. Wipe off residue with mineral spirits and either steel wool or soft rags. 3. Dry immediately with clean, soft cloths. Follow direction of grain in metal. 4. Prime immediately to prevent rust. Do not touch cleaned metal surface until primed.
3.5 PAINT REMOVAL
A. General: Remove paint where indicated. Where cleaning methods have been attempted and further removal of the paint is required because of incompatible or unsatisfactory surfaces for repainting, remove paint to extent required by conditions.
1. Application: Apply paint removers according to paint-remover manufacturer's written instructions. Do not allow paint removers to remain on surface for periods longer than those indicated or recommended in writing by manufacturer.
Frazier Associates 090391 - 8 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 090391 - HISTORIC TREATMENT OF PLAIN PAINTING
a. Apply materials to all surfaces, corners, contours, and interstices, to provide a uniform final appearance without streaks. b. After work is complete, remove protection no longer required. Remove tape and adhesive marks.
2. Brushes: Use brushes that are resistant to chemicals being used.
a. Metal Substrates: If using wire brushes on metal , use brushes of same metal composition as metal being treated. b. Wood Substrates: Do not use wire brushes.
3. Spray Equipment: Use spray equipment that provides controlled application at volume and pressure indicated, measured at nozzle. Adjust pressure and volume to ensure that spray methods do not damage surfaces.
a. Equip units with pressure gages. b. Unless otherwise indicated, hold spray nozzle at least 6 inches from surface and apply material in horizontal, back-and-forth sweeping motion, overlapping previous strokes to produce uniform coverage. c. For chemical spray application, use low-pressure tank or chemical pump suitable for chemical indicated, equipped with nozzle having a cone-shaped spray. d. For water-spray application, use fan-shaped spray tip that disperses water at an angle of 25 to 50 degrees. e. For heated water-spray application, use equipment capable of maintaining temperature between 140 and 160 deg F at flow rates indicated.
B. Paint Removal with Hand Tools: Remove paint manually using hand-held scrapers, wire brushes, sandpaper, and metallic wool as appropriate for the substrate material. Do not use other methods except as indicated as part of the historic treatment program and as approved by Architect.
3.6 SUBSTRATE REPAIR
A. General: Repair substrate surface defects that are inconsistent with the surface appearance of adjacent materials and finishes.
B. Wood Substrate:
1. Repair wood defects including dents and gouges more than 1/4 inch in size and all holes and cracks by filling with wood-patching compound and sanding smooth. Reset or remove protruding fasteners. 2. Where existing paint is allowed to remain, sand irregular buildup of paint, runs, and sags to achieve a uniformly smooth surface.
C. Cementitious Material Substrate:
1. General: Repair defects including dents and chips more than 1/2 inch in size and all holes and cracks by filling with cementitious patching compound and sanding smooth. Remove protruding fasteners.
Frazier Associates 090391 - 9 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 090391 - HISTORIC TREATMENT OF PLAIN PAINTING
2. New and Bare Plaster: Neutralize surface of plaster with mild acid solution as recommended in writing by paint manufacturer. In lieu of acid neutralization, follow manufacturer's written instruction for primer or transition coat over alkaline plaster surfaces. 3. Concrete, Cement Plaster, and Other Cementitious Products: Remove efflorescence, chalk, dust, dirt, grease, oils, and release agents. If surfaces are too alkaline to paint, correct this condition before painting.
D. Metal Substrate:
1. Preparation: Treat repair locations by wire-brushing and solvent cleaning. Use chemical or mechanical rust removal method to clean off rust. 2. Defects in Metal Surfaces: Repair non-load-bearing defects in existing metal surfaces, including dents and gouges more than 1/8 inch deep or 1/2 inch across and all holes and cracks by filling with metal patching compound and sanding smooth. Remove burrs and protruding fasteners. 3. Priming: Prime iron and steel surfaces immediately after repair to prevent flash rusting. Stripe paint corners, crevices, bolts, welds, and sharp edges. Apply two coats to surfaces that are inaccessible after completion of the Work.
3.7 PAINT APPLICATION, GENERAL
A. Comply with manufacturers' written instructions for application methods unless otherwise indicated in this Section.
B. Prepare surfaces to be painted according to the Surface-Preparation Schedule and with manufacturer's written instructions for each substrate condition.
C. Apply a transition coat over incompatible existing coatings.
D. Metal Substrate: Stripe paint corners, crevices, bolts, welds, and sharp edges before applying full coat. Apply two coats to surfaces that are inaccessible after completion of the Work. Tint stripe coat different than the main coating and apply with brush.
E. Blending Plain Painted Surfaces: When painting new substrates patched into existing surfaces or touching up missing or damaged finishes, apply coating system specified for the specific substrate. Apply final finish coat over entire surface from edge to edge and corner to corner.
3.8 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. At end of each workday, remove rubbish, empty cans, rags, and other discarded materials from Project site.
B. After completing paint application, clean spattered surfaces. Remove spattered paints by washing, scraping, or other methods. Do not scratch or damage adjacent finished surfaces.
C. Protect work of other trades against damage from paint application. Correct damage to work of other trades by cleaning, repairing, replacing, and refinishing, as approved by Architect, and leave in an undamaged condition.
Frazier Associates 090391 - 10 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 090391 - HISTORIC TREATMENT OF PLAIN PAINTING
D. At completion of construction activities of other trades, touch up and restore damaged or defaced painted surfaces.
3.9 SURFACE-PREPARATION SCHEDULE
A. General: Before painting, prepare surfaces where indicated on Drawings for painting according to applicable requirements specified in this schedule.
1. Examine surfaces to evaluate each surface condition according to paragraphs below. 2. Where existing degree of soiling prevents examination, preclean surface and allow it to dry before making an evaluation. 3. Repair substrate defects according to "Substrate Repair" Article.
B. Surface Preparation for [MPI DSD 0] Degree of Surface Degradation:
1. Surface Condition: Existing paint film in good condition and tightly adhered. 2. Paint Removal: Not required. 3. Preparation for Painting: Wash surface by detergent cleaning; use solvent cleaning where needed. Roughen or degloss cleaned surfaces to ensure paint adhesion according to paint manufacturer's written instructions.
C. Surface Preparation for [MPI DSD 2] Degree of Surface Degradation:
1. Surface Condition: Paint film loose, flaking, or peeling. 2. Paint Removal: Remove loose, flaking, or peeling paint film by hand-tool or chemical paint-removal methods. 3. Preparation for Painting: Wash surface by detergent cleaning; use solvent cleaning where needed. Use other cleaning methods for small areas of bare substrate if required. Sand surfaces to smooth remaining paint film edges. Prepare bare cleaned surface to be painted according to paint manufacturer's written instructions for substrate construction materials.
D. Surface Preparation for [MPI DSD 3] Degree of Surface Degradation:
1. Surface Condition: Paint film severely deteriorated. 2. Paint Removal: Completely remove paint film by hand-tool or chemical paint-removal methods. Remove rust. 3. Preparation for Painting: Prepare bare cleaned surface according to paint manufacturer's written instructions for substrate construction materials.
E. Surface Preparation for [MPI DSD 4] Degree of Surface Degradation:
1. Surface Condition: Missing material, small holes and openings, and deteriorated or corroded substrate. 2. Substrate Preparation: Repair, replace, and treat substrate according to "Substrate Repair" Article. 3. Preparation for Painting: Sand substrate surfaces to smooth remaining paint film edges and prepare according to paint manufacturer's written instructions for substrate construction materials. Remove rust. 4. Painting: Paint as required for [MPI DSD 2] degree of surface degradation.
Frazier Associates 090391 - 11 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 090391 - HISTORIC TREATMENT OF PLAIN PAINTING
3.10 EXTERIOR HISTORIC PAINTING SCHEDULE
A. Ferrous Metal Substrates::
1. Alkyd System: [MPI REX 5.1D] over a transition coat.
a. Prime Coat: For [MPI DSD 2] degree of surface degradation, spot prime with Primer, Metal, Surface Tolerant MPI #79[, MPI #23]. b. Prime Coat: For [MPI DSD 3] degree of surface degradation, fully prime coat with Primer, Metal, Surface Tolerant MPI #79. c. Intermediate Coat: Alkyd, exterior, matching topcoat. d. Topcoat: Alkyd, exterior, semigloss (Gloss Level 5)[, MPI #94]. e. Color: Match colors indicated on Drawings.
B. Wood Columns Beams Ceilings Siding and Fencing:
1. Latex System: [MPI REX 6.2A] system over a transition coat.
a. Prime Coat: For [MPI DSD 2] degree of surface degradation, spot prime with Primer, Latex for Exterior Wood. b. Prime Coat: For [MPI DSD 3] degree of surface degradation, fully prime coat with Primer, Latex for Exterior Wood. c. Topcoat: Latex, exterior semigloss (Gloss Level 5)[, MPI #11]. d. Color: Match colors indicated on Drawings.
C. Wood Doors Windows Frames Casings and Smooth Fasciae:
1. Latex System: [MPI REX 6.3A] system over a transition coat.
a. Prime Coat: For [MPI DSD 2] degree of surface degradation, spot prime with Primer, Alkyd for Exterior Wood[, MPI #5]. b. Prime Coat: For [MPI DSD 3] degree of surface degradation, fully prime coat with Primer, Alkyd for Exterior Wood[, MPI #5]. c. Topcoat: Latex, exterior semigloss (Gloss Level 5)[, MPI #11]. d. Color: Match colors indicated on Drawings.
D. Wood Siding :
1. Latex System: system over a transition coat.
a. Prime Coat: For [MPI DSD 2] degree of surface degradation, spot prime with Primer, Alkyd for Exterior Wood[, MPI #5]. b. Prime Coat: For [MPI DSD 3] degree of surface degradation, fully prime coat with Primer, Alkyd for Exterior Wood[, MPI #5]. c. Topcoat: Latex, exterior semigloss (Gloss Level 5)[, MPI #11]. d. Color: Match colors indicated on Drawings.
END OF SECTION 090391
Frazier Associates 090391 - 12 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Façade Improvements 2018-0040 Front Royal, Virginia Frazier Associates
DIVISION 10 SPECIALTIES Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 101423 - PANEL SIGNAGE
SECTION 101423 - PANEL SIGNAGE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Panel signs.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Accessible: In accordance with the accessibility standard.
1.4 COORDINATION
A. Furnish templates for placement of sign-anchorage devices embedded in permanent construction by other installers.
1.5 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Field Measurements: Verify locations of anchorage devices embedded in permanent construction by other installers by field measurements before fabrication, and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Structural Performance: Signs and supporting elements shall withstand the effects of gravity and other loads within limits and under conditions indicated.
1. Uniform Wind Load: 100 MPH. 2. Uniform and concentrated loads need not be assumed to act concurrently.
B. Thermal Movements: For exterior signs, allow for thermal movements from ambient and surface temperature changes.
Frazier Associates 101423 - 1 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 101423 - PANEL SIGNAGE
1. Temperature Change: 120 deg F, ambient; 180 deg F, material surfaces.
2.2 PANEL SIGNS
A. Panel Sign : Sign with smooth, uniform surfaces; with message and characters having uniform faces, sharp corners, and precisely formed lines and profiles; and as follows:
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. APCO Graphics, Inc. b. ASI Sign Systems, Inc. c. Fossil Industries, Inc. d. Sign Bracket Store.
2. Solid-Sheet Sign, Returns, and Back: [Aluminum] sheet with finish specified in "Surface Finish and Applied Graphics" Subparagraph and as follows:
a. Thickness: Manufacturer's standard for size of sign. b. Surface-Applied, Flat Graphics: Applied paint or photo image.
3. Laminated Aluminum-Sheet Sign: Aluminum sheet laminated to both sides of [phenolic] core sheet with painted edges.
a. Composite-Sheet Thickness: Manufacturer's standard for size of sign. b. Surface-Applied, Flat Graphics: Applied vinyl film paint photo image.
4. Sign-Panel Perimeter: Finish edges smooth.
a. Edge Condition: Bullnosed. b. Corner Condition in Elevation: Rounded to radius indicated.
5. Mounting: Projecting from wall Aluminum bracket with countersunk flathead through fasteners. 6. Surface Finish and Applied Graphics:
a. Integral Metal Finish: [As selected by Architect from full range of industry finishes] . b. Integral Aluminum Finish: [Clear anodized] [Light bronze anodized] [Medium bronze anodized] [Match Architect's sample] [Anodized color as selected by Architect from full range of industry colors and color densities] . c. Painted Finish and Graphics: Manufacturer's standard, factory-applied exterior- grade sign paint, in color as selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. d. Photo-Image Graphics: Manufacturer's standard multicolor, 600-dpi halftone or dot-screen image. e. Overcoat: Manufacturer's standard baked-on clear coating.
7. Text and Typeface: to be provided by Building Owner..
Frazier Associates 101423 - 2 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 101423 - PANEL SIGNAGE
8. Flatness Tolerance: Sign shall remain flat or uniformly curved under installed conditions as indicated on Drawings and within a tolerance of plus or minus 1/16 inch measured diagonally from corner to corner.
2.3 PANEL-SIGN MATERIALS
A. Aluminum Sheet and Plate: ASTM B 209, alloy and temper recommended by aluminum producer and finisher for type of use and finish indicated.
B. PVC Sheet: Manufacturer's standard, UV-light stable, PVC plastic.
C. Vinyl Film: UV-resistant vinyl film of nominal thickness indicated, with pressure-sensitive, permanent adhesive on back; die cut to form characters or images as indicated on Drawings and suitable for exterior applications.
D. Paints and Coatings for Sheet Materials: Inks, dyes, and paints that are recommended by manufacturer for optimum adherence to surface and are UV and water resistant for colors and exposure indicated.
2.4 ACCESSORIES
A. Fasteners and Anchors: Manufacturer's standard as required for secure anchorage of signs, noncorrosive and compatible with each material joined, and complying with the following unless otherwise indicated:
1. Sign Mounting Fasteners:
a. Through Fasteners: Exposed metal fasteners matching sign finish, with type of head indicated, and installed in predrilled holes.
2. Inserts: Furnish inserts to be set by other installers into concrete or masonry work.
2.5 FABRICATION
A. General: Provide manufacturer's standard sign assemblies according to requirements indicated.
1. Preassemble signs in the shop to greatest extent possible. Disassemble signs and assemblies only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Clearly mark units for reassembly and installation; apply markings in locations concealed from view after final assembly. 2. Mill joints to a tight, hairline fit. Form assemblies and joints exposed to weather to resist water penetration and retention. 3. Comply with AWS for recommended practices in welding and brazing. Provide welds and brazes behind finished surfaces without distorting or discoloring exposed side. Clean exposed welded and brazed connections of flux, and dress exposed and contact surfaces. 4. Conceal connections if possible; otherwise, locate connections where they are inconspicuous. 5. Internally brace signs for stability, to meet structural performance loading without oil- canning or other surface deformation, and for securing fasteners.
Frazier Associates 101423 - 3 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 101423 - PANEL SIGNAGE
6. Provide rabbets, lugs, and tabs necessary to assemble components and to attach to existing work. Drill and tap for required fasteners. Use concealed fasteners where possible; use exposed fasteners that match sign finish.
B. Surface-Engraved Graphics: Machine engrave characters and other graphic devices into indicated sign surface to produce precisely formed copy, incised to uniform depth.
1. Engraved Metal: Fill engraved graphics with manufacturer's standard baked enamel. 2. Engraved Opaque Acrylic Sheet: Fill engraved graphics with manufacturer's standard enamel. 3. Face-Engraved Clear Acrylic Sheet: Fill engraved copy with manufacturer's standard enamel. Apply manufacturer's standard opaque background color coating to back face of acrylic sheet. 4. Engraved Plastic Laminate: Engrave through exposed face ply of plastic-laminate sheet to expose contrasting core ply.
C. Subsurface-Applied Graphics: Apply graphics to back face of clear face-sheet material to produce precisely formed image. Image shall be free of rough edges.
D. Subsurface-Engraved Graphics: Reverse engrave back face of clear face-sheet material. Fill resulting copy with manufacturer's standard enamel. Apply opaque manufacturer's standard background color coating over enamel-filled copy.
E. Shop- and Subsurface-Applied Vinyl: Align vinyl film in final position and apply to surface. Firmly press film from the middle outward to obtain good bond without blisters or fishmouths.
F. Brackets: Fabricate brackets, fittings, and hardware for bracket-mounted signs to suit sign construction and mounting conditions indicated. Modify manufacturer's standard brackets as required.
1. Aluminum Brackets: Factory finish brackets with baked-enamel or powder-coat finish to match sign-background color
2.6 GENERAL FINISH REQUIREMENTS
A. Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping.
B. Appearance of Finished Work: Noticeable variations in same piece are not acceptable. Variations in appearance of adjoining components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast.
C. Directional Finishes: Run grain with long dimension of each piece and perpendicular to long dimension of finished trim or border surface unless otherwise indicated.
D. Organic, Anodic, and Chemically Produced Finishes: Apply to formed metal after fabrication but before applying contrasting polished finishes on raised features unless otherwise indicated.
Frazier Associates 101423 - 4 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 101423 - PANEL SIGNAGE
2.7 ALUMINUM FINISHES
A. Baked-Enamel or Powder-Coat Finish: AAMA 2603 except with a minimum dry film thickness of 1.5 mils. Comply with coating manufacturer's written instructions for cleaning, conversion coating, and applying and baking finish.
2.8 METALLIC-COATED STEEL FINISHES
A. Surface Preparation: Clean surfaces of oil and other contaminants. Use cleaning methods that do not leave residue. After cleaning, apply a conversion coating compatible with the organic coating to be applied over it. Clean welds, mechanical connections, and abraded areas and apply galvanizing repair paint, complying with SSPC-Paint 20, to comply with ASTM A 780/A 780M.
B. Factory Prime Finish: After cleaning and pretreating, apply an air-dried primer compatible with the organic coating to be applied over it.
C. Baked-Enamel or Powder-Coat Finish: After cleaning and pretreating, apply manufacturer's standard two-coat, baked-on finish consisting of prime coat and thermosetting topcoat to a minimum dry film thickness of 2 mils.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work.
B. Verify that sign-support surfaces are within tolerances to accommodate signs without gaps or irregularities between backs of signs and support surfaces unless otherwise indicated.
C. Verify that anchorage devices embedded in permanent construction are correctly sized and located to accommodate signs.
D. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. General: Install signs using mounting methods indicated and according to manufacturer's written instructions.
1. Install signs level, plumb, true to line, and at locations and heights indicated, with sign surfaces free of distortion and other defects in appearance. 2. Install signs so they do not protrude or obstruct according to the accessibility standard. 3. Before installation, verify that sign surfaces are clean and free of materials or debris that would impair installation.
Frazier Associates 101423 - 5 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 101423 - PANEL SIGNAGE
4. Corrosion Protection: Coat concealed surfaces of exterior aluminum in contact with grout, concrete, masonry, wood, or dissimilar metals, with a heavy coat of bituminous paint.
B. Mounting Methods:
1. Concealed Studs: Using a template, drill holes in substrate aligning with studs on back of sign. Remove loose debris from hole and substrate surface.
a. Masonry Substrates: Fill holes with adhesive. Leave recess space in hole for displaced adhesive. Place sign in position and push until flush to surface, embedding studs in holes. Temporarily support sign in position until adhesive fully sets. b. Thin or Hollow Surfaces: Place sign in position and flush to surface, install washers and nuts on studs projecting through opposite side of surface, and tighten.
2. Projecting Studs: Using a template, drill holes in substrate aligning with studs on back of sign. Remove loose debris from hole and substrate surface.
a. Masonry Substrates: Fill holes with adhesive. Leave recess space in hole for displaced adhesive. Place spacers on studs, place sign in position, and push until spacers are pinched between sign and substrate, embedding the stud ends in holes. Temporarily support sign in position until adhesive fully sets. b. Thin or Hollow Surfaces: Place spacers on studs, place sign in position with spacers pinched between sign and substrate, and install washers and nuts on stud ends projecting through opposite side of surface, and tighten.
3. Through Fasteners: Drill holes in substrate using predrilled holes in sign as template. Countersink holes in sign if required. Place sign in position and flush to surface. Install through fasteners and tighten. 4. Brackets: Remove loose debris from substrate surface and install backbar or bracket supports in position so that signage is correctly located and aligned. 5. Adhesive: Clean bond-breaking materials from substrate surface and remove loose debris. Apply linear beads or spots of adhesive symmetrically to back of sign and of suitable quantity to support weight of sign after cure without slippage. Keep adhesive away from edges to prevent adhesive extrusion as sign is applied and to prevent visibility of cured adhesive at sign edges. Place sign in position, and push to engage adhesive. Temporarily support sign in position until adhesive fully sets. 6. Two-Face Tape: Clean bond-breaking materials from substrate surface and remove loose debris. Apply tape strips symmetrically to back of sign and of suitable quantity to support weight of sign without slippage. Keep strips away from edges to prevent visibility at sign edges. Place sign in position, and push to engage tape adhesive. 7. Hook-and-Loop Tape: Clean bond-breaking materials from substrate surface and remove loose debris. Apply sign component of two-part tape strips symmetrically to back of sign and of suitable quantity to support weight of sign without slippage; push to engage tape adhesive. Keep tape strips away from edges to prevent visibility at sign edges when sign is initially installed or reinstalled. Apply substrate component of tape to substrate in locations aligning with tape on back of sign; push and rub well to fully engage tape adhesive to substrate. 8. Magnetic Tape: Clean bond-breaking materials from substrate surface and remove loose debris. Apply tape strips symmetrically to back of sign and of suitable quantity to support
Frazier Associates 101423 - 6 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378) Front Royal Facade Improvements SECTION 101423 - PANEL SIGNAGE
weight of sign without slippage. Keep strips away from edges to prevent visibility at sign edges. Place sign in position.
C. Signs Mounted on Glass: Provide opaque sheet matching sign material and finish onto opposite side of glass to conceal back of sign.
3.3 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING
A. Remove and replace damaged or deformed signs and signs that do not comply with specified requirements. Replace signs with damaged or deteriorated finishes or components that cannot be successfully repaired by finish touchup or similar minor repair procedures.
B. Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films as signs are installed.
C. On completion of installation, clean exposed surfaces of signs according to manufacturer's written instructions, and touch up minor nicks and abrasions in finish. Maintain signs in a clean condition during construction and protect from damage until acceptance by Owner.
END OF SECTION 101423
Frazier Associates 101423 - 7 Copyright © 2018 by the American Institute of Architects. Warning: This AIA MasterSpec based document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. It was created by "Frazier Associates" for "Front Royal Facade Improvements". A valid, current MasterSpec license is required for editing: and use of this document for any other project.(5378)